Garga Samhita Canto 4

Download as docx, pdf, or txt
Download as docx, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 272

Sri Garga-samhita

Canto Four Chapter 1-24


Sri Garga-samhita

Canto Four, Volume One

Chapter One

Sruti-rupopakhyana
The Story of the Personified Vedas

Text 1

asati-kusumopameya-kantir
yamuna-kula-kadamba-madhya-varti nava-gopa-vadhu-vilasa-sali
vana-mali vitanotu mangalani

asati-kusuma - and asati flower; upameya - like; kantih - glory; yamuna-kula-


kadamba-madhya-varti - staying on the Yamuna's shore; nava-gopa-vadhu - with
the young gopis; vilasa-sali - pastimes; vana-mali - a forest garland; vitanotu - may
grant; mangalani - auspiciousness.

Glorious as an atasi flower, garlanded with forest flowers, and enjoying pastimes
with the youthful gopis in a kadamba forest by the Yamuna's shore, may Lord
Krsna grant auspiciousness to us.

Text 2

parikari-krta-pita-patam harim
sikhi-kirita-nati-krta-kandharam lakuta-venu-karam cala-kundalam
patutaram nata-vesa-dharam bhaje

parikari-krta - a sash; pita - yellow; patam - cloth; harim - Krsna; sikhi - peacock
feather; kirita - crown; nati-krta - sloping; kandharam - neck; lakuta - a stick; venu
- and flute; karam - in hand; cala-kundalam - swinging earrings; patutaram - most
expert; nata - of a dancer; vesa - appearance; dharam - wearing; bhaje - I worship.
Dressed as a dancer, with a yellow sash, a peacock-feather crown, swinging
earrings, a graceful neck, and a stick and flute in His hand, Lord Krsna is the object
of my worship.

Text 3

sri-bahulasva uvaca

sruti-rupadayo gopyo
bhuta-purva varan mune katham sri-krsnacandrena
jatah purna-manorathah

sri-bahulasva uvaca - Sri Bahulasva said; sruti- rupadayah - headed by the


Personified Vedas; gopyah - the gs; bhuta-purva - before; varat - from a
benediction; mune - O sage; katham - how?; sri-krsnacandrena - by Sri Krsna;
jatah - born; purna - fulfilled; manorathah - desires.

Sri Bahulasva said: O sage, how did Sri Krsnacandra fulfill the desires of the
personified Vedas that were blessed to take birth as gopis?

Text 4

gopala-krsna-caritam
pavitram paramadbhutam etad vada maha-buddhe
tvam paravara-vittamah

gopala-krsna-caritam - the pastimes of Gopala Krsna; pavitram - sacred;


paramadbhutam - very wonderful; etat - this; vada - please tell; maha-buddhe - O
wise one; tvam - you; paravara-vittamah - the best of they who know everything.

O wise one, you are the best of they who know everything. Please tell this sacred
and wonderful pastime of Lord Gopala Krsna.

Text 5

sri-narada uvaca
sruti-rupas ca ya gopyo
gopanam su-kule vraje lebhire janma vaideha
sesasayi-varac chrutat

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; sruti-rupah - the personified Vedas; ca - and;
ya - which; gopyah - gopis; gopanam - of gopas; su-kule - in good families; vraje -
in Vraja; lebhire - attained; janma - birth; vaideha - O king of Videha; sesasayi-
varat - by the benediction of Sesasayi Visnu; srutat - from hearing.

Sri Narada said: O king of Videha, because of a benediction given by Lord


Sesasayi Visnu, some personified Vedas took birth as gopis in the sainty gopa
families of Vraja.

Text 6

kamaniyam nanda-sutam
viksya vrndavane ca tah vrndavanesvarim vrndam
lebhire tad-varecchaya

kamaniyam - handsome; nanda-sutam - Krsna; viksya - seeing; vrndavane - in


Vrndavana; ca - and; tah - they; vrndavanesvarim - the queen of Vrndavana;
vrndam - Vrnda; lebhire - attained; tad-varecchaya - by that benediction.

In Vrndavana forest seeing handsome Krsna, and yearning to attain Him, they
approached Vrnda-devi, the ruler of Vrndavana.

Text 7

vrnda-dattad varad asu


prasanno bhagavan harih nityam tasam grhe yati
rasartham bhakta-vatsalah

vrnda - by Vrnda; dattat - given; varat - from the benediction; asu - at once;
prasannah - pleased; bhagavan - Lord; harih - Krsna; nityam - always; tasam - of
them; grhe - in the home; yati - goes; rasartham - to enjoy the rasa dance; bhakta-
vatsalah - kind to the devotees.
Pleased with Vrnda's benediction, Lord Krsna, who is always kind to His
devotees, every day entered the gopis homes to enjoy the rasa dance.

Text 8

ekada tu nisithinya
vyatite prahara-dvaye rasartham bhagavan krsnah
praptavams tad-grhan nrpa

ekada - once; tu - indeed; nisithinya - of the night; vyatite - passed; prahara-


dvaye - six hours; rasartham - to enjoy the rasa dance; bhagavan - Lord; krsnah -
Krsna; praptavamh - went; tad-grhan - to their homes; nrpa - O king.

O king, once, when six hours of the night had already passsed, Lord Krsna came,
very late, to their homes.

Text 9

tada utkanthita gopyah


krtva tat-pujanam param papracchuh paraya bhaktya
gira madhuraya prabhum

tada - then; utkanthita - aqnxious; gopyah - the gopis; krtva - making; tat-
pujanam - His worship; param - great; papracchuh - asked; paraya - with great;
bhaktya - devotion; gira - with words; madhuraya - sweet; prabhum - the Lord.

The anxious gopis worshiped Him and with sweet words asked a question.

Text 10

sri-gopya ucuh

katham na cagatah sighram


no grhan vrjinardana utkanthitanam gopinam
tvayi candre cakora-vat
sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; katham - why?; na - not; ca - and; agatah - come;
sighram - long; nah - our; grhan - homes; vrjinardana - O savior from distress;
utkanthitanam - anxious; gopinam - gopis; tvayi - to You; candre - to the moon;
cakora-vat - like a cakora bird.

The gopis said: O savior from troubles, why did You not come sooner? As cakora
birds yearn to see the moon, we gopis always yearn to see You.

Text 11

sri-bhagavan uvaca

yo yasya citte vasati


na sa dure kadacana khe suryam kamalam bhumau
drstvedam sphutati priyah

sri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; yah - who; yasya
- of whom; citte - in the heart; vasati - resides; na - not; sa - He; dure - far away;
kadacana - ever; khe - in the sky; suryam - the sun; kamalam - a lotus; bhumau -
on the earth; drstva - seeing; idam - this; sphutati - blooms; priyah - O beloveds.

The Supreme Lord said: O My beloveds, a person who lives in someone's heart is
never far away. Gazing at the sun in the sky, a lotus on the earth is inspired to
blossom wide.

Text 12

bhandire me guruh saksad


durvasa bhagavan munih agato 'dya priyas tasya
sevartham gatavan aham

bhandire - in Bhandiravan; me - My; guruh - guru; saksat - directly; durvasa -


Durvasa; bhagavan - Lord; munih - Muni; agatah - come; adya - today; priyah - O
beloveds; tasya - of him; sevartham - to serve; gatavan - went; aham - I.

O My beloveds, today My spiritual master, Lord Durvasa Muni, came to


Bhandiravana forest, and I went to serve him.
Text 13

gurur brahma gurur visnur


guru devo mahesvarah guruh saksat param brahma
tasmai sri-gurave namah

guruh - the guru; brahma - Brahma; guruh - the guru; visnuh - Visnu; guru - the
guru; devah - Lord; mahesvarah - Siva; guruh - the guru; saksat - directly; param
brahma - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasmai - to him; sri-gurave - Sri
Guru; namah - obeisances.

The spiritual master is like Lord Brahma. The spiritual master is like Lord Visnu.
The spiritual master is like Lord Siva. The spiritual master is like the Supreme
Personality of Godhead. I offer my respectful obeisances to my glorious spiritual
master.

Text 14

ajnana-timirandhasya
jnananjana-salakaya caksur unmilitam yena
tasmai sri-gurave namah

ajnana - of ignorance; timirandhasya - the blinding darkness; jnana - of


knowledge; a{.sy 241}jana - the ointment; salakaya - the surgical tool; caksuh -
eyes; unmilitam - opened; yena - by whom; tasmai - to him; sri-gurave - my
spiritual master; namah - obeisances.

I was born in the darkest ignorance, and My spiritual master opened my eyes
with the torch of knowledge. I offer My respectful obeisances to him.*

Text 15

sva-gurum mam vijaniyan


navamanyeta karhicit na martya-buddhya seveta
sarva-deva-mayo guruh
sva-gurum - the spiritual master; mam - Myself; vijaniyan - one should know; na
avamanyeta - one should never disrespect; karhicit - at any time; na - never;
martya-buddhya - with the ideas of being an ordinary man; seveta - should
consider; sarva-deva - of all the demigods; mayah - the representative; guruh -
the spiritual master.

One should know the spiritual master as Myself and never disrespect him in any
way. One should not envy him, thinking him an ordinary man, for he is the
representative of all the demigods.*

Text 16

tasmat tat-pujanam krtva


natva tat-pada-pankajam agato 'ham vilambena
bhavatinam grhan priyah

tasmat - therefore; tat-pujanam - his worship; krtva - doing; natva - bowing


down; tat-pada-pankajam - to his lotus feet; agatah - come; aham - I; vilambena -
with a delay; bhavatinam - of you; grhan - to the homes; priyah - O beloveds.

O My beloveds, I worshiped him and offered respects to his lotus feet. That is
why I was late in coming to your homes.

Text 17

sri-narada uvaca

srutva tat paramam vakyam


gopyah sarvas tu vismitah krtanjali-puta ucuh
sri-krsnam namra-kandharah

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; srutva - hearing; tat - that; paramam -
supreme; vakyam - words; gopyah - the gs; sarvah - all; tu - indeed; vismitah -
filled with wonder; krtanjali-putah - with folded hands; ucuh - said; sri-krsnam - to
Sri Krsna; namra-kandharah - with bowed heads.
Sri Narada said: Filled with wonder to hear these words, with bowed heads and
folded hands the gopis spoke to Lord Krsna.

Text 18

sri-gopya ucuh

paripurnatamasyapi
durvasas te guruh smrtah aho tad-darsanam kartum
mano nas codyatam prabho

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; paripurnatamasya - of the Supreme Personality


of Godhead; api - even; durvasah - Durvasa Muni; te - of You; guruh - the guru;
smrtah - considered; ahah - Oh; tad-darsanam - to see him; kartum - to do; manah
- heart; nah - of us; ca - and; udyatam - yearns; prabhah - O Lord.

The gopis said: You are the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead. Durvasa
Muni is Your spiritual master! O Lord, our hearts yearn to see him.

Text 19

adya deva nisithinya


vyatite prahara-dvaye katham tad-darsanam bhuyad
asmakam paramesvara

adya - now; deva - O Lord; nisithinya - of the night; vyatite - passed; prahara-
dvaye - six hours; katham - how?; tad-darsanam - the sight of him; bhuyat - may
be; asmakam - of us; paramesvara - O Supreme Lord.

O Supreme Lord, how can we see him now that six hours of the night have
passed?

Text 20

tatha madhye dirgha-nadi


yamuna pratibandhika katham tat-taranam navam
rte deva bhavisyati
tatha - so; madhye - in the middle; dirgha-nadi - the great river; yamuna -
Yamuna; pratibandhika - an obstaclke; katham - how?; tat-taranam - crossing it;
navam - a boat; rte - without; deva - O Lord; bhavisyati - will be.

The great Yamuna river is a great obstacle. O Lord, how can we cross it without
a boat?

Text 21

sri-bhagavan uvaca

avasyam eva gantavyam


bhavatibhir yada priyah yamunam etya caitad vai
vaktavyam marga-hetave

sri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; avasyam -


unavoidably; eva - indeed; gantavyam - should be gone; bhavatibhih - by you;
yada - when; priyah - O beloveds; yamunam - the Yamuna; etya - crossing; ca -
and; etat - this; vai - indeed; vaktavyam - should be said; marga-hetave - to make
a path.

The Supreme Lord said: O My beloveds, you must go to see him. When you
come to the Yamuna, speak these words:

Text 22

yadi krsno bala-yatih


sarva-dosa-vivarjitah tarhi no dehi margam vai
kalindi saritam vare

yadi - if; krsnah - Krsna; bala-yatih - a brahmacari; sarva-dosa-vivarjitah -


completely faultless; tarhi - then; nah - to us; dehi - give; margam - a path; vai -
indeed; kalindi - O Yamuna; saritam - of rivers; vare - the best.

O Yamuna, O best of rivers, if Krsna is a perfect and faultess brahmacari, then


please give us a path to cross you.
Text 23

ity ukte vacane krsna


margam vo dasyati svatah sukhena tena vrajata
yuyam sarva vrajanganah

iti - thus; ukte - said; vacane - words; krsna - the Yamuna; margam - a path; vah -
to you; dasyati - will give; svatah - personally; sukhena - happily; tena - by that;
vrajata - go; yuyam - you; sarva - all vrajanganah - girls of Vraja.

When you speak these words, the Yamuna will give you a path. O girls of Vraja,
then you may easily cross.

Text 24

sri-narada uvaca

iti srutvatha tad-vakyam


patrair dirghair vrajanganah sat-pancasattaman bhogan
nitva sarvah prthak prthak

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; iti - thus; srutva - hearing; atha - then; tad-
vakyam - His words; patraih - with post; dirghaih - great; vrajanganah - the girls of
Vraja; sat-pancasattaman - fifty-six; bhogan - foods; nitva - bringing; sarvah - all;
prthak prthak - specifically.

Hearing these words, the girls of Vraja filled fifty-six great pots with many
different kinds of foods.

Text 25

yamunam etya hary-uktam


jagur anata-kandharah sadyah krsna dadau margam
gopibhyo maithilesvara
yamunam - to the Yamuna; etya - goinbg; hary- uktam - Krsna's words; jaguh -
said; anata-kandharah - with bowed heads; sadyah - at once; krsna - the Yamuna;
dadau - gave; margam - a path; gopibhyah - to the gs; maithilesvara - O king of
Mithila.

O king of Mithila, they went to the Yamuna and with bowed heads repeated
Krsna's words. The Yamuna at once gave a path to the gopis.

Texts 26 and 27

tena gopyo gatah sarva


bhandiram cati-vismitah tatah pradaksini-krtya
munim durvasasam ca tah

natva tad-darsanam cakruh


puro dhrtvasanam bahu me purvam capi me purvam
annam bhojyam tvaya mune

tena - by that; gopyah - the gopis; gatah - went; sarva - all; bhandiram - to
Bhandiravana; ca - and; ati-vismitah - filled with wonder; tatah - then; pradaksini-
krtya - circumambulating; munim - the sage; durvasasam - Durvasa; ca - and; tah -
they; natva - bowing down; tad-darsanam - the sight of him; cakruh - did; purah -
before; dhrtva - placing; asanam - food; bahu - abundant; me - mine; purvam -
first; ca - and; api - and; me - mine; purvam - first; annam - food; bhojyam - should
be eaten; tvaya - by you; mune - O sage.

Filled with wonder, the gopis went to Bhandiravana forest. where they saw
Durvasa Muni, bowed down before him, circumambulated him, and, each of them
saying, "O sage, the food I have brought should be tasted first," placed many
foods before him.

Text 28

evam vivadamananam
gopinam bhakti-laksanam vijnaya muni-sardulah
provaca vimalam vacah
evam - thus; vivadamananam - agruing; gopinam - of the gopis; bhakti-laksanam
- the nature of devotional service; vijnaya - understanding; muni- sardulah - the
tiger of sages; provaca - spoke; vimalam - sweet; vacah - words.

Understanding the pure devotion of the quarreling gopis, Durvasa, the tiger of
sages, spoke sweetly to them.

Text 29

sri-munir uvaca

gopyah paramahamso 'ham


krta-krtyo hi niskriyah tasman mukhe me datavyam
svam svam capy asanam karaih

sri-munir uvaca - the sage said; gopyah - O gopis; paramahamsah - a


paramahamsa; aham - i am; krta- krtyah - attained thre goal of life; hi - indeed;
niskriyah - without material activities; tasman - therefore; mukhe - in the mouth;
me - of me; datavyam - should be given; svam svam - own; ca - and; api - also;
asanam - food; karaih - by the hands.

The sage said: O gopis, I am a paramahamsa. I have attained the highest goal in
life. I never do any material action. For this reason each of you should with her
own hand place in my mouth the food she has brought.

Text 30

sri-narada uvaca

evam vidarite tena


mukhe gopyo 'ti-harsitah sat-pancasattaman bhogan
svan svan sarvah samaksipan

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; evam - thus; vidarite - opened; tena - by him;
mukhe - in the mouth; gopyah - the gopis; ati-harsitah - very happy; sat-
pancasattaman - the fifty-six; bhogan - foods; svan svan - their own; sarvah - all;
samaksipan - placed.

Sri Narada said: The jubilant gopis then placed in his wide- open mouth all the
fifty-six kinds of food they had brought.

Text 31

ksipantinam ca gopinam
pasyantinam munisvarah jaghasa kotiso bharan
bhogan sarvan ksudaturah

ksipantinam - placing; ca - and; gopinam - gopis; pasyantinam - looking;


munisvarah - the king of sages; jaghasa - ate; kotisah - thousands; bharan - of
bharas; bhogan - oif food; sarvan - all; ksudaturah - tormented with hunger.

As the gopis fed him and watched what he did, Durvasa, the king of sages, ate
thousands of bharas of food as if he were tormented with hunger.

Text 32

vismitanam ca gopinam
pasyantinam parasparam ittham sunyani patrani
babhuvur nrpa-sattama

vismitanam - astonished; ca - and; gopinam - of the gopis; pasyantinam -


looking; parasparam - at each other; ittham - thus; sunyani - empty; patrani - pots;
babhuvuh - became; nrpa-sattama - O best of kings.

O best of kings, when all the pots were emptied the gopis looked at each other
with astonishment.

Text 33

atha gopyo munim santam


natva tam bhakta-vatsalam vismitah pranatah prahuh
sarvah purna-manorathah
atha - then; gopyah - the gopis; munim - to the dage; santam - peaceful; natva -
bowing down; tam - to him; bhakta-vatsalam - kind to the devotees; vismitah -
astonished; pranatah - bowing down; prahuh - said; sarvah - all; purna-
manorathah - their desires fulfilled.

The astonished gopis. their desires now fulfilled, bowed down before the
peaceful sage, who was always kind to the devotees, and spoke.

Text 34

sri-gopya ucuh

mune agamanat purvam


krsnokta-vacasa nadim tirtvagatas tvat-samipam
darsanartham subhecchaya

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; mune - O sage; agamanat - from the arrival;
purvam - before; krsnokta- vacasa - by Krsna's words; nadim - the river; tirtva -
crossing; agatah - come; tvat-samipam - before you; darsanartham - to see;
subhecchaya - by teh desire for auspiciousness.

The gopis said: O sage, when we came here to see you, we were able to cross
the river by repeating some words Krsna told us.

Text 35

itah katham gamisyamah


sandeho 'yam mahan abhut tad vidhehi namas tubhyam
yena pantha laghur bhavet

itah - then; katham - how?; gamisyamah - we will go; sandehah - doubt; ayam -
this; mahan - great; abhut - was; tat - that; vidhehi - please give; namah -
obeisances; tubhyam - to you; yena - by which; pantha - the path; laghuh - easy;
bhavet - will be.
How will we return? Now we are filled with doubt. We offer our respects to you.
Please give us a way to cross the Yamuna.

Text 36

sri-munir uvaca

sukhenatah pragantavyam
bhavatibhir yada svatah yamunam etya caitad vai
vaktavyam marga-hetave

sri-munir uvaca - the sage said; sukhena - easily; atah - then; pragantavyam -
should be traveled; bhavatibhih - by you; yada - when; svatah - personally;
yamunam - to the Yamuna; etya - coming; ca - and; etat - this; vai - indeed;
vaktavyam - should be said; marga-hetave - to make a pathway.

The sage said: i will give you something to say that will give you easy passage
across the Yamuna.

Texts 37 and 38

yadi durvasasam pitva


durvasah kevalam ksitau vrati niranno nirvari
vartate prthivi-tale

tarhi no dehi margam vai


kalindi saritam vare ity ukte vacane krsna
margam vo dasyati svatah

yadi - if; durvasasam - durva grass juice; pitva - drinking; durvasah - Durvasa;
kevalam - only; ksitau - on the earth; vrati - follows the vow; nirannah - without
eating food; nirvari - without drinking water; vartate - is; prthivi-tale - on the
earth; tarhi - then; nah - to us; dehi - give; margam - a path; vai - indeed; kalindi -
O aymuna; saritam - of rivers; vare - the best; iti - thus; ukte - saying; vacane - in
the words; krsna - the Yamuna; margam - a path; vah - to you; dasyati - will give;
svatah - personally.
O Yamuna, O best of rivers, if Durvasa Muni carefully follows his vow of living
only by drinking durva grass juice and never eats or drinks anything else, then
please give us a path to cross you.

When you speak these words, the Yamuna will give you a path to cross her.

Text 39

sri-narada uvaca

iti srutva vaco gopyo


natva tam muni-pungavam yamunam etya muny-uktam
coktva tirtva nadim nrpa

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; iti - thus; srutva - hearing; vacah - the words;
gopyah - the gopis; natva - bowing; tam - to him; muni-pungavam - the great
sage; yamunam - to the Yamuna; etya - going; muny- uktam - the sage's words; ca
- and; uktva - saying; tirtva - crossing; nadim - the river; nrpa - O king.

Sri Narada said: O king, hearing these words, the gopis bowed down before the
great sage, went to the Yamuna, repeated the sage's words, and easily crossed
the river.

Text 40

sri-krsna-parsvam ajagmur
vismita mangalayanah

sri-krsna-parsvam - to Sri Krsna's side; ajagmuh - went; vismita - astonished;


mangalayanah - auspiucious.

Astonished, the saintly gopis approached Lord Krsna.

Text 41

atha rase gopa-vadhvah


sandeham manasotthitam papracchuh sri-harim viksya
rahah purna-manorathah

atha - then; rase - in the rasa dance; gopa- vadhvah - the gs; sandeham - doubt;
manasa - in the heart; utthitam - risen; papracchuh - asked; sri- harim - Krsna;
viksya - seeing; rahah - in a secluded place; purna-manorathah - their desires
fulfilled.

Then a doubt rose in the gopis' hearts. During the rasa dance, in a secluded
place, when their desires were all fulfilled, the gopis asked a question of Sri Krsna.

Text 42

sri-gopya ucuh

durvasaso darsanam bhoh


krtam asmabhir agratah yuvayor vakyatas catra
sandeho 'yam prajayate

sri-gopya ucuh - the gs said; durvasasah - of Durvasa Muni; darsanam - the sight;
bhoh - Oh; krtam - done; asmabhih - by us; agratah - in tyhe presence; yuvayoh -
of You both; vakyatah - from the words; ca - and; atra - here; sandehah - a doubt;
ayam - this; prajayate - is born.

The gopis said: We saw Durvasa Muni, but now a doubt about what You and he
told us has risen in our hearts.

Texts 43 and 44

yatha gurus tatha sisyo


mrsa-vadi na samsayah jaras tvam asi gopinam
rasiko balyatah prabho

katham bala-yatis tvam vai


vada tad-vrjinardana katham durvasasam pitva
durvasa bahu-bhun munih no jata esa sandehah
pasyantinam vrajesvara
yatha - as; guruh - the guru; tatha - so; sisyah - the disciple; mrsa-vadi - speaking
lies; na - not; samsayah - doubt; jarah - a rake; tvam - You; asi - are; gopinam - of
the gopis; rasikah - an enjoyer of nectar pastimes; balyatah - since childhood;
prabhah - O Lord; katham - how; bala- yatih - a brahmacari; tvam - You; vai -
indeed; vada - tell; tad-vrjinardana - O sdavior from troubles; katham - how?;
durvasasam - durvasa juice; pitva - drinking; durvasa - Durvasa; bahu-bhuk -
eating a great feast; munih - the sage; nah - of us; jata - born; esa - this; sandehah
- doubt; pasyantinam - looking on; vrajesvara - O master of Vraja.

As the spiritual master acts, so the disciple follows. If the spiritual master speaks
lies, then the disciple will also speak lies. O Lord, You are a rake. You are the gopis'
lover. Since childhood you have enjoyed nectar pastimes with the gopis. How are
You a brahmacari? O savior from troubles, please tell us. How is Durvasa a sage
that lives only by drinking durva-grass juice? We personally saw him eat an
enormous feast. O master of Vraja, this is our doubt.

Text 45

sri-bhagavan uvaca

nirmamo nirahankarah
samanah sarvagah parah sada vaisamya-rahito
nirguno 'ham na samsayah

sri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; nirmamah - free


of material possesiveness; nirahankarah - free of material ego; samanah - equal;
sarvagah - all-pervading; parah - the Supreme; sada - eternally; vaisamya-rahitah -
faultless; nirgunah - free of the material modes; aham - I am; na - no; samsayah -
doubt.

The Supreme Lord said: I am the Supreme Personality of Godhead. i am all-


pervading, faultless, and equal to all. I am free of the material defects of
possessiveness and false-ego. I am free of the modes of material nature.

Text 46

tathapi bhaktan bhajato


bhaje 'ham vai yatha tatha tathaiva sadhur jnani vai
vaisamya-rahitah sada

tathapi - nevertheless; bhaktan - the devotees; bhajatah - worshiping; bhaje -


worship; aham - I; vai - indeed; yatha - as; tatha - so; tatha - so; eva - indeed;
sadhuh - a devotee; jnani - wise; vai - indeed; vaisamya-rahitah - faultless; sada -
always.

As My devotees serve Me, I also serve them in reciprocation. As I reciprocate in


this way, so a wise and faultless devotee also reciprocates.

Text 47

na buddhi-bhedam janayed
ajnanam karma-sanginam josayet sarva-karmani
vidvan yuktah samacaran

na - do not; buddhi-bhedam - disrupt the intelligence; janayet - do; ajnanam - of


the foolish; karma- sanginam - attached to fruitive work; josayet - dovetailed;
sarva - all; karmani - work; vidvan - learned; yuktah - all engaged; samacaran -
practicing.

Let not the wise disrupt the minds of the ignorant who are attached to fruitive
action. They should not be encouraged to refrain from work, but to engage in
work in the spirit of devotion.*

Text 48

yasya sarve samarambhah


kama-sankalpa-varjitah jnanagni-dagdha-karmanam
tam ahuh panditam budhah

yasya - one whose; sarve - all sorts of; samarambhah - in all attempts; kama -
desire for sense gratification; sankalpa - determination; varjitah - are devoid of;
jnana - of perfect knowledge; agni - fire; dagdha - being burnt by; karmanam - the
performer; tam - him; ahuh - declare; panditam - learned; budhah - those who
know.
One is understood to be in full knowledge whose every act is devoid of desire
for sense gratification. He is said by sages to be a worker whose fruitive action is
burned up by the fire of perfect knowledge.*

Text 49

nirasir yata-cittatma
tyakta-sarva-parigrahah sariram kevalam karma
kurvan napnoti kilbisam

nirasih - without desire for results; yata - controlled; citta-atma - mind and
intelligence; tyakta - giving up; sarva - all; parigrahah - sense of proprietorship
over all possessions; sariram - in keeping body and soul together; kevalam - only;
karma - work; kurvan - doing so; na - never; apnoti - does not acquire; kilbisam -
sinful reactions.

Such a man of understanding acts with mind and intelligence perfectly


controlled, gives up all sense of proprietorship over his possessions and acts only
for the bare necessities of life. Thus working, he is not affected by sinful
reactions.*

Text 50

na hi jnanena sadrsam
pavitram iha vidyate tat svayam yoga-samsiddhah
kalenatmani vindati

na - never; hi - certainly; jnanena - with knowledge; sadrsam - in comparison;


pavitram - sanctified; iha - in this world; vidyate - exists; tat - that; svayam - itself;
yoga - devotion; samsiddhah - matured; kalena - in course of time; atmani - in
himself; vindati - enjoys.

In this world, there is nothing so sublime and pure as transcendental


knowledge. Such knowledge is the mature fruit of all mysticsm. And one who has
achieved this enjoys the self within himself in due course of time.*
Text 51

brahmany adhaya karmani


sangam tyaktva karoti yah lipyate na sa papena
padma-patram ivambhasa

brahmani - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adhaya - resigning unto;


karmani - all works; sangam - attachment; tyaktva - giving up; karoti - performs;
yah - who; lipyate - is affected; na - never; sa - he; papena - by sin; padma-patram
- a lotus life; iva - like; ambhasa - in the water.

One who performs his duty without attachment, surrendering the results unto
the Supreme God, is not affected by sinful action, as the lotus leaf is untouched by
water.*

Text 52

tasman munis tu durvasah


bahu-bhuk tvad-dhite ratah na tasya bhojaneccha syad
durva-rasa-mitasanah

tasmat - therefore; munih - the sage; tu - indeed; durvasah - Durvasa; bahu-


bhuk - eating a great feast; tvad-dhite - for your sake; ratah - engaged; na - not;
tasya - of him; bhojana - to eat; iccha - the desire; syat - is; durva-rasa-mitasanah -
who only eats a small amount of durva grass juice.

Durvasa Muni ate that great feast for your sake. He did not desire to eat it. He
lives by drinking a little durva-grass juice.

Text 53

sri-narada uvaca

iti srutva vaco gopyah


sarvas tas chinna-samsayah sruti-rupa jnana-mayyo
babhuvur maithilesvara
sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; iti - thus; srutva - having heard; vacah - these
words; gopyah - the gs; sarvah - all; tah - they; chinna - broken; samsayah - doubt;
sruti-rupa - the personified Vedas; jnana-mayyah - filled with knowledge;
babhuvuh - became; maithilesvara - O king of Mithila.

Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, when they heard these words, the gopis that
had been personified Vedas became filled with transcendental knowledge. Their
doubt was broken. .pa

Chapter Two

Rsi-rupakhyana The Story of the Gopis That Had Been Sages

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

gopinam rsi-rupanam
akhyanam srnu maithila sarva-papa-haram punyam
krsna-bhakti-vivardhanam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; gopinam - of the gopis; rsi-rupanam - in the
form of sages; akhyanam - the story; srnu - hear; maithila - O king of Mithila;
sarva-papa-haram - removing all sins; punyam - sacred; krsna-bhakti-vivardhanam
- increasing love for Lord Krsna.

Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the gopis that had
been sages, a sacred story that removes all sins and increases one's love for Lord
Krsna.

Text 2

bangesu mangalo nama


gopa asin maha-manah laksmivan chruta-sampanno
nava-laksa-gavam patih
bangesu - in east Bengal; mangalah - Mangala; nama - named; gopa - gopa; asin
- was; maha- manah - noble-hearted; laksmivan - wealthy; sruta- sampannah -
learned; nava-laksa-gavam - of nine-hundred thousand cows; patih - the master.

In east Bengal lived a noble-hearted, learned, and wealthy gopa named


Mangala. He was the master of nine-hundred-thousand cows.

Text 3

bharyah panca sahasrani


babhuvus tasya maithila kadacid daiva-yogena
dhanam sarvam ksayam gatam

bharyah - wives; panca sahasrani - five thousand; babhuvuh - were; tasya - of


him; maithila - O king of Mithila; kadacit - at a certain time; daiva-yogena - by
destiny; dhanam - wealth; sarvam - all; ksayam - to destruction; gatam - went.

O king of Mithila, he had five thousand wives. One day all his wealth was
destroyed by fate.

Text 4

corair nitas tasya gavah


kascid rajna hrta balat evam dainye ca samprapte
duhkhito mangalo 'bhavat

coraih - by thieves; nitah - taken; tasya - his; gavah - cows; kascit - some; rajna -
by the king; hrta - taken; balat - by force; evam - tyhus; dainye - poverty; ca -
indeed; samprapte - attained; duhkhitah - unhappy; mangalah - Mangala; abhavat
- became.

Some of his cows were stolen by thieves and the rest were forcibly taken by the
king. Now a pauper, Mangala was filled with sorrow.

Text 5

tada sri-ramasya varad


dandakaranya-vasinah rsayah stritvam apanna
babhuvus tasya kanyakah

tada - then; sri-ramasya - of Lord rama; varat - from the benediction;


dandakaranya-vasinah - living in Danaka forest; rsayah - sages; stritvam -
womanhood; apanna - attained; babhuvuh - became; tasya - of him; kanyakah -
the daughters.

Ths sages of Dandakaranya, who by Lord Ramacandra's blessing were destined


to become gopis, became the daughters of Mangala.

Text 6

drstva kanya-samuham sa
duhkhi gopo 'tha mangalah uvaca dainya-duhkhadhya
adhi-vyadhi-samakulah

drstva - seeing; kanya-samuham - many daughters; sa - he; duhkhi - unhappy;


gopah - the gopa; atha - then; mangalah - Mangala; uvaca - said; dainya-
duhkhadhyah - unhappy with his poverty; adhi-vyadhi- samakulah - tormented
with headaches and illnesses.

When he saw his many daughters, Mangala-gopa became filled with sorrow.
Miserable in his poverty and tormented with headaches and diseases, Mangala
spoke.

Text 7

sri-mangala uvaca

kim karomi kva gacchami


ko me dukham vyapohati srir na bhutir nabhijano
na balam me 'sti sampratam

sri-mangalah uvaca - Sri Mangala said; kim - what?; karomi - will I do; kva -
where?; gacchami - will I go; kah - who; me - of me; dukham - the suffering;
vyapohati - removes; srih - wealth; na - not; bhutih - opulebce; na - not; abhijanah
- family; na - not; balam - strength; me - my; asti - is; sampratam - now.

Sri Mangala said: What shall I do? Where shall I go? Who will take away my
sufferings? Now I have no wealth, no opulences, no dynasty, and no strength.

Text 8

dhanam vina katham casam


vivaho ha bhavisyati bhojane yatra sandeho
dhanasa tatra kidrsi

dhanam - welath; vina - without; katham - how?; ca - and; asam - of the girls;
vivahah - wedding; ha - indeed; bhavisyati - will be; bhojane - in eatiung; yatra -
where; sandehah - doubt; dhana - of wealth; asa - hope; tatra - there; kidrsi - like
what?

How will my daughters marry if I have no wealth? If even the next meal is
uncertain, where is the hope to gain wealth?

Texts 9 and 10

sati dainye kanyakah syuh


kaka-taliyavad grhe tasmat kasyapi rajnas tu
dhanino balinas tv aham

dasyamy etah kanyakas ca


kanyanam saukhya-hetave kadarthi-krtya tah kanya
evam buddhya sthito 'bhavat tadaiva mathurad desad
gopas caikah samagatah

sati - being; dainye - poor; kanyakah - the girls; syuh - are; kaka-taliyavat -
unexpectedly; grhe - in the home; tasmat - from that; kasyapi - of someone;
rajnah - a king; tu - indeed; dhaninah - wealthy; balinah - powerful; tu - certainly;
aham - I; dasyami - will give; etah - these; kanyakah - girls; ca - and; kanyanam - of
girls; saukhya-hetave - for the happiness; kadarthi-krtya - become unhappy; tah -
them; kanya - the girls; evam - thus; buddhya - thinking; sthitah - situated;
abhavat - became; tada - then; eva - indeed; mathurat - from Mathura; desat -
province; gopah - gopa; ca - and; ekah - one; samagatah - come.

Now that I am suddenly poor, how will I make my daughters happy by marrying
them to wealthy and powerful kings?

As Mangala was thinking in this way, a gopa from Mathura district came to his
home.

Text 11

sri-narada uvaca

tirtha-yayi jayo nama


vrddho buddhimatam varah tan-mukhan nanda-rajasya
srutam vaibhavam adbhutam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; tirtha-yayi - a pilgrim; jayah - jaya; nama -
named; vrddhah - elderly; buddhimatam - of the wise; varah - the best; tan-
mukhan - from his mouth; nanda-rajasya - of King Nanda; srutam - heard;
vaibhavam - the opulences; adbhutam - wonderful.

Sri Narada said: From an elderly pilgrim named Jaya, who was the wisest of the
wise, Mangala had heard of the fabulous wealth of King Nanda.

Text 12

nanda-rajasya valaye
mangalo dainya-piditah vicintya presayam asa
kanyakas caru-locanah

nanda-rajasya - of King Nanda; valaye - in the circle; mangalah - mangala;


dainya-piditah - suffering in poverty; vicintya - considering; presayam asa - sent;
kanyakah - daughters; caru-locanah - beautiful-eyed.

After some thought, the pauper Mangala sent his beautiful- eyed daughters to
King Nanda's circle.
Text 13

ta nanda-rajasya grhe
kanyaka ratna-bhusitah gavam gomaya-harinyo
babhuvur go-vrajesu ca

tah - they; nanda-rajasya - of King Nanda; grhe - in the home; kanyaka - the
daughters; ratna- bhusitah - decorated with jewels; gavam - of cows; gomaya-
harinyah - taking the milk; babhuvuh - became; go- vrajesu - in the barns; ca - and.

In King Nanda's home the girls, now decorated with jewels, milked the cows in
the barns.

Text 14

sri-krsnam sundaram drstva


kanya jati-smaras ca tah kalindi-sevanam cakrur
nityam sri-krsna-hetave

sri-krsnam - Sri Krsna; sundaram - handsome; drstva - seeing; kanya - the girls;
jati- smarah - remembering their previous birth; ca - and; tah - they; kalindi - of
the Yamuna; sevanam - service; cakruh - did; nityam - regularly; sri-krsna-hetave -
to attain Sri Krsna.

Gazing at handsome Sri Krsna, and remembering their previous birth, the girls
daily worshiped the Yamuna to attain Krsna.

Text 15

athaikada syamalangi
kalindi dirgha-locana tabhyah sva-darsanam dattva
varam datum samudyata

atha - then; ekada - one day; syamalangi - dark- limbed; kalindi - Yamuna;
dirgha-locana - with large eyes; tabhyah - to them; sva-darsanam - own sight;
dattva - giving; varam - blessing; datum - to give; samudyata - eager.
One day the large-eyed and dark-complexioned goddess Yamuna appeared
before them and offered to give them a benediction.

Text 16

ta vavrire vrajesasya
putro bhuyat patis ca nah tathastu coktva kalindi
tatraivantaradhiyata

ta - they; vavrire - chose; vrajesasya - of the king of Vraja; putrah - the son;
bhuyat - may be; patih - the husband; ca - and; nah - of us; tatha - so; astu - be it;
ca - and; uktva - saying;i tatra - there; eva - indeed; antaradhiyata - disappeared.

They said, "May Sri Krsna, the son of Vraja's king, become our husband."
Yamuna replied, "So be it," and suddenly disappeared.

Text 17

tah prapta vrndakaranye


kartikyam rasa-mandale tabhih sardham hari reme
suribhih surarad iva

tah - they; prapta - attained; vrndakaranye - in Vrndavana forest; kartikyam - in


the month of Kartika; rasa-mandale - in the rasa dnace circle; tabhih - with them;
sardham - with; hari - Krsna; reme - enjoyed; suribhih - with the demigoddesses;
surarad - the king of heaven; iva - as.

Later, in the month of Karttika, in the rasa-dance circle, Lord Krsna enjoyed with
them as King Indra enjoys with many heavenly girls. .pa

Chapter Three

Maithily-upakhyana The Story of the Mithila Women

Text 1
sri-narada uvaca

maithilinam goipikanam
akhyanam srnu maithila dasasvamedha-tirthasya
phaladam bhakti-vardhanam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; maithilinam - of the women of Mithila;


goipikanam - of the gopis; akhyanam - the stopry; srnu - hear; maithila - O king of
Mithila; dasasvamedha-tirthasya - of the holy place dasasvamedha; phaladam -
giving the result; bhakti- vardhanam - increasing devotion.

Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the Mithila women
that become gopis, a story that brings the result of visiting sacred Dasasvamedha-
tirtha, a story the increases one's love for Lord Krsna.

Text 2

sri-ramasya varaj jata


nava-nanda-grhesu yah kamaniyam nanda-sunum
drstva ta moham asthitah

sri-ramasya - of Lord Ramacandra; varat - from the blessing; jata - born; nava-
nanda-grhesu - in the homes of the nine Nandas; yah - who; kamaniyam -
handsome; nanda-sunum - the son of Nanda; drstva - seeing; ta - they; moham -
enchantment; asthitah - attained.

Because of Lord Ramacandra's benediction they took birth in the homes of the
nine Nandas. When they saw handsome Krsna, they became bewildered with love
for Him.

Text 3

margasirse subhe masi


cakruh katyayani-vratam upacaraih sodasabhih
krtva devim mahi-mayim
margasirse - margasirsa; subhe - auspicous; masi - in the month; cakruh - did;
katyayani-vratam - a vow to worship goddess Durga; upacaraih - with offerings;
sodasabhih - sixteen; krtva - doing; devim - to the goddess; mahi-mayim - a deity
made of clay.

During the auspicious month of Margasirsa (November- December) they


observed a vow to worship goddess Katyayani. They made a clay deity of the
goddess and worshiped her with sixteen offerings.

Text 4

arunodaya-velayam
snatah sri-yamuna-jale nityam sameta ajagmur
gayantyo bhagavad-gunan

arunodaya-velayam - at sunrise; snatah - bathing; sri-yamuna-jale - in the


Yamuna's water; nityam - regularly; sameta - met; ajagmuh - went; gayantyah -
singing; bhagavat - of Lord Krsna; gunan - the virtues.

Singing Lord Krsna's glories as they went, every morning they would bathe in the
Yamuna's waters.

Text 5

ekada tah sva-vastrani


tire nyasya vrajanganah vijahrur yamuna-toye
karabhyam sincatir mithah

ekada - once; tah - they; sva-vastrani - their garments; tire - on the riverbank;
nyasya - placing; vrajanganah - the girls of Vraja; vijahruh - played; yamuna-toye -
in the Yamuna's waters; karabhyam - with their hands; sincatih - splashing;
mithah - each other.

Once, placing their garments on the riverbank, the girls of Vraja, played in the
Yamuna's waters, splashing each other with both hands.

Text 6
tasam vasamsi sanniya
bhagavan pratar agatah tvaram kadambam aruhya
cauravan maunam asthitah

tasam - of them; vasamsi - the garments; sanniya - taking; bhagavan - the Lord;
pratah - in the morning; agatah - come; tvaram - quickly; kadambam - a kadamba
tree; aruhya - climbing; cauravat - like a thief; maunam asthitah - silent.

Coming there that morning, Lord Krsna silently stole their garments and climbed
a kadamba tree.

Text 7

ta na viksya sva-vasamsi
vismita gopa-kanyakah nipa-sthitam vilokyatha
sa-lajja jahasur nrpa

tah - they; na - not; viksya - seeing; sva- vasamsi - their garments; vismita -
surprised; gopa- kanyakah - teh gopis; nipa - in a kadamba tree; sthitam - staying;
vilokya - seeing; atha - then; sa- lajja - with shyness; jahasuh - smiled; nrpa - O
king.

Not seeing their clothes, the gopis were surprised. O king, when they saw Krsna
in the tree they shyly smiled.

Text 8

praticchantu sva-vasamsi
sarva agatya catra vai anyatha na hi dasyami
vrksat krsna uvaca ha

praticchantu - may desire; sva-vasamsi - own garments; sarva - all; agatya -


approaching; ca - and; atra - here; vai - indeed; anyatha - otherwise; na - not; hi -
indeed; dasyami - I will give; vrksat - from the tree; krsna - Krsna; uvaca - said; ha -
indeed.
From the tree Krsna said: All who wish their garments, come here and take
them. If you do not come, I will not give them.

Text 9

rajantyas tah sita-jale


hasantyah prahur anatah

rajantyah - splendidly beautiful; tah - they; sita - in the cold; jale - water;
hasantyah - giggling; prahuh - said; anatah - with bowed heads.

Bowing their heads as they stood in the cold water, the smiling girls spoke.

Text 10

sri-gopya ucuh

he nanda-nandana manohara gopa-ratna


gopala-vamsa-nava-hamsa maharti-harin sri-syamasundara tavoditam adya
vakyam
kurmah katham vivasanah kila te 'pi dasyah

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; he - O; nanda- nandana - son of Nanda;


manohara - handsome; gopa- ratna - jewel of the gopas; gopala - of the gopas;
vamsa - in the family; nava - young; hamsa - swan; maharti-harin - remover of
sufferings; sri-syamasundara - O dark and handsome one; tava - by You; uditam -
spoken; adya - now; vakyam - words; kurmah - we do; katham - how?; vivasanah -
without garments; kila - indeed; te - of you; api - certainly; dasyah - the
maidservants.

The gopis said: O handsome son of Nanda, O jewel of the gopas, O young swan
in the gopa dynasty, O destroyer of sufferings, O handsome dark one, how can we
follow Your order? We are Your maidservants, but we have no clothes.

Text 11

gopangana-vasana-mun navanita-hari
jato vraje 'ti-rasikah kila nirbhayo 'si vasamsi dehi na hi cen mathuradhipaya
vaksyamahe 'nayam ativa krtam tvayatra

gopangana-vasana-muk - a theif of the gopis garments; navanita-hari - a theif of


butter; jatah - born; vraje - in Vraja; ati-rasikah - the enjoyer of nectar; kila -
indeed; nirbhayah - fearless; asi - You are; vasamsi - garments; dehi - please give;
na - not; hi - indeed; cet - if; mathuradhipaya - to the King of Mathura;
vaksyamahe - we will tell; anayam - misdeed; ativa - great; krtam - done; tvaya -
by You; atra - here.

You are a thief of butter and thief of gopis' garments. You are a fearless rake in
the village of Vraja. Give us our garments. If You don't we will tell King Kamsa, the
ruler of Mathura, the evil You have done here.

Text 12

sri-bhagavan uvaca

dasyo mamaiva yadi sundara-manda-hasa


icchantu vaitya kila catra kadamba-mule no cet samasta-vasanani nayami gehams
tasmat karisyatha mamaiva vaco 'vilambat

sri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dasyah -


maidservants; mama - My; eva - indeed; yadi - if; sundara-manda-hasa - O
sweetly- smiling girls; icchantu - desire; va - or; etya - approaching; kila - indeed;
ca - and; atra - here; kadamba-mule - at the root of this kadamba tree; na - not; u
- indeed; cet - if; samasta- vasanani - allthe garments; nayami - I will take; gehamh
- to your homes; tasmat - therefore; karisyatha - you should do; mama - My; eva -
indeed; vacah - words; avilambat - without delay.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O sweetly-smiling girls, if you actually


are My maidservants, and if you actually want your garments, then come to the
roots of this kadamba tree. If you do not come, I will bring all these garments to
your homes. Because I will do that you should follow My orders without delay.

Text 13
sri-narada uvaca

tada ta nirgatah sarva


jalad gopyo 'ti-vepitah anata yonim acchadya
panibhyam sita-karsitah

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; tada - then; ta - they; nirgatah - went; sarva -
all; jalat - from the water; gopyah - the gopis; ati- vepitah - trembling; anata - with
bowed heads; yonim - the pubic area; acchadya - covering; panibhyam - with both
hands; sita-karsitah - tormented by the cold.

Sri Narada said: Shivering with the cold, bowing their heads, and covering their
pubic areas with both hands, all the gopis emerged from the water.

Text 14

krsna-dattani vasamsi
dadhuh sarva vrajanganah mohitas ca sthitas tatra
krsne lajjayiteksanah

krsna-dattani - given by Krsna; vasamsi - the garments; dadhuh - placed; sarvah -


all; vrajanganah - the girls of Vraja; mohitah - bewildered; ca - and; sthitah -
stood; tatra - there; krsne - for Krsna; lajjayita - shy; iksanah - glances.

Taking their garments from Krsna, all the girls of Vraja dressed themselves.
Bewildered with love, they shyly gazed at Lord Krsna.

Text 15

jnatva tasam abhiprayam


parama-prema-laksanam aha manda-smitah krsnah
samantad viksya ta vacah

jnatva - understanding; tasam - of them; abhiprayam - the intention; parama-


prema-laksanam - the highest love; aha - said; manda - gently; smitah - smiling;
krsnah - Krsna; samantat - at all of them; viksya - glancing; ta - them; vacah -
words.
Aware of the great love in their hearts, Krsna gently smiled. Placing His eyes on
all of them, He spoke.

Text 16

sri-bhagavan uvaca

bhavatibhir margasirse
krtam katyayani-vratam mad-artham tac ca sa-phalam
bhavisyati na samsayah

sri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; bhavatibhih -


with you; margasirse - in the month of Margasirsa; krtam - done; katyayani - to
worship goddess Katyayani; vratam - a vow; mat - of Me; artham - for the sake;
tat - that; ca - and; sa- phalam - fruitful; bhavisyati - will be; na - no; samsayah -
doubt.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: To attain Me, during the month of
Margasirsa you followed a vow to worship goddess Katyayani. Your vow will bear
its fruit. There is no doubt of that.

Text 17

parasvo 'hani catavyam


krsna-tire manohare yusmabhis ca karisyami
rasam purna-manoratham

parasvah - after tomorrow; ahani - on the day; ca - and; atavyam - in the forest;
krsna-tire - on the Yamuna's shore; manohare - beautiful; yusmabhih - with you;
ca - and; karisyami - I will do; rasam - a rasa dance; purna-manoratham - that will
fulfill all your desires.

The day after tomorrow, on the Yamuna's beautiful shore, I will enjoy with You a
rasa dance that will fulfill all your desires.

Text 18
ity uktvatha gate krsne
paripurnatame harau praptananda manda-hasa
gopyah sarva grhan yayuh

iti - thus; uktva - speaking; atha - then; gate - gone; krsne - Krsna; paripurnatame
- the Supreme Personality of Godhead; harau - Lord Hari; prapta - attained;
anandah - - bliss; manda - gentle; hasah - simles; gopyah - the gopis; sarvah - all;
grhan - to their homes; yayuh - went.

After speaking these words, Lord Krsna, the perfect Supreme Personality of
Godhead, left. Then all the gopis, gently smiling and their hearts filled with bliss,
went to their homes. .pa

Chapter Four

Kausalopakhyana The Story of the Kausala Women

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

kausalanam gopikanam
varnanam srnu maithila sarva-papa-haram punyam
sri-krsna-caritamrtam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; kausalanam - - of the women of Kausala;


gopikanam - of thegopis; varnanam - the description; srnu - please hear; maithila -
O king of Mithila; sarva-papa-haram - removing all sins; punyam - sacred; sri-
krsna-caritamrtam - filled with the nectar of Sri Krsna's pastimes.

Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the Kausala womwn
that became gopis, a sacred story that removes all sins and is filled with the
nectar of Lord Krsna's pastimes.

Text 2
navopananda-gehesu
jata rama-varad vraje parinita gopa-janaih
ratna-bhusana-bhusitah

navopananda-gehesu - in the homes of the nine Upanandas; jata - born; rama-


varat - by the blessing of Lord Rama; vraje - in Vraja; parinita - married; gopa-
janaih - by the gopas; ratna-bhusana-bhusitah - decorated with jewel ornaments.

By Lord Ramacandra's blessing they were born in the homes of the nine
Upanandas. Decorated with jewel ornaments, they were married to various
gopas.

Text 3

purna-candra-pratikasa
nava-yauvana-samyutah padminyo hamsa-gamanah
padma-patra-vilocanah

purna-candra-pratikasa - splendid as the full moon; nava-yauvana-samyutah - in


full bloom of youth; padminyah - beautiful and graceful as lotus flowers; hamsa-
gamanah - graceful as swans; padma-patra-vilocanah - with lotus- petal eyes.

They were young, glorious as full moons, delicate as lotus flowers, and graceful
as swans. Their eyes were like lotus petals.

Text 4

jara-dharmena su-sneham
su-drdham sarvato 'dhikam cakruh krsne nanda-sute
kamaniye mahatmani

jara - of a paramour; dharmena - with the nature; su-sneham - - passionate love;


su-drdham - very intense; sarvatah - than everything; adhikam - greater; cakruh -
did; krsne - for Lord Krsna; nanda-sute - the son of Nanda; kamaniye - handsome;
mahatmani - the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
They had fallen passionately in love with Nanda's handsome son Krsna, the
Supreme Personality of Godhead. They loved Him as a paramour.

Text 5

tabhih sardham sada hasyam


vraja-vithisu madhavah smitaih pita-patadanaih
karsanaih sa cakara ha

tabhih - them; sardham - with; sada - always; hasyam - joking; vraja-vithisu - on


the pathways of Vraja; madhavah - Krsna; smitaih - with smiles; pita- patadanaih -
with yellow garments; karsanaih - with tugging; sa - He; cakara - did; ha - indeed.

Smiling, and tugging at their yellow garments, Krsna teased them and joked with
them on the pathways of Vraja.

Text 6

dadhi-vikrayartham yantyas tah


krsna krsneti cabruvan krsne hi prema-samyukta
bhramantyah kunja-mandale

dadhi - yogurt; vikraya - selling; artham - for the purpose; yantyah - going; tah -
they; krsna - O Krsna; krsna - O Krsna; iti - thus; ca - and; abruvan - said; krsne - for
Krsna; hi - indeed; prema-samyukta - full of love; bhramantyah - wandering;
kunja-mandale - in the forest.

In the market selling yogurt, they did not call out, {.sy 168}Yogurt! Yogurt!"
Instead they called "Krsna! Krsna!" Overcome with love for Krsna, they wandered
the forests searching for Him.

Text 7

khe vayau cagni-jalayor


mahyam jyotir disasu ca drumesu jana-vrndesu
tasam krsno hi laksyate
khe - in space; vayau - in air; ca - and; agni - in fire; jalayoh - in water; mahyam -
in the mahat- tattva; jyotih - in light; disasu - in the directions; ca - and; drumesu -
in the trees; jana-vrndesu - in the people; tasam - of them; krsnah - Krsna; hi -
indeed; laksyate - is seen.

When they looked at the different objects of the creation made of ether, air,
fire, and water, when they looked in the different directions, when they looked at
the luminaries in the sky, when they looked at trees, and when they looked at
people, they did not see them. They only saw Krsna.

Text 8

prema-laksana-samyuktah
sri-krsna-hrta-manasah astabhih sattvikair bhavaih
sampannas tas ca yositah

prema-laksana-samyuktah - filled with love; sri-krsna- hrta-manasah - their


hearts fixed on Krsna; astabhih - situated; sattvikair bhavaih - with ecstatic love;
sampannah - endowed; tah - they; ca - and; yositah - the women.

They were filled with love for Krsna. Krsna had stolen their hearts. They could
not help but display many symptoms of love for Him.

Text 9

premna paramahamsanam
padavim samupagatah krsnanandah pradhavantyo
vraja-vithisu ta nrpa

premna - with love; paramahamsanam - of the paramahamsas; padavim - the


path; samupagatah - taken; krsna - of Krsna; anandah - bliss; pradhavantyah -
running; vraja-vithisu - on the pathways of Vraja; ta - they; nrpa - O king.

Filled with love, they followed the path of the paramahamsas. Filled with bliss,
they ran along Vraja's pathways.

Text 10
jada jadam na janantyo
jadonmatta-pisaca-vat abruvantyo bruvantyo va
gata-lajja gata-vyathah

jadah - inert; jadam - the inert; na - not; janantyah - undersatnding; jadonmatta-


pisaca-vat - as if haunted by a ghost; abruvantyah - not speaking; bruvantyah -
speaking; va - or; gata-lajja - without embarrassment; gata-vyathah - without
care.

Sometimes they were stunned, sometimes they could not understand that
inanimate objects were actually not alive, sometimes they were silent, and
sometimes they spoke on and on without care or shyness.

Text 11

evam krtarthatam praptas


tan-maya yas ca gopikah balad akrsya krsnasya
cucumbur mukha-pankajam

evam - in this way; krtarthatam - the real goal of life; praptah - attained; tan-
maya - rapt in thought of Krsna; yah - who; ca - and; gopikah - gopis; balat -
forcibly; akrsya - attracting; krsnasya - of Krsna; cucumbuh - kisssed; mukha-
pankajam - the lotus mouth.

Rapt in thinking of Krsna, they attained the highest goal of life. Irresistibly
attracted to Krsna, they could not help but kiss His lotus lips.

Text 12

tasam tapah kim kathayami rajan


purne pare brahmani vasudeve yas cakrire prema hrd-indriyadyair
visrjya loka-vyavahara-margam

tasam - of them; tapah - austerity; kim - what; kathayami - I say; rajan - O king;
purne - perfect; pare brahmani - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudeve -
Lord Vasudeva; yah - who; cakrire - did; prema - love; hrd-indriyadyaih - with the
heart and senses; visrjya - abandoning; loka-vyavahara-margam - the path of what
is ordinarily desirable.

O king, how can I describe the austerities they must have performed?
Abandoning the path of what is ordinarily thought desireable in this world, with
all their heart and senses they loved Lord Krsna, the Supreme Personality of
Godhead.

Text 13

ya rasa-range vinidhaya bahum


krsnamsayoh prema-vibhinna-cittah cakrur vase krsnam alam tapas tad
vaktum na sakto vadanaih phanindrah

ya - who; rasa-range - in the arena of the rasa dance; vinidhaya - placing; bahum
- an arm; krsnamsayoh - on Krsna's shoulders; prema-vibhinna - overcome with
love; cittah - their hearts; cakruh - did; vase - in control; krsnam - k; alam - greatly;
tapah - austerity; tat - that; vaktum - to say; na - not; saktah - able; vadanaih -
with many mouths; phanindrah - Lord Sesa, the king of serpents.

Overcome with love, and placing an arm around His shoulders in the rasa dance,
they made Krsna their surrendered servant. Even Lord Sesa with His many mouths
cannot describe the auterities they must have performed.

Text 14

yogena sankhyena subhena karmana


nyayadi-vaisesika-tattva-vittamaih yat prapyate tac ca padam videha-rat
samprapyate kevala-bhakti-bhavatah

yogena - with yoga; sankhyena - with sankhya; subhena - with auspicious;


karmana - work; nyaya - nyaya; adi - beginning with; vaisesika - vaisesika; tattva -
the truth; vittamaih - by they who know; yat - what; prapyate - is attained; tat -
that; ca - and; padam - state; videha-rat - O king of Videha; samprapyate - is
attained; kevala-bhakti- bhavatah - by pure love for Lord Krsna.
O king of Videha, whatever good result may be attained by yoga, sankhya, good
deeds, or the study of logic and philosophy, is at once attained simply by loving
Lord Krsna.

Text 15

bhaktyaiva vasyi harir adi-devah


sada pramanam kila catra gopyah sankhyam ca yogam na krtam kadapi
premnaiva yasya prakrtim gatah syuh

bhaktya - by devotion and love; eva - indeed; vasyi - brought under control;
harih - Krsna; adi- devah - th4e Supreme Personality of Godhead; sada - always;
pramanam - evidence; kila - indeed; ca - and; atra - here; gopyah - the gopis;
sankhyam - sankhya; ca - and; yogam - yoga; na - not; krtam - done; kadapi - at
any time; premna - by love; eva - indeed; yasya - of whom; prakrtim - the nature;
gatah syuh - attained.

Love and devotion make Lord Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, into
one's surrendered servant. The gopis are the proof. They followed neither
sankhya nor yoga. Only because they loved Him did they gain His company. .pa

Chapter Five

Ayodhya-pura-vasiny-upakhyana The Story of the Ayodhya Women

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

ayodhya-vasininam tu
gopinam varnanam srnu catuspadartha-dam saksat
krsna-prapti-karam param

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; ayodhya-vasininam - of the women of


Ayodhya; tu - indeed; gopinam - of the gopis; varnanam - description; srnu -
please hear; catuspadartha-dam - bringing the four goals of life; saksat - directly;
krsna-prapti-karam - bringing the attainment of Lord Krsna; param - great.

Sri Narada said: Please hear the story of the Ayaodhya women that became
gopis, a story that grants the four goals of life and brings the company of Lord
Krsna.

Text 2

sindhu-desesu nagari
campaka nama maithila babhuva tasyam vimalo
raja dharma-parayanah

sindhu-desesu - in Sindhu-desa; nagari - a city; campaka - Campaka; nama -


named; maithila - O king of Mithila; babhuva - was; tasyam - in that city; vimalah -
Vimala; raja - king; dharma-parayanah - saintly.

O king of Mithila, in Sindhu-desa there was a city named Campaka. The saintly
king there was Vimala.

Text 3

kuvera iva kosadhyo


manasvi mrgarad iva visnu-bhaktah prasantatma
prahlada iva murtiman

kuvera - Kuvera; iva - like; kosadhyah - wealthy; manasvi - chivalorus; mrgarat - a


lion; iva - like; visnu-bhaktah - adevotee of Lord Visnu; prasantatma - peaceful at
heart; prahlada - Prahlada; iva - like; murtiman - personified.

Like Kuvera he was wealthy. Like a lion he was noble and chivalrous. Like
Prahlada he was a peaceful-hearted devotee of Lord Visnu.

Text 4

bharyanam sat-sahasrani
babhuvus tasya bhu-pateh rupavatyah kanja-netra
vandhyatvam tah samagatah

bharyanam - of wives; sat-sahasrani - six thousand; babhuvuh - were; tasya - of


him; bhu-pateh - the king; rupavatyah - beautiful; kanja-netrah - lotus- eyed;
vandhyatvam - barrenness; tah - they; samagatah - attained.

However, King Vimala's six thousand beautiful, lotus-eyed wives were all barren.

Text 5

apatyam kena punyena


bhuyan me 'tra subham nrpa evam cintayatas tasya
bahavo vatsara gatah

apatyam - a child; kena - by what?; punyena - pious deed; bhuyan - may be; me -
of me; atra - here; subham - auspiciousness; nrpa - O king; evam - thus; cintayatah
- thinking; tasya - of him; bahavah - many; vatsara - years; gatah - passed.

He spent many years wondering, "What pious deed with bring me a child?"

Text 6

ekada yajnavalkyas tu
munindras tam upagatah tam natvabhyarcya vidhivan
nrpas tat-sammukhe sthitah

ekada - once; yajnavalkyah - Yaj{.sy 241}avalkya; tu - indeed; munindrah - the


king of sages; tam - him; upagatah - attained; tam - to him; natva - bowing;
abhyarcya - worshiping; vidhivat - properly; nrpah - the king; tat-sammukhe -
before him; sthitah - stood.

One day Yajnavalkya, the king of sages, visited. The king bowed down,
worshiped him, and stood respectfully before him.

Text 7

cintakulam nrpam viksya


yajnavalkyo maha-munih sarva-jnah sarva-vic chantah
pratyuvaca nrpottamam

cintakulam - anxiou; nrpam - the king; viksya - seeing; yajnavalkyah -


Yajnavalkya; maha-munih - the great sage; sarva-jnah - all- knowing; sarva-vit - all-
knowing; chantah - peaceful; pratyuvaca - spoke; nrpottamam - to the best of
kings.

Seeing the king was very anxious, the peaceful and all- knowing sage
Yajnavalkya spoke.

Text 8

sri-yajnavalkya uvaca

rajan krso 'si kasmat tvam


ka cinta te hrdi sthita saptasv angesu kusalam
drsyate sampratam tava

sri-yajnavalkya uvaca - Yajnavalkya said; rajan - O king; krsah - distraught; asi -


you are; kasmat - why?; tvam - you; ka - what?; cinta - anxiety; te - of you; hrdi - in
the heart; sthita - situated; saptasv - in seven; angesu - limbs; kusalam -
auspiciousness; drsyate - is seen. sampratam - now; tava - of you.

Sri Yajnavalkya said: O king, why are you distraught? What is the worry in your
heart? I can see the seven limbs of your body are marked with all auspiciousness.

Text 9

sri-vimala uvaca

brahmams tvam kim na janasi


tapasa divya-caksusa tathapy aham vadisyami
bhavato vakya-gocarat

sri-vimala uvaca - Sri Vimala said; brahmamh - O brahmana; tvam - of you; kim -
what?; na - not; janasi - you know; tapasa - by austerity; divya- caksusa - with
spiritual eyes; tathapi - still; aham - I; vadisyami - will tell; bhavatah - of you;
vakya-gocarat - in words.

Sri Vimala said: O brahmana, what do you not know? Because you have spiritual
eyes attained by great austerities, you know everything. Still I will tell you my
worry.

Text 10

anapatyena duhkhena
vyapto 'ham muni-sattama kim karomi tapo danam
vada yena bhavet praja

anapatyena-with childlessness; duhkhena - with happiness; vyaptah - pervaded;


aham - i am; muni- sattama - O best of sages; kim - what?; karomi - will I do; tapah
- austerity; danam - charity; vada - tell; yena - by which; bhavet - may be; praja - a
child.

Because I have no child I am filled with grief. O best of sages, please describe
the austerity or charity that will bring me a child.

Text 11

sri-narada uvaca

iti srutva yajnavalkyo


dhyana-stimita-locanah dirgham dadhyau muni-srestho
bhutam bhavyam vicintayan

sri-naradah uvaca - Sri Narada said; iti - thus; srutva - hearing; yajnavalkyah -
Yaj{.sy 241}avalkya; dhyana - meditation; stimita - closed; locanah - eyes; dirgham
- for a long time; dadhyau - placed; muni-sresthah - the best of sages; bhutam -
past; bhavyam - and future; vicintayan - meditating.

Sri Narada said: Hearing this, the great sage Yaj{.sy 241}avalkya for a long time
closed his eyes. Meditating in trance, he looked into the past and future.
Text 12

sri-yajnavalkya uvaca

asmin janmani rajendra


putro naiva ca naiva ca putryas tava bhavisyanti
kotiso nrpa-sattama

sri-yajnavalkya uvaca - Sri Yajnavalkya said; asmin - in this; janmani - birth;


rajendra - O king of kings; putrah - a son; na - not; eva - indeed; ca - and; na - not;
eva - indeed; ca - and; putryah - many daughters; tava - of you; bhavisyanti - will
be; kotisah - millions; nrpa-sattama - O best of kings.

Sri Yajnavalkya said: O best of kings, in this birth you have no son. No son at all.
You will have ten million daughters.

Text 13

sri-rajovaca

putram vina purva-rnan na ko 'pi


pramucyate bhumi-tale munindra sada hy aputrasya grhe vyatha syat
param tv ihamutra sukham na kincit

sri-raja uvaca - the king said; putram - a son; vina - without; purva-rnan -
previous devts; na - not; ko 'pi - anyone; pramucyate - is liberated; bhumi- tale -
on the earth; munindra - O king of sages; sada - always; hi - indeed; aputrasya -
without a son; grhe - in the home; vyatha - trouble; syat - is; param - great; tv -
indeed; iha - in this world; amutra - and in the next; sukham - happiness; na - not;
kincit - anything.

The king said: O king of sages, without a son no one in this world can become
free of his many debts (to the sages, demigods, and forefathers) and become
liberated. Without a son there is always trouble at home. Without a son there can
be no happiness in either this life or the next.

Text 14
sri-yajnavalkya uvaca

ma khedam kuru rajendra


putryo deyas tvaya khalu sri-krsnaya bhavisyaya
param dayadikaih saha

sri-yajnavalkyah uvaca - Sri Yajnavalkya said; ma - don't; khedam - unhappiness;


kuru - do; rajendra - O king of kings; putryah - daughters; deyah - to be given;
tvaya - by you; khalu - indeed; sri-krsnaya - of Sri Krsna; bhavisyaya - in the future;
param - great; dayadikaih - a great dowery; saha - with.

Sri Yajnavalkya said: O king, don't be unhappy. With a great dowry you will give
all your daughters in marriage to Lord Krsna.

Text 15

tenaiva karmana tvam vai


devarsi-pitrnam rnat vimukto nrpa-sardula
param moksam avapsyasi

tena - by this; eva - indeed; karmana - action; tvam - you; vai - indeed; devarsi-
pitrnam - the demigods, sages, and ancestors; rnat - from the debt; vimuktah -
free; nrpa - of kings; sardula - O tiger; param - final; moksam - liberation;
avapsyasi - you will attain.

O tiger of kings, by doing that you will be free of your debts to the demigods,
sages, and ancestors, and you will attain liberation.

Text 16

sri-narada uvaca

tadati-harsito raja
srutva vakyam maha-muneh punah papraccha sandeham
yajnavalkyam maha-munim
sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; tada - then; ati-harsitah - very happy; raja -
the king; srutva - hearing; vakyam - the words; maha-muneh - of the great sage;
punah - again; papraccha - asked; sandeham - a doubt; yajnavalkyam - to Yaj{.sy
241}avalkya; maha-munim - the great sage.

Sri Narada said: Very happy to hear these words, the king asked Yajnavalkya
Muni the following question.

Text 17

sri-rajovaca

kasmin kule kutra dese


bhavisyah sri-harih svayam kidrg rupas ca kim varno
varsais ca katibhir gataih

sri-raja uvaca - the king said; kasmin - in what?; kule - family; kutra - in what?;
dese - country; bhavisyah - will be; sri-harih - Lord Krsna; svayam - personally;
kidrg - what?; rupah - form; ca - and; kim - what?; varnah - varna; varsaih - with
years; ca - and; katibhih - how many?; gataih - gone.

The king said: In what country will Lord Krsna appear? In what family? What will
be His form? What will be His caste? How many years hence will He come?

Texts 18-21

sri-yajnavalkya uvaca

dvaparasya yugasyasya
tava rajyan maha-bhuja avasese varsa-sate
tatha panca-dase nrpa

tasmin varse yadu-kule


mathurayam yadoh pure bhadre budhe krsna-pakse
dhatrarkse harsane vrse

vave 'stamyam ardha-ratre


naksatresa-mahodaye andhakaravrte kale
devakyam sauri-mandire

bhavisyati harih saksad


aranyam adhvare 'gni-vat srivatsanko ghana-syamo
vana-maly-ati-sundarah

sri-yajnavalkya uvaca - Sri Yajnavalkya said; dvaparasya - of the Dvapara;


yugasya - yuga; asya - of that; tava - of you; rajyat - will be manifested; maha-
bhuja - O mighty-armed one; avasese - at the end; varsa-sate - of a hundred years;
tatha - so; panca-dase - fifteen; nrpa - O king; tasmin - in this; varse - varsa; yadu-
kule - in the Yadu family; mathurayam - in Mathura; yadoh - of the Yadus; pure -
in the city; bhadre - in the month of Bhadra; budhe - on Wednesday; krsna-pakse -
during the dark fortnight; dhatrarkse - in the star Rohini; harsane - in harsana-
yoga; vrse - in Taurus; vave - directly after midnight; astamyam - on the eighth
day; ardha-ratre - in the middle of the night; naksatresa-mahodaye - in the rising
of the moon; andhakaravrte - filled with blinding darkness; kale - at the time;
devakyam - in Devaki sauri-mandire - in the house of Vasudeva; bhavisyati - will
be; harih - Lord Krsna; saksat - directly; aranyam - in the arani wood; adhvare - in
the fire; agni - fire; vat - like; srivatsankah - marked withb Srivatsa; ghana-syamah
- dark as a monsoon cloud; vana-mali - wearing a forest garland; ati-sundarah -
very handsome.

Sri Yajnavalkya said: O mighty-armed king, in the Dvapara-yuga, when you have
reigned for 115 years, in this (Bharata) varsa, in Mathura, the city of the Yadus, in
the Yadu family, during the month of Bhadra (August-September), on a Monday
that is the eighth-day of the dark-moon, in the middle of a very dark night, just as
the moon is rising, when Taurus and the star Rohini are prominent, and when the
stars are in harsana- yoga, in Vasudeva's palace, handsome Lord Krsna, dark as a
monsoon cloud, decorated with a forest garland, and marked with Srivatsa, will
appear in Devaki's womb as fire appears in a yajna's arani sticks.

Text 22

pitambarah padma-netro
bhavisyati catur-bhujah tasmai deya tvaya kanya
ayus te 'sti na samsayah
pitambarah - wearing yellow garments; padma-netrah - with lotus eyes;
bhavisyati - will be; catur-bhujah - four arms; tasmai - to him; deya - should be
given; tvaya - by you; kanya - the daughters; ayuh - life; te - of you; asti - will be;
na - no; samsayah - doubt.

You will give your daughters in marriage to Lord Krsna, who has four arms, lotus
eyes, and yellow garments. In this way you will attain the supreme goal of life. Of
this there is no doubt. .pa

Chapter Six

Ayodhya-pura-vasiny-upakhyana The Story of the Ayodhya Women

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

evam uktva gate saksad


yajnavalkye maha-munau ativa harsam apanno
vimalas campaka-patih

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; evam - thus; uktva - speaking; gate - gone;
saksat - directly; yajnavalkye - Yajnavalkya; maha-munau - the great sage; ativa -
great; harsam - happiness; apannah - attained; vimalah - Vimala; campaka-patih -
the king of Campaka.

Sri Narada said: Then the great sage Yajnavalkya left. Vimala, the king of
Campaka, was very happy.

Text 2

ayodhya-pura-vasinyah
sri-ramasya varac ca yah babhuvus tasya bharyasu
tah sarvah kanyakah subhah
ayodhya-pura-vasinyah - the women of Ayodhya; sri- ramasya - of Sri Rama;
varat - frokm the benediction; ca - and; yah - who; babhuvuh - became; tasya - of
him; bharyasu - in the wives; tah - they; sarvah - all; kanyakah - daughters; subhah
- beautiful.

Then the Ayodhya women blessed by Lord Ramacandra took birth as the very
beautiful daughters of Vimala and his wives.

Text 3

vivaha-yogyas ta drstva
cintayams campaka-patih yajnavalkya-vacah smrtva
dutam aha nrpesvarah

vivaha-yogyah - at the proper age for marriage; ta - they; drstva - seeing;


cintayan - thinking; campaka-patih - the king of Campaka; yajnavalkya- vacah - the
words of Yajnavalkya; smrtva - remembering; dutam - to give; aha - said;
nrpesvarah - the great king.

Seeing that his daughters had come to a marriagable age, and remembering
Yajnavalkya's words, King Vimala spoke.

Text 4

sri-vimala uvaca

mathuram gaccha duta tvam


gatva sauri-grham subham darsaniyas tvaya putro
vasudevasya sundarah

sri-vimala uvaca - Sri Vimala said; mathuram - to Mathura; gaccha - go; duta - O
messenger; tvam - you; gatva - having gone; sauri - of Vasudeva; grham - to tyhe
home; subham - beautiful; darsaniyah - should be seen; tvaya - by you; putrah -
the son; vasudevasya - of Vasudeva; sundarah - handsome.

Sri Vimala said: O messenger, go to Mathura, enter Vasudeva's palace, and look
for Vasudeva's handsome son.
Text 5

srivatsanko ghana-syamo
vana-mali catur-bhujah yadi syat tarhi dasyami
tasmai sarvah su-kanyakah

srivatsankah - marked with Srivatsa; ghana-syamah - dark as a cloud; vana-mali -


wearing a forest garland; catur- bhujah - with four arms; yadi - if; syat - is; tarhi -
then; dasyami - I will give; tasmai - to Him; sarvah - all; su-kanyakah - my beautiful
daughters.

He is dark as a monsoon cloud, has four arms, is marked with Srivatsa, and
wears a forest garland. If He is there, I will give Him all my beautiful daughters.

Text 6

sri-narada uvaca

iti vakyam tatah srutva


duto 'sau mathuram gatah papraccha sarvabhiprayam
mathurams ca mahajanan

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; iti - thus; vakyam - the words; tatah - then;
srutva - hearing; dutah - the messenger; asau - he; mathuram - to Mathura; gatah
- went; papraccha - asked; sarvabhiprayam - all knowledge; mathuran - the
people of Mathura; ca - and; mahajanan - great souls.

Sri Narada said: Hearing these words, and going to Mathura, the messenger
asked the great souls there if they had seen Vasudeva's son.

Text 7

tad-vakyam mathurah srutva


kamsa-bhitah su-buddhayah tam dutam rahasi prahuh
karnante manda-vag yatha
tad-vakyam - his words; mathurah - the peole of Mathura; srutva - hearing;
kamsa-bhitah - afraid of Kamsa; su-buddhayah - intelligent; tam - to him; dutam -
the messenger; rahasi - in private; prahuh - said; karnante - in the ear; manda- vag
- whispering; yatha - as.

Hearing these words, the intelligent people of Mathura, who were all afraid of
Kamsa, took him to a secluded place and whispered in his ear.

Text 8

sri-mathura ucuh

vasudevasya ye putrah
kamsena bahavo hatah ekavasistavaraja
kanya sapi divam gata

sri-mathura ucuh - the people of Mathura said; vasudevasya - of vasudeva; ye -


who; putrah - the sons; kamsena - by Kamsa; bahavah - many; hatah - killed;
ekavasistavaraja - one remaining; kanya - a dauighter; sapi - she; divam - to
heaven; gata - went.

The people of Mathura said: Vasudeva's many sons were all killed by Kamsa.
Only a daughter, who went to the heavenly planets, survived.

Text 9

vasudevo 'sti catraiva


hy aputro dina-manasah idam na kathaniyam hi
tvaya kamsa-bhayam pure

vasudevah - Vasudeva; asti - is; ca - and; atra - here; eva - indeed; hi - indeed;
aputrah - sonless; dina-manasah - unhappy at heart; idam - thus; na - not;
kathaniyam - to be spoken; hi - indeed; tvaya - by you; kamsa-bhayam - out of
fear of Kamsa; pure - in the city.

Now sonless, Vasudeva is unhappy at heart. Because of the danger of Kamsa,


you should not repeat these words in this city.
Text 10

sauri-santana-vartam yo
vakti cen mathura-pure tam dandayati kamso 'sau
saury-astama-siso ripuh

sauri - of Vasudeva; santana - the family; vartam - the story; yah - who; vakti -
speaks; cet - if; mathura-pure - in Mathura City; tam - him; dandayati - punishes;
kamsah - Kamsa; asau - he; saury-astama-sisoh - of Vasudeva's eighth son; ripuh -
the enemy.

If in Mathura-puri someone speaks this story of Vasudeva's sons, then Kamsa,


the sworn enemy of Vasudeva's eighth son, punishes him severely.

Text 11

sri-narada uvaca

jana-vakyam tatah srutva


duto vai campaka-purim gatvatha kathayam asa
rajne karanam adbhutam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; jana-vakyam - the words of the people; tatah
- then; srutva - hearing; dutah - the messenger; vai - indeed; campaka-purim - to
the4 city of Campaka; gatva - going; atha - then; kathayam asa - spoke; rajne - to
the king; karanam - the reason; adbhutam - surprising.

Sri Narada said: After hearing the people's words, the messenger returned to
the city of Campaka and told the very surprising story to the king.

Text 12

sri-duta uvaca

mathurayam asti saurir


anapatyo 'ti-dinavat tat-putras tu pura jatah
kamsena nihatah srutam

sri-duta uvaca - the messenger said; mathurayam - in Mathura; asti - is; saurih -
Vasudeva; anapatyah - childless; ati-dinavat - like a very wretched person; tat-
putrah - his sons; tu - indeed; pura - previously; jatah - born; kamsena - by Kamsa;
nihatah - killed; srutam - heard.

The messenger said: Unhappy and childless, Vasudeva stays in Mathura. I heard
that all his sons were killed by Kamsa.

Text 13

ekavasista kanyapi
kham gata kamsa-hastatah evam srutva yadu-puran
nirgato 'ham sanaih sanaih

eka - one; avasista - remaining; kanya - daughter; api - also; kham - to heaven;
gata - went; kamsa- hastatah - by Kamsa's hand; evam - thus; srutva - hearing;
yadu-purat - from the city of the Yadus; nirgatah - come; aham - I; sanaih sanaih -
very slowly.

One a daughter who, struck by Kamsa's hand, went to the heavenly planets,
remains. Hearing this, I slowly left the Yadus' city.

Text 14

caran vrndavane ramye


kalindi-nikate subhe akasmal latika-vrnde
drstah kascic chisur maya

caran - walking; vrndavane - in Vrndavana; ramye - beautiful; kalindi-nikate - by


the Yamuna's shore; subhe - beautiful; akasmal - suddenly; latika- vrnde - among
many vines; drstah - seen; kascic - someone; chisuh - a boy; maya - by me.

As I walked by the Yamuna's shore in beautiful Vrndavana forest I saw a boy


among some vines.
Text 15

tal-laksana-samo rajan
go-gopa-gana-madhyatah srivatsanko ghana-syamo
vana-maly ati-sundarah

tal-laksana-samah - the same characteristsics; rajan - O king; go-gopa-gana-


madhyatah - among many cows and gopas; srivatsankah - marked with Srivatsa;
ghana-syamah - dark as a monsoon cloud; vana-mali - wearing a forest garland;
ati-sundarah - very handsome.

O king, He had all the features you described. He was handsome, dark as a
monsoon cloud, marked with Srivatsa, and decorated with a forest garland. He
was the midst of many cows and gopas.

Text 16

dvi-bhujo gopa-sunus ca
param tv etad vilaksanam tvaya catur-bhujas cokto
vasudevatmajo harih

dvi-bhujah - two artms; gopa-sunuh - a gopa's son; ca - and; param - then; tv -


indeed; etat - this; vilaksanam - extraordinary; tvaya - by you; catur- bhujah - four
arms; ca - and; uktah - said; vasudevatmajah - Vasudeva's son; harih - Krsna.

There is one difference. He had two arms and Vasudeva's son had four arms.

Text 17

kim kartavyam vada nrpa


muni-vakyam mrsa na hi yatra yatra yatheccha te
tatra mam presaya prabho

kim - what?; kartavyam - should be don; vada - tell; nrpa - O king; muni-vakyam
- the sage's words; mrsa - false; na - not; hi - indeed; yatra - where; yatra - where;
yatha - as; iccha - the desire; te - of you; tatra - there; mam - me; presaya - please
send; prabhah - O lord.
What should be done? Tell me, O king. It cannot be that the sage's words are
untrue. O master, send me wherever you wish.

Text 18

sri-narada uvaca

iti cintayatas tasya


vismitasya nrpasya ca gajahvayat sindhu-desan
jetum bhismah samagatah

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; iti - thus; cintayatah - thinking; tasya - of him;
vismitasya - surprised; nrpasya - of the king; ca - and; gajahvayat - from
Hastinapura; sindhu-desan - to Sindhu- desa; jetum - to conquer; bhismah -
Bhisma; samagatah - arrived.

Sri Narada said: As the king was thinking about what to do, Bhisma, on his way
to conquer Sindhu-desa, came from Hastinapura.

Text 19

tam pujya vimalo raja


dattva tasmai balim bahu papraccha sarvabhiprayam
bhismam dharma-bhrtam varam

tam - him; pujya - worshiping; vimalah - Vimala; raja - King; dattva - giving;
tasmai - to him; balim - a gift; bahu - great; papraccha - asked; sarvabhiprayam -
who knows everything; bhismam - Bhisma; dharma-bhrtam - of pious men; varam
- the best.

After worshiping him and giving him many gifts, King Vimala asked a question of
all-knowing Bhisma, the best of pious men.

Text 20

sri-vimala uvaca
yajnavalkyena purvokto
mathurayam harih svayam vasudevasya devakyam
bhavisyati na samsayah

sri-vimala uvaca - Sri Vimala said; yaj{.sy 241}avalkyena - by yajnavalkya;


purvoktah - previously said; mathurayam - in mathura; harih - Krsna; svayam -
personally; vasudevasya - of Vasudeva; devakyam - in Devaki; bhavisyati - will be;
na - no; samsayah - doubt.

Sri Vimala said: Yajnavalkya Muni told me that Lord Hari, the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, will become the son of Vasudeva and Devaki in Mathura.
Of this there is no doubt.

Text 21

na jato vasudevasya
sakase 'dya harih parah rsi-vakyam mrsa na syat
kasmai dasyami kanyakah

na - not; jatah - born; vasudevasya - of Vasudeva; sakase - in the presence; adya


- now; harih - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parah - supreme; rsi-vakyam -
the words of the sage; mrsa - false; na - not; syat - are; kasmai - to whom?;
dasyami - I will give; kanyakah - my daughters.

Although the sage's words cannot be untrue, the Supreme Personality of


Godhead has not taken birth as Vasudeva's son. To whom shall I give my
daughters in marriage?

Text 22

maha-bhagavatah saksat
tvam paravara-vittamah jitendriyo balya-bhavad
viro dhanvi vasuttamah etad vada maha-buddhe
kim kartavyam mayatra vai
maha-bhagavatah - a great devotee; saksat - directly; tvam - you; paravara-
vittamah - all-knowing; jitendriyah - conquering the senses; balya-bhavat - from
childhood; virah - a hero; dhanvi - a bowman; vasuttamah - the best of the Vasus;
etat - this; vada - please tell; maha-buddhe - O intelligent one; kim - what?;
kartavyam - should be done; maya - by me; atra - here; vai - indeed.

You are a great devotee. You know everything. Your senses are carefully
controlled. From childhood you have been a heroic warrior. You are an expert
archer and the best of the Vasus. O very intelligent one, please say what I should
do.

Text 23

sri-narada uvaca

vimalam praha gangeyo


maha-bhagavatah kavih divya-drg dharma-tattva-jnah
sri-krsnasya prabhava-vit

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; vimalam - to Vimala; praha - said; gangeyah -
Bhisma; maha- bhagavatah - great devotee; kavih - philosopher; divya- drg - with
transcendental vision; dharma-tattva-j{.sy 241}ah - understanding the truth of
religion; sri-krsnasya - of Sri Krsna; prabhava - the glory; vit - knowing.

Sri Narada said: The great devotee philosopher Bhisma, who had spiritual vision,
understood the truth of religion, and was fully aware of Lord Krsna's glories,
spoke to King Vimala.

Text 24

sri-bhisma uvaca

he rajan guptam akhyanam


vedavyasa-mukhac chrutam sarva-papa-haram punyam
srnu harsa-vivardhanam
sri-bhisma uvaca - Sri Bhisma said; he - O; rajan - king; guptam - hidden;
akhyanam - story; vedavyasa - of Vedavyasa; mukhat - from the mouth; srutam -
heard; sarva-papa-haram - removing all sins; punyam - sacred; srnu - pleasehear;
harsa- vivardhanam - delightful.

Sri Bhisma said: O king, please hear this secret I heard from Vyasa's mouth, a
holy and delightful secret that removes all sins.

Text 25

devanam raksanarthaya
daityanam hi vadhaya ca vasudeva-grhe jatah
paripurnatamo harih

devanam - of the demigods; raksanarthaya - for protection; daityanam - of the


demons; hi - indeed; vadhaya - for killing; ca - and; vasudeva-grhe - in Vasudva's
home; jatah - born; paripurnatamo harih - the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

To protect the devotees and kill the demons, the Supreme Personality of
Godhead has taken birth in Vasudeva's home.

Text 26

ardha-ratre kamsa-bhayan
nitva sauris ca tam tvaram gatva ca gokule putram
nidhaya sayane nrpa

ardha-ratre - in the middle of the night; kamsa- bhayan - out of fear of Kamsa;
nitva - bringing; saurih - Vasudeva; ca - and; tam - Him; tvaram - quickly; gatva -
gone; ca - and; gokule - in Gokula; putram - son; nidhaya - placing; sayane - in
bed; nrpa - O king.

O king, out of fear of Kamsa, Vasudeva took his son to Gokula and placed Him in
Yasoda's bed.

Text 27
yasoda-nandayoh putrim
mayam nitva puram yayau vavrdhe gokule krsno
gupto jnato na kair nrbhih

yasoda-nandayoh - of Nadna and Yasoda; putrim - the daughter; mayam - Maya;


nitva - taking; puram - to the city; yayau - went; vavrdhe - increased; gokule - in
Gokula; krsnah - Krsna; guptah - hidden; jnatah - known; na - not; kair nrbhih - by
anyone.

Then to Mathura City he took Nanda's and Yasoda's daughter, who was the
goddess Maya. As Krsna grew up on Gokula, no one understood His real identity.

Text 28

so 'dyaiva vrndakaranye
harir gopala-vesa-dhrk ekadasa samas tatra
gudho vasam karisyati daityam kamsam ghatayitva
prakatah sa bhavisyati

sah - He; adya - today; eva - even; vrndakaranye - in Vrndavana forest; harih -
Krsna; gopala-vesa-dhrk - dressed as a gopa; ekadasa - eleven; samah - years;
tatra - there; gudhah - hidden; vasam - residence; karisyati - will do; daityam - the
demon; kamsam - Kamsa; ghatayitva - killing; prakatah - revealed; sa - He;
bhavisyati - will be.

Today the Supreme Personality of Godhead is living as a gopa in Vrndavana. He


will stay there, carefully concealed, for eleven years and then He will kill the
demon Kamsa and His true identity will be revealed.

Text 29

ayodhya-pura-vasinyah
sri-ramasya varac ca yah tah sarvas tava bharyasu
babhuvuh kanyakah subhah

ayodhya-pura-vasinyah - the women of Ayodhya; sri- ramasya - of Lord Rama;


varat - from the blessing; ca - and; yah - who; tah - they; sarvah - all; tava - of you;
bharyasu - in the wives; babhuvuh - were; kanyakah - daughters; subhah -
beautiful.

Because they were blessed by Lord Ramacandra, many women of Ayodhya, took
birth as the beautiful daughters born from you and your wives

Text 30

gudhaya deva-devaya
deyah kanyas tvaya khalu na vilambah kvacit karyo
dehah kala-vaso hy ayam

gudhaya - concealed; deva-devaya - to the Supreme Personality of Godhead;


deyah - should be given; kanyah - daughters; tvaya - by you; khalu - indeed; na -
not; vilambah - delay; kvacit - at all; karyah - should be done; dehah - body; kala-
vasah - subject to time; hi - indeed; ayam - this.

Marry your daughters to the carefully concealed Supreme Personality of


Godhead. Don't delay. This body is subject to the ravages of time.

Text 31

ity uktvatha gate bhisme


sarvajne hastinapuram dutam svam presayam asa
vimalo nanda-sunave

iti - thus; uktva - speaking; atha - then; gate - gone; bhisme - Bhisma; sarvajne -
all- knowing; hastinapuram - to Hasintapura; dutam - messenger; svam - own;
presayam asa - sent; vimalah - Vimala; nanda-sunave - to Nanda's son, Krsna.

All-knowing Bhisma spoke these words and then left for Hastinapura. Then King
Vimala sent his messenger to Nanda's son, Lord Krsna. .pa

Chapter Seven
Ayodhy\a-pura-v\asiny-up\akhy\ana The Story of the Ayodhy\a Women

Text 1

sri-n\arada uv\aca

atha dutah sindhu-des\an


m\athur\an punar \agatah caran vrnd\avane krsn\a-
tire krsnam dadarsa ha

sri-n\arada uv\aca - Sri N\arada said; atha - then; dutah - the messenger;
sindhu-des\an - to Sindu-desa; m\athur\an - to Mathura; punah - again; \agatah -
came; caran - walking; vrnd\avane - in Vrnd\avana; krsn\a-tire - by the Yamun\a's
shore; krsnam - Krsna; dadarsa - saw; ha - indeed.

Sri N\arada said: The messenger traveled from Sindhu-desa to the province of
M\athura. Walking by the Yamun\a's shore in Vrnd\avana, he saw Krsna.

Text 2

krsnam pranamya rahasi


krt\anjali-putah sanaih pradaksini-krtya duto
vimaloktam uv\aca sah

krsnam - to Krsna; pranamya - bowing down; rahasi - in a secluded place;


krt\anjali-putah - with folded hands; sanaih - slowly; pradaksini- krtya -
circumambulating; dutah - the messenger; vimala - of Vimala; uktam - the words;
uv\aca - spoke; sah - he.

In a secluded place, after bowing down before Lord Krsna and slowly
circumambulating Him, the messenger repeated King Vimala's words.

Text 3

sri-duta uv\aca

svayam param brahma parah paresah


parair adrsyah paripurna-devah yah punya-sanghaih satatam hi duras
tasmai namah saj-jana-gocar\aya

sri-duta uv\aca - the messenger said; svayam - personally; param - the Supreme;
brahma - Brahman; parah - the supreme; paresah - the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; paraih - by the great souls; adrsyah - not seen; paripurna-devah - the
perfect Lord; yah - who; punya-sanghaih - by many pious deeds; satatam - again
and again; hi - indeed; durah - far away; tasmai - to Him; namah - obeisances; saj-
jana-gocar\aya - seen by the saintly devotees.

The messenger said: I offer my respectful obeisances to You, the perfect


Supreme Personality of Godhead, who are seen only by the saintly devotees, and
who cannot be approcahed by performing even a great host of ordinary pious
deeds.

Text 4

go-vipra-deva-sruti-sadhu-dharma-
raksartham adyaiva yadoh kule 'jah jato 'si kamsadi-vadhaya yo 'sau
tasmai namo 'nanta-gunarnavaya

gah - the cows; vipra - brahmanas; deva - demigods; sruti - Vedas; sadhu - saints;
dharma - and religion; raksa - protection; artham - for the purpose; adya - now;
eva - certainly; yadoh - of the Yadus; kule - in the family; ajah - unborn; jatah -
born; asi - You are; kamsadi-vadhaya - to kill the demons headed by Kamsa; yah -
who; asau - the person; tasmai - to Him; namah - obeisances; ananta - endless;
guna - virtues; arnavaya - an ocean.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, who are an ocean of transcendental


virtues and who, to protect the cows, brahmanas, demigods, Vedas, saintly
devotees, and principles of religion, and to kill the demons headed by Kamsa,
have taken birth in the Yadu dynasty, even though You are unborn.

Text 5

aho param bhagyam alam vrajaukasam


dhanyam kulam nanda-varasya te pituh dhanyo vrajo dhanyam aranyam etad
yatraiva saksat prakatah paro harih

ahah - Oh; param - supreme; bhagyam - good fortune; alam - great; vrajaukasam
- of the people of Vraja; dhanyam - fortune; kulam - family; nanda-varasya - of
King Nanda; te - of You; pituh - of the father; dhanyah - fortunate; vrajah - Vraja;
dhanyam - fortunate; aranyam - the forest; etat - this; yatra - where; eva - indeed;
saksat - directly; prakatah - manifested; parah - the Supreme; harih - Lord Hari.

Supremely fortunate are the people of Vraja. Fortunate is the family of Your
father, King Nanda. Fortunate is the village of Vraja. Fortunate is the forest of
Vrndavana, where the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Hari, is now visible
to our eyes.

Text 6

yad radhika-sundara-kantha-ratnam
yad gopika-jivana-mula-rupam tad eva man-netra-pathi prajatam
kim varnaye bhagyam atah svakiyam

yat - what; radhika - of Sri Radha; sundara - handsome; kantha - neck; ratnam -
jewel; yat - what; gopika - of the gopis; jivana - of the life; mula - the root; rupam -
the form; tat - that; eva - indeed; man-netra-pathi - on the pathway of my eyes;
prajatam - born; kim - what?; varnaye - can I say; bhagyam - good fortune; atah -
then; svakiyam - own.

He who is the life of the gopis and the gloriously handsome jewel at Radha's
neck has entered the pathway of my eyes. How can I describe my own good
fortune?

Text 7

gupto vraje gopa-misena casi


kasturikamoda iva prasiddhah yasas ca te nirmalam asu sukli-
karoti sarvatra gatam tri-lokim

guptah - hidden; vraje - in Vraja; gopa- misena - disguised as an ordinary gopa;


ca - and; asi - You are; kasturika - of musk; amoda - the scent; iva - like;
prasiddhah - famous; yasah - fame; ca - and; te - of Yoiu; nirmalam - pure; asu - at
once; sukli-karoti - purifies; sarvatra - everywhere; gatam - gone; tri-lokim - the
three worlds.

Even though You are now pretending to be an ordinary cowherd boy, Your
sacred fame, going everywhere, purifies the three worlds, as the perfume musk
fills the directions with a sweet fragrance.

Text 8

janasi sarvam jana-caittya-bhavam


ksetra-jna atma krti-vrnda-saksi tathapi vaksye nrpa-vakyam uktam
param rahasyam rahasi sva-dharmam

janasi - You understand; sarvam - everything; jana- caittya-bhavam - that is in


the hearts of the living entities; ksetra - the field of activities; jnah - knowing;
atma - the Supersoul; krti-vrnda - of pious actions; saksi - the witness; tathapi -
still; vaksye - I will say; nrpa-vakyam - the king's words; uktam - spoken; param -
then; rahasyam - secret; rahasi - in a secret place; sva-dharmam - own religion.

As the Supersoul You are the witness that looks into everyone's heart. You know
everything. Still, in this secluded place I will repeat King Vimala's confidential
message.

Text 9

ya sindhu-desesu puri prasiddha


sri-campaka nama subha yathaindri tat-palako 'sau vimalo yathendras
tvat-pada-padme krta-citta-vrttih

ya - what; sindhu-desesu - in Sindhu-desa; puri - a city; prasiddha - famous; sri-


campaka - Sri Campaka; nama - named; subha - beautiful; yatha - as; aindri - the
city of Indra; tat-palakah - it's king; asau - he; vimalah - Vimala; yatha - as; indrah -
Indra; tvat-pada-padme - at Your lotus feet; krta-citta-vrttih - places all his
thoughts.
In Sindhu-desa is a city named Sri Campaka, which is glorious as Indra's city,
Amaravati. Vimala, who is glorious as Indra, is the king of that city. his thoughts
are always placed at Your lotus feet.

Text 10

sada krtam yajna-satam tvad-artham


danam tapo brahmana-sevanam ca tirtham japam yena su-sadhanena
tasmai param darsanam eva dehi

sada - always; krtam - done; yajna-satam - a hundred yajnas; tvad-artham - for


Your sake; danam - charity; tapah - austerity; brahmana- sevanam - service to the
brahmanas; ca - and; tirtham - pilgrimage; japam - chanting mantras; yena - by
which; su-sadhanena - spiritual practices; tasmai - to him; param - great;
darsanam - sight; eva - indeed; dehi - please.

For Your sake again and again He performs hundreds of yajnas, gives charity,
performs austerities, serves the brahmanas, visits holy places, and chants sacred
mantras. Because he is engaged in these spiritual activities, O Lord, please appear
before him.

Text 11

tat-kanyakah padma-visala-netrah
purnam patim tvam mrgayantya arat sada tvad-artham niyama-vrata-sthas
tvat-pada-seva-vimali-krtangah

tat - his; kanyakah - daughters; padma-visala- netrah - with large lotus eyes;
purnam - perfect; patim - husband; tvam - You; mrgayantyah - searching; arat -
from afar; sada - always; tvad-artham - for Your sake; niyama-vrata-sthah -
following austerities and vows; tvat-pada - Your feet; seva - service; vimali-
krtangah - become purified.

Their large eyes like lotus flowers, his daughters have been long searching for
You, their perfect husband. To be eligible to serve Your lotus feet, they have
purified their bodies with many vows and austerities.
Text 12

grhana tasam vraja-deva panin


dattva param darsanam adbhutam svam gacchasu sindhun visadi-kuru tvam
vimrsya kartavyam idam tvaya hi

grhana - please accept; tasam - them; vraja-deva - O Lord of Vraja; panin - the
hands; dattva - giving; param - great; darsanam - sight; adbhutam - wonderful;
svam - own; gaccha - please go; asu - at once; sindhun - to Sindhu-desa; visadi-
kuru - please purify; tvam - You; vimrsya - considering; kartavyam - what should
be done; idam - this; tvaya - by You; hi - indeed.

O Lord of Vraja, please give them your wonderful audience and accept their
hands in marriage. Pkease consider what should be done, and then please quickly
go and purify Sindhu-desa with Your presence.

Text 13

sri-narada uvaca

duta-vakyam ca tac chrutva


prasanno bhagavan harih ksana-matrena gatavan
sa-dutas campakam purim

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; duta-vakyam - the words of the messenger;
ca - and; tac - that; chrutva - hearing; prasannah - pleased; bhagavan - Lord; harih
- Krsna; ksana-matrena - in a single moment; gatavan - gone; sa-dutah - with the
messenger; campakam - CXampaka; purim - to the city.

Sri Narada said: Pleased to hear the messenger's words, Lord Krsna went with him
to the city of Campaka, traveling there in a single moment.

Text 14

vimalasya maha-yajne
veda-dhvani-samakule sa-dutah krsna akasat
sahasavatatara ha

vimalasya - of King Vimala; maha-yajne - in a great yajna; veda-dhvani-samakule


- filled with the sounds of the Vedas; sa-dutah - with the messenger; krsnah - Lord
Krsna; akasat - from the sky; sahasa - suddenly; avatatara - descended; ha -
certainly.

As King Vimala was performing a great yajna filled with the sounds of the Vedas,
Lord Krsna and the messenger suddenly descended from the sky.

Texts 15 and 16

srivatsankam ghana-syamam
sundaram vana-malinam pitambaram padma-netram
yajna-vatagatam harim

tam drstva sahasotthaya


vimalah prema-vihvalah papata caranopante
romanci san krtanjalih

srivatsa - with Srivatsa; ankam - mark; ghana- syamam - dark as a monsoon


cloud; sundaram - handsome; vana-malinam - wearing a forest garland;
pitambaram - dressed in yellow garments; padma-netram - with lotus eyes; yajna-
vata - to the place of the yajna; agatam - come; harim - Lord Krsna; tam - Him;
drstva - seeing; sahasa - at once; utthaya - rising; vimalah - Vimala; prema-
vihvalah - overcome with love; papata - fell down; carana-upante - at the Lord's
feet; romanci - the hairs of his body erect with ecstasy; san - being so; krtanjalih -
with folded hands.

Seeing handsome, lotus-eyed Lord Krsna, dark as a monsoon cloud, dressed in


yellow garments, decorated with a forest garland, and marked with Srivatsa,
enter the place of the yaj{.sy 241}, King Vimala suddenly stood up, his hands
respectfully folded and the hairs of his body erect with joy. Then, overwhelmed
with love, he fell at the Lord's feet.

Text 17
samsthapya pithake divye
ratna-hema-khacit-pade stutva sampujya vidhi-vad
raja tat-sammukhe sthitah

samsthapya - placing; pithake - on a throne; divye - splendid; ratna-hema-khacit-


pade - made of gold and jewels; stutva - offering prayers; sampujya - worshiping;
vidhi-vat - properly; raja - the king; tat-sammukhe - in the Lord's presence; sthitah
- stood.

After offering Him a seat on a throne of gold and jewels, offering prayers, and
properly worshiping Him, King Vimala stood before the Lord.

Text 18

gavaksebhyah prapasyantih
sundarir viksya madhavah uvaca vimalam krsno
megha-gambhiraya gira

gavaksebhyah - from the windows; prapasyantih - looking; sundarih - the


beautiful girls; viksya - seeing; madhavah - Lord Krsna; uvaca - said; vimalam - to
Vimala; krsnah - Krsna; megha-gambhiraya - deep as thunder; gira - with words.

As He glanced at the beautiful girls gazing at Him from the many windows, in a
voice like thunder Lord Krsna spoke to King Vimala.

Text 19

sri-bhagavan uvaca

maha-mate varam bruhi


yat te manasi vartate yajnavalkyasya vacasa
jatam mad-darsanam tava

sri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; maha-mate - O


noble-hearted one; varam - benediction; bruhi - please ask; yat - what; te - of you;
manasi - in the heart; vartate - is; yajnavalkyasya - of Yajnavalkya; vacasa - by the
words; jatam - born; mad-darsanam - the sight of Me; tava - by you.
The Supreme Lord said: O noble-hearted one, please ask a boon. Ask for
whatever is in your heart. the words of Yaj{.sy 241)avalkya have brought Me
before you.

Text 20

sri-vimala uvaca

mano me bhramari-bhutam
sada tvat-pada-pankaje vasam kuryad deva-deva
nanyeccha me kadacana

sri-vimala uvaca - Sri Vimala said; manah - the heart; me - of me; bhramari-
bhutam - has become a bumblebee; sada - always; tvat-pada-pankaje - at Your
lotus feet; vasam - residence; kuryat - may be; deva-deva - O Lord of lords; na -
not; anya - another; iccha - desire; me - of me; kadacana - at any time.

Sri Vimala said: O Lord of lords, please make my heart a bumblebee always
staying at Your lotus feet. I shall never have any desire but this.

Text 21

sri-narada uvaca

ity uktva vimalo raja


sarvam kosa-dhanam mahat dvipa-vaji-rathaih sardham
cakre atma-nivedanam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; iti - thus; uktva - speaking; vimalah - Vimala;
raja - King; sarvam - all; kosa-dhanam - wealth; mahat - great; dvipa - elephants;
vaji - horses; rathaih - and chariots; sardham - with; cakre - did; atma- nivedanam
- offering himself.

Sri Narada said: After speaking these words, King Vimala gave the Lord all the
wealth in his treasury and all his elephants, horses, and chariots. He surrendered
to the Lord with all his heart.
Text 22

samarpya vidhina sarvah


kanyakah haraye nrpa namas cakara krsnaya
vimalo bhakti-tat-parah

samarpya - offering; vidhina - properly; sarvah - all; kanyakah - daughters;


haraye - to Lord Krsna; nrpa - O king; namah - obeisances; cakara - offered;
krsnaya - to Krsna; vimalah - Vimala; bhakti-tat-parah - a great devotee.

O king, after giving his daughters to Lord Krsna, the great devotee Vimala bowed
down to offer his respectful obeisances.

Text 23

tada jaya-jayaravo
babhuva jana-mandale vavrsuh puspa-varsani
devata gagana-sthitah

tada - then; jaya-jayaravah - sounds of Jaya! Jaya!; babhuva - were; jana-


mandale - in the circle of the people; vavrsuh - showered; puspa - of flowers;
varsani - showers; devata - the demigods; gagana- sthitah - in the sky.

Then the people shouted, "Jaya! Jaya!" and the demigods in the sky showered
flowers.

Text 24

tadaiva krsna-sarupyam
prapto 'nanga-sphurad-dyutih sata-surya-pratikaso
dyotayan mandalam disam

tada - then; eva - indeed; krsna-sarupyam - a spiritual form like Lord Krsna's;
praptah - attained; ananga- sphurad-dyutih - splendid as Kamadeva; sata -
hundred; surya - suns; pratikasah - splendid; dyotayan - illuminating; mandalam
disam - the circle of the directions.
Then King Vimala attained a spiritual form like Lord Krsna's. Glorious as
Kamadeva, and splendid as a hundred suns, the king illuminated the circle of the
directions.

Text 25

vainateyam samaruhya
natva sri-garuda-dhvajam sa-bharyah pasyatam nrnam
vaikuntham vimalo yayau

vainateyam - on Garuda; samaruhya - climbing; natva - bowing down; sri-


garuda-dhvajam - to He who carries a flag bearing the sign of garuda; sa-bharyah -
with his wives; pasyatam - looking on; nrnam - as the people were; vaikuntham -
to vaikuntha; vimalah - Vimala; yayau - went.

As the people looked on, King Vimala and his wives offered respectful
obeisances to Lord Krsna, climbed on the back of Garuda, and went to the
spiritual world of Vaikuntha.

Text 26

dattva muktim nr-pataye


sri-krsno bhagavan svayam tat-sutah sundarir nitva
vraja-mandalam ayayau

dattva - giving; muktim - liberation; nr-pataye - to the king; sri-krsnah - Sri Krsna;
bhagavan - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam - Himself; tat-sutah - his
daughters; sundarih - beautiful; nitva - taking; vraja-mandalam - to the circle of
Vraja; ayayau - went.

After granting him liberation, Lord Krsna took the king's beautiful daughters to
the circle of Vraja.
Text 27

tatra kamavane ramye


divya-mandira-samyute kridantyah kandukaih sarvas
tasthuh krsna-priyah subhah

tatra - there; kamavane - in Kamavana; ramye - beautiful; divya-mandira-


samyute - ina splendid palace; kridantyah - playing; kandukaih - with balls; sarvah
- all; tasthuh - stayed; krsna-priyah - the beloveds of Lord Krsna; subhah -
beautiful.

There, in Kamavana forest, in a splendid palace, Lord Krsna's beautiful wives


stayed, passing the time by playing games.

Text 28

yavatis ca priya mukhyas


tavad rupa-dharo harih raraja rase vraja-rad
ranjayams tan-manah prabhuh

yavatih - as many; ca - qand; priya - wives; mukhyah - important; tavat - so


many; rupa-dharah - assuming the forms; harih - Lord Krsna; raraja - was
splendidly manifested; rase - in the rasa dance; vraja-rad - the king of Vraja;
ranjayan - delighting; tan- manah - the heart; prabhuh - the Lord.

Expanding Himself into as many forms as there were wives, and delighting their
hearts, Lord Krsna was splendidly manifest in the rasa dance.

Text 29

rase vimala-putrinam
ananda-jala-bindubhih cyutair vimala-kundo 'bhut
tirthanam tirtham uttamam

rase - in thew rasa dance; vimala-putrinam - the daughters of King Vimala;


ananda - of bliss; jala-bindubhih - with drops of perspiration; cyutaih - fallen;
vimala- kundah - Vimala-kunda; abhut - became; tirthanam - of holy places;
tirtham - the holy place; uttamam - the best.

As they enjoyed the happiness of the rasa dance, King Viumala's daughters
perspired. Their perspiration became Vimala- kunda, the best of holy places.
Text 30

drstva pitva ca tam snatva


pujayitva nrpesvara chittva meru-samam papam
golokam yati manavah

drstva - seeing; pitva - drinking; ca - and; tam - that; snatva - bathing; pujayitva -
worshiping; nrpesvara - O king of kings; chittva - breaking; meru- samam - equal
to Mount Meru; papam - sin; golokam - to Goloka; yati - goes; manavah - a
person.

O king of kings, by seeing, drinking, bathing in, or worshiping that sacred lake, a
person breaks a host of sins as great as Mount Meru and goes to Goloka.

Text 31

ayodhya-vasininam tu
katham yah srnuyan narah sa vrajed dhama paramam
golokam yogi-durlabham

ayodhya-vasininam - of the women of Ayodhya; tu - certainly; katham - the


story; yah - who; srnuyan - hears; narah - as person; sa - he; vrajet - goes; dhama
paramam - to the supreme abode; golokam - Goloka; yogi-durlabham - which
even the great yogis cannot attain.

A person who hears this story of the Ayodhya women goes to the supreme
abode of Goloka, which even the great yogis cannot attain.

.pa

Chapter Eight

Yajna-sitopakhyana ekadasi-mahatmya In the Story of the Yajna-sitas, the Glories


of Ekadasi
Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

gopinam yajna-sitanam
akhyanam srnu maithila sarva-papa-haram punyam
kamadam mangalayanam

sri-naradah uvaca - Sri Narada said; gopinam - of the gopis; yajna-sitanam - of


the yajna-sitas; akhyanam - the story; srnu - please hear; maithila - O king of
Mithila; sarva-papa-haram - removing all sins; punyam - sacred; kamadam -
fufilling desirews; mangalayanam - auspicious.

Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the yajna-sitas that
beame gopis, a sacred and auspicious story that fulfills all desires and removes all
sins.

Text 2

usinaro nama deso


daksinasyam disi sthitah ekada tatra parjanyo
na vavarsa sama dasa

usinarah - Usinara; nama - named; desah - a country; daksinasyam - in the


sounth; disi - direction; sthitah - situated; ekada - one day; tatra - there; parjanyah
- rain; na - not; vavarsa - rained; sama - years; dasa - ten.

In the south is a country named Usinara, where for ten years it did not rain.

Text 3

dhanavantas tatra gopa


anavrsti-bhayaturah sa-kutumba go-dhanais ca
vraja-mandalam ayayuh
dhanavantah - wealthy; tatra - there; gopa - gopas; anavrsti-bhayaturah - fearful
of the lack of rain; sa- kutumba - with families; go-dhanaih - with cows; ca - and;
vraja-mandalam - to the circle of Vraja; ayayuh - came.

Fearful that it would never rain, the wealthy gopas there traveled, with their
families and cows, to the circle of Vraja.

Text 4

punye vrndavane ramye


kalindi-nikate subhe nanda-raja-sahayena
vasam te cakrire nrpa

punye - sacred; vrndavane - in Vrndavana; ramye - beautiful; kalindi-nikate - by


theYamuna; subhe - beautiful; nanda-raja - of King Nanda; sahayena - with the
help; vasam - residence; te - they; cakrire - did; nrpa - O king.

O king, with the help of King Nanda, they made their homes in beautiful and
sacred Vrndavana by the shore of the beautiful Yamuna.

Text 5

tesam grhesu sanjata


yajna-sitas ca gopikah sri-ramasya vara divya
divya-yauvana-bhusitah

tesam - of them; grhesu - in the homes; sa{.sy 241}jatah - born; yajna-sitah - the
yajna-sitas; ca - and; gopikah - gopis; sri-ramasya - of Lord Ramacandra; vara -
blessing; divya - splendid; divya-yauvana-bhusitah - decorated with splendid
youth.

The yajna-sitas, who had recieved a blessing from Lord Ramacandra, took birth
in their homes as beautiful gopis decorated with splendid youthfulness.

Text 6

sri-krsnam sundaram drstva


mohitas ta nrpesvara vratam krsna-prasadartham
prastum radham samayayuh

sri-krsnam - Lord Krsna; sundaram - handsome; drstva - seeing; mohitah -


enchanted; ta - they; nrpesvara - O king of kings; vratam - a vow; krsna-
prasadartham - to attain the mercy of Lord Krsna; prastum - to ask; radham - Sri
Radha; samayayuh - approached.

O king of kings, when they saw handsome Lord Krsna, they becamne bewildered
with love for Him. To ask what vow they might follow to attain Krsna's mercy,
they approached Sri Radha.

Text 7

sri-gopya ucuh

vrsabhanu-sute divye
he radhe kanja-locane sri-krsnasya prasadartham
vada kincid vratam subham

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; vrsabhanu-sute - O daughter of King Vrsabhanu;


divye - splendid; he - O; radhe - Radha; kanja-locane - lotus-eyed; sri- krsnasya - of
Sri Krsna; prasadartham - to attain the favor; vada - please tell; kincit - what;
vratam - vow; subham - auspicious.

The gopis said: O Radha, O beautiful, lotus-eyed daughter of King Vrsabhanu,


please tell us what vow we may follow to attain Lord Krsna's favor.

Text 8

tava vasyo nanda-sunur


devair api su-durgamah tvam jagan-mohini radhe
sarva-sastrartha-para-ga

tava - of you; vasyah - under the control; nanda- sunuh - the son of Nanda;
devaih - by the demigods; api - even; su-durgamah - unapproachable; tvam - you;
jagan-mohini - the most beautiful girl in the worlds; radhe - O Radha; sarva-
sastrartha-para-ga - who has gone to the far shore of all the scriptures.

O Radha, You have made Lord Krsna, whom even the great demigods cannot
approach, into Your submissive servant. You are the most beautiful girl in all the
worlds. You have crossed to the farther shore of the deep meaning of all the
scriptures.

Text 9

sri-radhovaca

sri-krsnasya prasadartham
kurutaikadasi-vratam tena vasyo harih saksad
bhavisyati na samsayah

sri-radha uvaca - Sri Radha said; sri-krsnasya - of Sri Krsna; prasadartham - to


attain the favor; kuruta - follow; ekadasi-vratam - the vow of ekadasi; tena - by
that; vasyah - brought under cotnrol; harih - Lord Krsna; saksat - directly;
bhavisyati - will be; na - no; samsayah - doubt.

Sri Radha said: To attain Lord Krsna's mercy you should follow the vow of fasting
on ekadasi. In that way You will make Lord Krsna into your submissive servant. Of
this there is no doubt.

Text 10

sri-gopya ucuh

samvatsarasyaikadasya
namani vada radhike mase mase vratam tasyah
kartavyam kena bhavatah

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; samvatsarasya - of a year; ekadasya - of ekadasi;


namani - the names; vada - please tell; radhike - O Radha; mase mase - month
after month; vratam - the vow; tasyah - of that; kartavyam - should be done; kena
- by what?; bhavatah - according to the nature.
The gopis said: O Radha, please tell us the names of the different ekadasis
throughout the year. Month after month, how should the different ekadasis be
observed?

Text 11

sri-radhovaca

margasirse krsna-pakse
utpanna visnu-dehatah mura-daitya-vadharthaya
tithir ekadasi vara

sri-radha uvaca - Sri Radha said; margasirse - in margasirsa; krsna-pakse - during


the dark fortnight; utpanna - Utpanna; visnu-dehatah - from the body of Lord
Visnu; mura-daitya-vadharthaya - to kill the demon Mura; tithih - the day; ekadasi
- ekadasi; vara - vara.

Sri Radha said: During the dark fortnight of the month of Margasirsa
(November-December), in order to kill the demon Mura, the holy day of ekadasi
was born from the body of Lord Visnu.

Text 12

mase mase prthag-bhuta


saiva sarva-vratottama tasyah sad-vimsatim namnam
vaksyami hita-kamyaya

mase mase - month after month; prthag-bhuta - seaprately manifested; sa -


that; eva - indeed; sarva- vratottama - the best of holy vows; tasyah - of that; sad-
vimsatim - 26; namnam - names; vaksyami - I will tell; hita-kamyaya - desiring
your welfare.

Desiring your welfare, I will tell you the names of the twenty-six most sacred
ekadasis that appear in the differnet months.

Text 13
utpattis ca tatha moksa
sa-phala ca tatah param putrada sat-tila caiva
jaya ca vijaya tatha

utpattih - Utpatti; ca - and; tatha - so; moksa - moksa; sa-phala - saphala; ca -


and; tatah - then; param - then; putrada - Putrada; sat- tila - sat-tila; ca - and; eva
- indeed; jaya - Jaya; ca - and; vijaya - Vijaya; tatha - so.

Their names are: 1. utpatti, 2. moksa, 3. sa-phala, 4. putrada, 5. sat-tila, 6. jaya,


7. vijaya, . . .

Text 14

amalaki tatah pascan


namna vai papa-mocani kamada ca tatah pascat
kathita vai varuthini

amalaki - amalaki; tatah - then; pascan - after; namna - names; vai - indeed;
papa-mocani - papa-mocani; kamada - kamada; ca - and; tatah - then; pascat -
after; kathita - said; vai - indeed; varuthini - varuthini.

. . . 8. amalaki, 9. papa-mocani, 10. kamada, 11. varuthini, . . .

Text 15

mohini capara prokta


nirjala kathita tatah yogini deva-sayani
kamini ca tatah param

mohini - mohini; ca - and; apara - apara; prokta - said; nirjala - nirjala; kathita -
said; tatah - then; yogini - yogini; deva-sayani - deva- sayani; kamini - kamini; ca -
and; tatah - then; param - after.

. . . 12. mohini, 13. apara, 14. nirjala, 15. yogini, 16. deva- sayani, 17. kamini, . . .

Text 16
pavitra capy aja padma
indira ca tatah param pasankusa rama caiva
tatah pascat prabodhini

pavitra - pavitra; ca - and; api - also; aja - aja; padma - padma; indira - indira; ca -
and; tatah - then; param - then; pasankusa - pasankusa; rama - rama; ca - and; eva
- indeed; tatah - then; pascat - after; prabodhini - prabodhini.

. . . 18. pavitra, 19. aja, 20. padma, 21. indira, 22. pasankusa, 23. rama, 24.
prabodhini.

Text 17

sarva-sampat-prada caiva
dve prokte malamasa-je evam sad-vimsatim namnam
ekadasyah pathec ca yah samvatsara-dvadasinam
phalam apnoti so 'pi hi

sarva-sampat-prada - granting all auspoiciousness; ca - and; eva - indeed; dve -


two; prokte - said; malamasa-je - born from malamasa; evam - thus; sad - -
vimsatim - 26; namnam - names; ekadasyah - of ekadasi; pathet - recites; ca - and;
yah - whoever; samvatsara-dvadasinam - a year of ekadasi; phalam - the result;
apnoti - attaiuns; sah - he; api - indeed; hi - indeed.

There are also two more ekadasis, both named sarva-sampat- prada, during the
extra month of leap-year. In this way there are twenty-six ekadasis in all. A person
who chants the names of these twenty-six ekadasis attains the result of following
ekadasi for one year.

Text 18

ekadasyas ca niyamam
srnutatha vrajanganah bhumi-sayi dasamyam tu
caika-bhukto jitendriyah
ekadasyah - of ekadasi; ca - and; niyamam - restrictions; srnutatha - please hear;
vrajanganah - O girls of Vraja; bhumi-sayi - resting on the ground; dasamyam - on
the dasami; tu - and; ca - also; eka - only once; bhuktah - eating; jita - conquered;
indriyah - the senses.

O girls of Vraja, please hear the rules for observing ekadasi. On ekadasi one
should control the senses and sleep on the ground. On dvadasi one should eat
only once.

Text 19

eka-varam jalam pitva


dhauta-vastro 'ti-nirmalah brahme muhurta utthaya
caikadasyam harim natah

eka-varam - one time; jalam - water; pitva - drinking; dhauta-vastrah - clean


garments; ati- nirmalah - very pure; brahme muhurte - during brahma- muhurta;
utthaya - rising; ca - and; ekadasyam - on ekadasi; harim - to Lord Krsna; natah -
bow down.

During ekadasi one should be pure-hearted and very clean, wear clean
garments, drink water only once, rise for brahma- muhurta, and bow down to
Lord Krsna

Text 20

adhamam kupika-snanam
vapyam snanam tu madhyamam tadage cottamam snanam
nadyah snanam tatah param

adhamam - worst; kupika - well; snanam - bath; vapyam - in a pond; snanam -


bath; tu - indeed; madhyamam - intermediate; tadage - in a lake; ca - and;
uttamam - the best; snanam - bath; nadyah - in a river; snanam - bath; tatah -
than that; param - even better.

Bathing with well-water is an inferior kind of bath. Bathing in a pond is better,


bathing in a lake is better than that, and bathing in a river is better still.
Text 21

evam snatva nara-varah


krodha-lobha-vivarjitah nalapet tad-dine nicams
tatha pakhandino naran

evam - thus; snatva - bathing; nara-varah - an exalted person; krodha-lobha-


vivarjitah - free of greed and anger; na - not; alapet - should talk; tad-dine - on
that day; nican - to degraded people; tatha - so; pakhandinah - to offenders;
naran - people.

In this way one should bathe. On ekadasi day one should be free of greed and
anger, and one should not talk to sinful people, atheists, and offenders.

Texts 22 and 23

mithya-vada-ratams caiva
tatha brahmana-nindakan anyams caiva duracaran
agamyagamane ratan

para-dravyapaharams ca
para-darabhigaminah durvrttan bhinna-maryadan
nalapet sa vrati narah

mithya-vada-ratan - to liers; ca - and; eva - certainly; tatha - so; brahmana-


nindakan - to they who have offended brahmanas; anyan - to others; ca - and; eva
- indeed; duracaran - misbehaved; agamya-agamane - to illicit sex; ratan -
attached; para - of others; dravya - the property; apaharan - stealing; ca - and;
para - of others; dara - the wives; abhigaminah - approasching; durvrttan - wicked;
bhinna- maryadan - who break the rules of morality; na - not; alapet - should talk;
sa - he; vrati - following the vow; narah - a person.

A person who follows the vow of ekadasi should not talk to liers, offenders of
brahmanas, sinners, debauchees, thieves, adulterers, and the ill-behaved and
immoral.
Text 24

kesavam pujayitva tu
naivedyam tatra karayet dipam dadyad grhe tatra
bhakti-yuktena cetasa

kesavam - Lord Krsna; pujayitva - worshiping; tu - indeed; naivedyam - prasadam


food; tatra - there; karayet - should do; dipam - a lamp; dadyat - should offer;
grhe - in the home; tatra - there; bhakti- yuktena - with devotion; cetasa - in the
heart.

In the home one should, with devotion in the heart, worship Lord Krsna, and
offer Him food and a lamp.

Text 25

kathah srutva brahmanebhyo


dadyat sad-daksinam punah ratrau jagaranam kuryad
gayan krsna-padani ca

kathah - stories; srutva - haering; brahmanebhyah - from the brahmana; dadyat


- should give; sad-daksinam - daksina; punah - again; ratrau - at night; jagaranam -
staying awake; kuryat - should do; gayan - singing; krsna-padani - verses praising
Lord Krsna; ca - and.

From the brahmanas one should hear the stories of Lord Krsna. One should offer
daksina to them. One should keep a vigil, singing the glories of Lord Krsna
throughout the night.

Texts 26 and 27

kamsyam mamsam masurams ca


kodravam canakam tatha sakam madhu parannam ca
punar bhojana-maithunam

visnu-vrate tu kartavye
dasamyam dasa varjayet dyutam kridam ca nidram ca
tambulam danta-dhavanam

kamsyam - brass utensils; mamsam - meat; masuran - masura dal; ca - and;


kodravam - kodrava; canakam - chick-peas; tatha - so; sakam - vegetables; madhu
- honey; parannam - the food of others; ca - and; punah - again; bhojana - eating;
maithunam - sex; visnu-vrate - when the vow of ekadasi; tu - indeed; kartavye -
have been completed; dasamyam - on the dasami; dasa - these ten; varjayet -
should avoid; dyutam - gambling; kridam - playing; ca - and; nidram - sleeping; ca -
and; tambulam - betelnuts; danta-dhavanam - brushing the teeth.

When ekadasi is ended, and the dasami day has come, one should avoid these
ten things: 1. eating from a brass dish, 2. eating flesh, 3. masura dal, 4. kodrava
grains, 5. chick-peas, 6. spinach, 7. honey, 8. and the food of others, 9. eating
twice, and 10. sex. One should also avoid gambling, playing, sleeping, chewing
betelnuts, and brushing the teeth.

Text 28

parapavadam paisunyam
steyam himsam tatha ratim krodhadhyam hy anrtam vakyam
ekadasyam vivarjayet

para - others; apavadam - rebuking; paisunyam - slander; steyam - theft;


himsam - violence; tatha - so; ratim - sex; krodhadhyam - anger; hi - indeed;
anrtam - lies; vakyam - words; ekadasyam - on ekadasi; vivarjayet - one should
avoid.

On ekadasi one should avoid harsh speech, slander, theft, violence, sex, anger,
and speaking lies.

Text 29

kamsyam mamsam suram ksaudram


tailam vitatha-bhasanam pusti-sasti-masurams ca
dvadasyam parivarjayet
kamsyam - brass sish; mamsam - flesh; suram - liquor; ksaudram - honey; tailam
- oil; vitatha-bhasanam - speaking lies; pusti-sasti-masuramh - pusti, sasti, and
masura; ca - and; dvadasyam - on the dvadasi; parivarjayet - one should avoid.

On the dvadasi one should avoid brass utensils, flesh, liquor, honey, oil,
speaking lies, pusti, sasti, and masura.

Text 30

anena vidhina kuryad


dvadasi-vratam uttamam

anena - by thgese; vidhina - rules; kuryat - one should do; dvadasi-vratam - the
vow of ekadasi and dvadasi; uttamam - great.

By following these rules one should observe the great vow of ekadasi and
dvadasi.

Text 31

sri-gopya ucuh

ekadasi-vratasyasya
kalam vada maha-mate kim phalam vada tasyas tu

mahatmyam vada tattvatah

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; ekadasi-vratasya asya - of the vow of ekadasi;
kalam - the time; vada - please tell; maha-mate - O noble-hearted one; kim -
what?; phalam - the result; vada - please tell; tasyah - of that; tu - indeed;
mahatmyam - teh glories; vada - please tell; tattvatah - in truth.

The gopis said: O noble-hearted one, please tell us when the vow of ekadasi
should be observed. What is the result of following ekadasi? Please tell us. Please
tell us in truth the glories of ekadasi.

Text 32
sri-radhovaca

dasami panca-pancasad
ghatika cet pradrsyate tarhi caikadasi tyajya
dvadasim samuposayet

sri-radha uvaca - Sri Radha said; dasami - the dasami; panca-pancasat - fifty-five;
ghatika - ghatikas; cet - if; pradrsyate - is seen; tarhi - then; ca - and; ekadasi -
ekadasi; tyajya - abandoning; dvadasim - the dvadasi; samuposayet - one should
fast.

If dvadasi starts within the first twenty-two hours of ekadasi, one should not
fast on ekadasi, but on dvadasi instead.

Note: One ghatika equals twenty-four minutes. Fifty-five ghatikas equal twenty-
two hours.

Text 33

dasami phala-matrena
tyajya caikadasi tithih madira-bindu-patena
tyajyo ganga-ghato yatha

dasami - dasami; phala-matrena - by the resutl alone; tyajya - should be


abandoned; ca - and; ekadasi - ekadasi; tithih - day; madira - of liquor; bindu - a
drop; patena - by falling; tyajyah - should be rejected; ganga-ghatah - a jar of
Ganges water; yatha - as.

As one avoids drinking a cup of Ganga water into which a drop of wine has
fallen, so one should avoid fasting on such an ekadasi.

Text 34

ekadasi yada vrddhim


dvadasi ca yada gata tada para hy uposya syat
purva vai dvadasi-vrate
ekadasi - ekadasi; yada - when; vrddhim - complete; dvadasi - dvadasi; ca - and;
yada - when; gata - gone; tada - then; para - great; hi - indeed; uposya - fasting;
syat - should be; purva - before; vai - indeed; dvadasi-vrate - on the vow of
dvadasi.

When ekadasi goes to its completion, and dvadasi arrives at the proper time,
then one should fast on ekadasi.

Text 35

ekadasi-vratasyasya
phalam vaksye vrajanganah yasya sravana-matrena
vajapeya-phalam labhet

ekadasi-vratasya asya - of the vow of ekadasi; phalam - the result; vaksye - I will
say; vrajanganah - O girls of Vraja; yasya - of which; sravana - by hearing; matrena
- simply; vajapeya-phalam - the result of an vajapeya- yajna; labhet - one attains.

O girls of Vraja, now I will tell you the result of following ekadasi. Simply by
hearing this description one attains the reuslt of performing a vajapeya-yajna.

Text 36

astasiti-sahasrani
dvijan bhojayate tu yah tat krtam phalam apnoti
dvadasi-vrata-krn narah

astasiti-sahasrani - eighty-eight; dvijan - brahmanas; bhojayate - feeds; tu -


indeed; yah - one who; tat - that; krtam - done; phalam - result; apnoti - attains;
dvadasi-vrata-krn - who follows the vow of ekadasi and dvadasi; narah - a person.

A person who follows the vow of ekadasi and dvadasi attains the same pious
result one attains by feeding eighty-eight brahmanas.

Text 37
sa-sagara-vanopetam
yo dadati vasundharam tat-sahasra-gunam punyam
ekadasya maha-vrate

sa-sagara-vanopetam - mixed with the ocean; yah - one who; dadati - does;
vasundharam - the earth; tat- sahasra - a thousand; gunam - times; punyam -
piety; ekadasya - of ekadasi; maha-vrate - on the great vow.

A person who follows ekadasi attains a pious result thousands of times greater
than the pious result attained by performing the ritual of mixing the earth and the
ocean.

Text 38

ye samsararnave magnah
papa-panka-samakule tesam uddharanarthaya
dvadasi-vratam uttamam

ye - they who; samsara - of birth and death; arnave - in the ocean; magnah -
drowning; papa-panka- samakule - filled with the mud of sins; tesam - of them;
uddharanarthaya - to deliver; dvadasi-vratam - the vow of following ekadasi and
dvadasi; uttamam - is the best.

For they who are drowning in the ocean of repeated birth and death, an ocean
muddy with many sins, the vow of fasting on ekadasi is the best means of
deliverance.

Text 39

ratrau jagaranam krtvai-


kadasi-vrata-krn narah na pasyati yamam raudram
yuktah papa-satair api

ratrau - at night; jagaranam - staying awake; krtva - doing; ekadasi-vrata-krt -


following ekadasi; narah - a person; na - not; pasyati - sees; yamam - Yamaraja;
raudram - angry; yuktah - engaged; papa-sataih - with hundreds of sins; api -
even.
Even though contaminated with hundreds of sins, a person who keeps a
nighttime vigil while following the vow of ekadasi never sees angry Yamaraja.

Text 40

pujayed yo harim bhaktya


dvadasyam tulasi-dalaih lipyate na sa papena
padma-patram ivambhasa

pujayet - worships; yah - one who; harim - Lord Krsna; bhaktya - with devotion;
dvadasyam - on dvadasi; tulasi-dalaih - with tulasi leaves; lipyate - is touched; na -
not; sa - he; papena - with sin; padma-patram - a lotus leaf; iva - like; ambhasa -
by water.

As a lotus leaf is never touched by water, so a person who worships Lord Krsna
with tulasi leaves on dvadasi is never touched by sin.

Text 41

asvamedha-sahasrani
rajasuya-satani ca ekadasy-upavasasya
kalam narhanti sodasim

asvamedha-sahasrani - thousand asvamedha-yajnas; rajasuya-satani - a hundred


rajasuya-yajnas; ca - and; ekadasy-upavasasya - of one who fasts on ekadasi;
kalam - a part; na - not; arhanti - is equal; sodasim - sixteenth.

The results of a thousand asvamedha-yajnas and a hundred rajasuya-yajnas are


not equal to even a sixteenth part of the result of fasting on ekadasi.

Text 42

dasa vai matrke pakse


tatha vai dasa paitrke priyaya dasa pakse tu
purusan uddharen narah
dasa - ten; vai - indeed; matrke pakse - on the mother's side; tatha - so; vai -
indeed; dasa - ten; paitrke - on the father's side; priyaya - of the wife; dasa - ten;
pakse - on the side; tu - indeed; purusan - people; uddharet - delivers; narah - a
person.

A person who follows ekadasi delivers ten generations of his mother's family,
ten generations of his father's family, and ten generations on his wife's family.

Text 43

yatha sukla tatha krsna


dvayos ca sadrsam phalam dhenuh sveta tatha krsna
ubhayoh sadrsam payah

yatha - as; sukla - light; tatha - so; krsna - dark; dvayoh - of them both; ca - and;
sadrsam - equality; phalam - result; dhenuh - a cow; sveta - white; tatha - so;
krsna - black; ubhayoh - of them both; sadrsam - the same; payah - milk.

As a white cow and a black cow both give the same kind of milk, so the ekadasi
of the bright fortnight and the ekadasi of the dark fortnight both bring the same
result.

Text 44

meru-mandara-matrani
papani sata-janmasu ekam caikadasim gopyo
dahate tula-rasi-vat

meru-mandara-matrani - like a Mount Meru or a Mount Mandara; papani - sins;


sata-janmasu - in a hundred births; ekam - one; ca - and; ekadasim - ekadasi;
gopyah - O gopis; dahate - burns; tula-rasi-vat - like a great pile of cotton.

O gopis, a fire burns a great pile of cotton, so a single ekadasi burns the great
Mount Meru of sins committed in a hundred births.

Text 45
vidhivad vidhi-hinam va
dvadasyam danam eva ca sv-alpam va su-krtam gopyo
meru-tulyam bhavec ca tat

vidhivat - following rules; vidhi-hinam - not following rules; va - or; dvadasyam -


on dvadasi; danam - charity; eva - indeed; ca - and; sv- alpam - slight; va - or; su-
krtam - nicely done; gopyah - O gopis; meru-tulyam - equal to Mount Meru;
bhavet - may be; ca - and; tat - that.

O gopis, when, either following the proper method or not following it, and
whether it is great or small, one gives charity on dvadasi, that charity becomes as
great as a Mount Meru of charity.

Text 46

ekadasi-dine visnoh
srnute yo hareh katham sapta-dvipavati-dane
yat phalam labhate ca sah

ekadasi-dine - on the ekadasi day; visnoh - of Lord Visnu; srnute - hears; yah -
one; hareh - of Lord Hari; katham - the story; sapta-dvipavati-dane - giving charity
to the seven continents; yat - what; phalam - result; labhate - is obtained; ca -
and; sah - it.

A person who on ekadasi hears the stories of Lord Krsna attains the same pious
result he would attain by giving great charity everywhere on the seven continents.

Text 47

sankhoddhare narah snatva


drstva devam gadadharam ekadasy-upavasasya
kalam narhanti sodasim

sankhoddhare - at Sankhoddhara-tirtha; narah - a person; snatva - bathing;


drstva - seeing; devam - the Lord; gadadharam - who holds a club; ekadasy-
upavasasya - fasting on ekadasi; kalam - a part; na - not; arhanti - is equal;
sodasim - sixteenth.
A person who bathes at Sankhoddhara-tirtha and gazes at the Deity of Lord
Gadadhara there does not attain even one sixteenth of the piety one attains by
fasting on ekadasi.

Texts 48 and 49

prabhase ca kuruksetre
kedare badrikasrame kasyam ca sukara-ksetre
grahane candra-suryayoh

sankrantinam catur-laksam
danam dattam ca yan naraih ekadasy-upavasasya
kalam narhanti sodasim

prabhase - at Prabhasa; ca - and; kuruksetre - at Kuruksetra; kedare - at Kedara;


badrikasrame - at Badarikasrama; kasyam - at Varanasi; ca - and; sukara-ksetre -
at Sukara-ksetra; grahane - during the eclipse; candra-suryayoh - of the sun or
moon; sankrantinam - of sankrantis; catur-laksam - four-hundred thousand;
danam - chasrity; dattam - given; ca - and; yan - what; naraih - by people;
ekadasy- upavasasya - of fasting on ekadasi; kalam - part; na - not; arhanti - is
equal; sodasim - sixteenth.

A person who makes four-hundred thousand pilgrimages to Prabhasa, Kuruksetra,


Kedara, Badarikasrama, Varanasi, and Sukaraksetra during eclipses of the sun or
moon and gives great charity there does not attain even one sixteenth of the
piety one attains by fasting on ekadasi.

Text 50

naganam ca yatha sesah


paksinam garudo yatha devanam ca yatha visnur
varnanam brahmano yatha

vrksanam ca yathasvatthah
patranam tulasi yatha vratanam ca tatha gopyo
vara caikadasi tithih

naganam - of serpents; ca - and; yatha - as; sesah - Sesa; paksinam - of birds;


garudah - Garuda; yatha - as; devanam - the demigods; ca - and; yatha - as; visnuh
- Lord Visnu; varnanam - of castes; brahmanah - a brahmana; yatha - as; vrksanam
- of trees; ca - and; yatha - as; asvatthah - the banyan tree; patranam - of leaves;
tulasi - Tulasi; yatha - as; vratanam - of vows; ca - and; tatha - so; gopyah - O
gopis; vara - the best; ca - and; ekadasi - ekadasi; tithih - day.

O gopis, as Lord Sesa is the best of serpents, as Garuda is the best of birds, as
Lord Visnu is the best of Deities, as the brahmanas are the best of castes, as the
banyan is the best of trees, and as a tulasi leaf is the best of leaves, so fasting on
ekadasi day is the best of sacred vows.

Text 52

dasa-varsa-sahasrani
tapas tapyati yo narah tat-tulyam phalam apnoti
dvadasi-vrata-krn narah

dasa-varsa-sahasrani - for ten thousand years; tapah - austerities; tapyati -


perfroms; yah - who; narah - a person; tat-tulyam - equal to that; phalam - a
result; apnoti - attains; dvadasi-vrata-krt - following ekadasi; narah - a person.

A person who follows ekadasi attains the result of performing austerities for ten
thousand years.

Text 53

ittham ekadasinam ca
phalam uktam vrajanganah kurutasu vratam yuyam
kim bhuyah srotum icchatha

ittham - thus; ekadasinam - of the ekadasis; ca - and; phalam - the result; uktam
- spoken; vrajanganah - O girls of Vraja; kuruta - please perform; asu - at once;
vratam - this vow; yuyam - you; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; srotum - to hear;
icchatha - do you wish.
O girls of Vraja, now I have described to you the result of following the vow of
ekadasi. Please follow the vow of ekadasi at once. What more do you wish to
hear? .pa

Chapter Nine

Sri Ekadasi-mahatmya The Glories of Sri Ekadasi

Text 1

sri-gopya ucuh

vrsabhanu-sute su-bhru
sarva-sastrartha-para-ge vidambayanti tvam vaca
vacam vacaspater muneh

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; vrsabhanu-sute - O daughter of King Vrsabhanu;


su-bhru - O girl with the beautiful eyebrows; sarva-sastrartha - the meanings of all
the scriptures; para-ge - O You who travel to the farther shore; vidambayanti -
imitating; tvam - You; vaca - with words; vacam - the words; vacaspateh - of
Brhaspati; muneh - the sage.

The gopis said: O beautiful-eyebrowed daughter of King Vrsabhanu, O girl who


has traveled to the farther shore of the deep meanings of all the scriptures, Your
words are like Brhaspati Muni's words.

Text 2

ekadasi-vratam radhe
kena kena pura krtam tad bruhi no visesena
tvam saksaj jnana-sevadhih

ekadasi-vratamthe vow od ekadasi; radhe - O Radha; kena - by whom?; kena -


by whom?; pura - before; krtam - done; tat - that; bruhi - please tell; nah - to us;
visesena - specifically; tvam - You; saksat - directly; jnana-sevadhih - filled with
knowledge.

O Radha, what great souls followed ekadasi in ancient times? Please tell us. You
know all this.

Texts 3 and 4

sri-radhovaca

adau devaih krtam gopyo


varam ekadasi-vratam bhrasta-rajyasya labhartham
daityanam nasanaya ca

sri-radha uvaca - Sri Radha said; adau - in the beginning; devaih - with the
demigods; krtam - done; gopyah - O gopis; varam - blessing; ekadasi-vratam - the
vow of ekadasi; bhrasta-rajyasya - lost kingdom; labhartham - to attain;
daityanam - of the demigods; nasanaya - for the destruction; ca - and.

Sri Radha said: O gopis, in the beginning of creation the demigods followed
ekadasi to destroy the demons and regain their lost kingdom.

Text 4

vaisantena pura rajna


krtam ekadasi-vratam sva-pitus taranarthaya
yamaloka-gatasya ca

vaisantena - by Vaisanta; pura - before; raj{.sy 241}a - King; krtam - done;


ekadasi-vratam - the vow of ekadasi; sva-pituh - of his father; taranarthaya - to
rescue; yamaloka-gatasya - gone to the realm of Yama; ca - and.

In ancient times King Visanta followed ekadasi to rescue his father from the
world of Yamaraja.

Text 5
akasmal lumpakenapi
jnati-tyaktena papina ekadasi krta yena
rajyam lebhe sa lumpakah

akasmat - suddenly; lumpakena - by Lumpaka; api - - also; jnati - by his relatives;


tyaktena - abandoned; papina - sinful; ekadasi - ekadasi; krta - done; yena - by
whom; rajyam - kingdom; lebhe - attaineded; sa - he; lumpakah - Lumpaka.

A sinner named Lumpaka, who abandoned his relatives, followed ekadasi and
attained a great kingdom.

Text 6

bhadravatyam ketumata
krtam ekadasi-vratam putra-hinena sad-vakyat
putram lebhe sa manavah

bhadravatyam - in Bhadravati; ketumata - by Ketuman; krtam - done; ekadasi-


vratam - the vow of ekadasi; putra- hinena - without a son; sad-vakyat - by the
words of a saint; putram - a son; lebhe - attained; sa - he; manavah - the person.

In the city of Bhadravati, King Ketuman was sonless. Following ekadasi on a


great saint's advice, he obtained a son.

Text 7

brahmanyai deva-patnibhir
dattam ekadasi-vratam tena lebhe svarga-saukhyam
dhana-dhanyam ca manusi

brahmanyai - to a brahmani; deva-patnibhih - by the wives of the demigods;


dattam - given; ekadasi-vratam - the vow of ekadasi; tena - by that; lebhe -
attained; svarga-saukhyam - the happiness of Svargaloka; dhana- dhanyam - great
wealth; ca - and; manusi - the woman.

Once the demigoddesses gave ekadasi to a brahmani. By following ekadasi that


brahmani attained great wealth and happiness like that on Svargaloka.
Text 8

puspadanti-malyavantau
sakra-sapat pisacatam praptam krtam vratam tabhyam
punar gandharvatam gatau

puspadanti-malyavantau - Puspadanti and Malyavan; sakra- sapat - by the curse


of Indra; pisacatam - the state of being demons; praptam - attained; krtam - done;
vratam - vow; tabhyam - by them; punah - again; gandharvatam - the state of
being Gandharvas; gatau - attained.

Cursed by Indra, Puspadanti and Malyavan became demons, but by following


ekadasi they again became Gandharvas.

Text 9

pura sri-ramacandrena
krtam ekadasi-vratam samudre setubandhartham
ravanasya vadhaya ca

pura - before; sri-ramacandrena - by Lord Sri Rama; krtam - done; ekadasi-


vratam - ekadasi; samudre - in the ocean; setubandhartham - to build a bridge;
ravanasya - of Ravana; vadhaya - to kill; ca - and.

To build a bridge on the ocean and kill Ravana, in ancient times even Lord
Ramacandra followed ekadasi.

Text 10

layante ca samutpanna
dhatr-vrksa-tale surah ekadasi-vratam cakruh
sarva-kalyana-hetave

layante - at the end of the cosmic devastation; ca - and; samutpanna -


manifested; dhatr-vrksa-tale - on the tree of the creator; surah - the demigods;
ekadasi- vratam - ekadasi; cakruh - did; sarva-kalyana-hetave - to attain all
auspiciousness.

When, after the period of cosmic devastation had ended, the demigods were
again manifested from the tree of creation, they followed ekadasi to attain all
auspiciousness.

Text 11

vratam cakara medhavi


dvadasyah pitr-vakyatah apsarah-sparsa-dosena
mukto 'bhun nirmala-dyutih

vratam - vow; cakara - did; medhavi - Medhavi; dvadasyah - of dvadasi; pitr-


vakyatah - by the words of his father; apsarah - of the apsara; sparsa - of the
touch; dosena - from the fault; muktah - freed; abhut - became; nirmala-dyutih -
pure and splendid.

Following ekadasi on Pita's advice, Medhavi became free from the sin of
touching an apsara and became pure and splendid again.

Text 12

gandharvo lalitah patnya


gatah sapat sa raksatam ekadasi-vratenapi
punar gandharvatam gatah

gandharvah - the Gandharva; lalitah - Lalita; patnya - with his wife; gatah - went;
sapat - from the curse; sa - he; raksatam - to the state of being a demon; ekadasi-
vratena - by following ekadasi; api - also; punah - again; gandharvatam - the state
of being a Gandharva; gatah - attained.

Transformed into demons by a curse, Lalita and his wife followed ekadasi and
became Gandharvas again.

Text 13
ekadasi-vratenapi
mandhata svar-gatim gatah sagaras ca kakutsthas ca
mucukundo maha-matih

ekadasi-vratena - by following ekadasi; api - also; mandhata - mandhata; svar-


gatim - to Svargaloka; gatah - went; sagarah - Sagara; ca - and; kakutsthah -
Kakutstha; ca - and; mucukundah - Mucukunda; maha-matih - noble-hearted.

By following ekadasi, Mandhata, Sagara, Kakutstha, and noble-hearted


Mucukunda attained Svargaloka.

Text 14

dhundhumaradayas canye
rajano bahavas tatha brahma-kapala-nirmukto
babhuva bhagavan bhavah

dhundhumara - with Dhundhumara; adayah - beginning; ca - and; anye - other;


rajanah - kings; bahavah - many; tatha - so; brahma - of brahmanas; kapala - of
the skulls; nirmuktah - freed; babhuva - became; bhagavan - Lord; bhavah - Siva.

By following ekadasi Dhundhumara and many other kings also attained


Svargaloka. By following ekadasi Lord Siva was able to put down his necklace of
brahmanas' skulls.

Text 15

dhrstabuddhir vaisya-putro
jnati-tyakto maha-khalah ekadasi-vratam krtva
vaikuntham sa jagama ha

dhrstabuddhih - Dhrstabuddhi; vaisya-putrah - the son of a vaisya; jnati-tyaktah


- abandoned his relatiuves; maha-khalah - a sinner; ekadasi-vratam - ekadasi;
krtva - did; vaikuntham - to Vaikuntha; sa - he; jagama - went; ha - indeed.

The sinner Dhrstabuddhi, who was a vaisya's son, and who abandoned his own
relatives, followed ekadasi and went to Vaikuntha.
Text 16

rajna rukmangadenapi
krtam ekadasi-vratam tena bhu-mandalam bhuktva
vaikuntham sa-puro yayau

rajna - by the king; rukmangadena - Rukmangada; api - also; krtam - done;


ekadasi-vratam - ekadasi; tena - by that; bhu-mandalam - the earth; bhuktva -
enjoying; vaikuntham - to Vaikuntha; sa- purah - with his city; yayau - went.

By following ekadasi King Rukmangada was able to rule the circle of the earth
and go, taking with him the citizens of his kingdom, to Vaikuntha.

Text 17

ambarisena rajnapi
krtam ekadasi-vratam nasprsad brahma-sapo 'pi
yo na pratihatah kvacit

ambarisena rajna - by King Ambarisa; api - also; krtam - done; ekadasi-vratam -


ekadasi; na - not; asprsat - touced; brahma - of a brahmana; sapah - the curse; api
- even; yah - who; na - not; pratihatah - repelled; kvacit - at all.

Even though he did nothing to protect himself from it, King Ambarisa, a follower
of ekadasi, was untouched by a brahmana's curse.

Text 18

hemamali nama yaksah


kusthi dhanada-sapatah ekadasi-vratam krtva
candra-tulyo babhuva ha

hemamali - Hemamali; nama - named; yaksah - a yaksa; kusthi - a leper;


dhanada-sapatah - by the curse of Kuvera; ekadasi-vratam - ekadasi; krtva -
following; candra-tulyah - like the moon; babhuva - became; ha - indeed.
A yaksa named Hemamali, who became a leper by Kuvera's curse, followed
ekadasi and became cured. He became splendid as the moon.

Text 19

mahijita nrpenapi
krtam ekadasi-vratam tena putram subham labdhva
vaikuntham sa jagama ha

mahijita - by Mahijit; nrpena - King; api - also; krtam - done; ekadasi-vratam -


ekadasi; tena - by that; putram - a son; subham - good; labdhva - attaining;
vaikuntham - to Vaikuntha; sa - he; jagama - went; ha - indeed.

By following ekadasi, King Mahijit attained a good son and then went to
Vaikuntha.

Text 20

hariscandrena rajnapi
krtam ekadasi-vratam tena labdhva mahi-rajyam
vaikuntham sa-puro yayau

hariscandrena rajna - by King hariscandra; api - also; krtam - done; ekadasi-


vratam - ekadasi; tena - by that; labdhva - attaining; mahi-rajyam - a great
kingdom; vaikuntham - to Vaikuntha; sa-purah - with his citizens; yayau - went.

By following ekadasi, King Hariscandra attained a great kingdom and, taking all
his subjects with him, went to Vaikuntha.

Text 21

sri-sobhano nama pura krte yuge


jamatrko 'bhun mucukunda-bhubhrtah ekadasim yah samuposya bharate
praptah sa devaih kila mandaracale

sri-sobhanah - Sri Sobhana; nama - named; pura - before; krte - in Satya-yuga;


yuge - yuag; jamatrkah - the son-in-law; abhut - was; mucukunda- bhubhrtah - of
King Mucukunda; ekadasim - ekadasi; yah - who; samuposya - fasting; bharate - in
Bharata; praptah - attained; sa - her; devaih - by the demigods; kila - indeed;
mandaracale - on Mount Mandara

In Satya-yuga King Sobhana, who was Mucukunda's son-in-law, fasted on


ekadasi and went to Mount Mandara with the demigods.

Text 22

adyapi rajyam kurute kuvera-vad


rajna yuto 'sau kila candrabhagaya ekadasim sarva-tithisvarim param
janitha gopyo na hi tat-samanya

adyapi - even now; rajyam - kingdom; kurute - does; kuvera-vat - like Kuvera;
rajna - king; yutah - engaged; asau - he; kila - indeed; candrabhagaya - with
Candrabhaga; ekadasim - ekadasi; sarva-tithisvarim - the queen of holy days;
param - great; janitha - know; gopyah - O gopis; na - not; hi - indeed; tat-samanya
- equal;

Even today one can attain a kingdom like Kuvera's simply by following ekadasi. O
gopis, please know that ekadasi is the queen of all holy days. No other holy day is
her equal.

Text 23

sri-narada uvaca

iti radha-mukhac chrutva


yajna-sitas ca gopikah ekadasi-vratam cakrur
vidhivat krsna-lalasah

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; iti - thus; radha-mukhac - from Radha's
mouth; chrutva - hearing; yajna-sitah - the yajna-sitas; ca - and; gopikah - gopis;
ekadasi-vratam - ekadasi; cakruh - did; vidhivat - properly; krsna-lalasah - yearing
to attain Sri Krsna.
Sri Narada said: After hearing from Sri Radha's mouth the glories of ekadasi, the
gopis that had been yajna-sitas, and who were now yearning to attain Sri Krsna,
carefully followed ekadasi.

Text 24

ekadasi-vratenapi
prasannah sri-harih svayam margasirse purnimayam
rasam tabhis cakara ha

ekadasi-vratena - by ekadasi; api - even; prasannah - pleased; sri-harih - Sri


Krsna; svayam - personally; margasirse - in Margasirsa; purnimayam - on the sull
moon day; rasam - in thr rasa dance; tabhih - with them; cakara - did; ha - indeed.

Pleased by their observance of ekadasi, Krsna enjoyed a rasa dance with these
gopis on the full-moon night of the month of Margasirsa (November-
December). .pa

Chapter Ten

Pulindakopakhyana The Story of the Pulinda Women

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

pulindakanam gopinam
karisye varnanam hy atah sarva-papa-haram punyam
adbhutam bhakti-vardhanam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; pulindakanam - Pulindas; gopinam - of the


gopis; karisye - I will; varnanam - describe; hi - indeed; atah - then; sarva-papa-
haram - removing all sins; punyam - sacred; adbhutam - wonderful; bhakti-
vardhanam - increasing love.
Sri Narada said: Now I will tell you the story of the Pulinda women that become
gopis, a wonderful and sacred story that removes all sins and increases one's love
for Lord Krsna.

Text 2

pulinda udbhatah kecid


vindhyadri-vana-vasinah vilumpanto raja-vasu
dinanam na kadacana

pulindah - Pulindas; udbhatah - exalted; kecit - some; vindhyadri-vana-vasinah -


living in the forests of the Vindhya Hills; vilumpantah - robbing; raja - royal; vasu -
wealth; dinanam - of the poor; na - not; kadacana - ever.

Living in the forests of the Vindhya Hills, many Pulinda highwaymen stole the
kings wealth, although they never stole from the poor.

Text 3

kupitas tesu balavan


vindhya-desadhipo bali aksauhinibhyam tan sarvan
pulindan sa rurodha ha

kupitah - angry; tesu - at them; balavan - powerful; vindhya-desadhipah - the


king of Vindhya- desa; bali - powerful; aksauhinibhyam - with two aksauhinis; tan -
them; sarvan - all; pulindan - the Pulindas; sa - he; rurodha - stopped; ha - indeed.

Very angry, the powerful king of Vindhya-desa took two aksauhini divisions of
soldiers, and confronted all the Pulindas.

Text 4

yuyudhas te 'pi khadgais ca


kuntaih sulaih parasvadhaih sakty-rstibhir bhusundibhih
saraih kati dinani ca
yuyudhah - fought; te - they; api - also; khadgaih - with swords; ca - and; kuntaih
- with kuntas; sulaih - spears; parasvadhaih - with battle-axes; sakti - with double-
edged swords; rstibhih - with spears; bhusundibhih - with bhusundis; saraih - with
arrows; kati - for how many?; dinani - days; ca - and.

For how many days did they fight with swords, kunta and sula spears, battle-
axes, saktis, rstis, and bhusundis?

Text 5

patram te presayam asuh


kamsaya yadu-bhubhrte kamsa-pranodito daityah
pralambo balavams tada

patram - a letter; te - they; presayam asuh - sent; kamsaya - to Kamsa; yadu-


bhubhrte - the yadu king; kamsa-pranoditah - sent by Kamsa; daityah - a demon;
pralambah - Pralaba; balavan - powerful; tada - then.

To the Yadu-king Kamsa the Pulindas sent a letter begging for aid. Kamsa sent a
powerful demon named Pralamba.

Text 6

yojana-dvayam uccangam
kala-megha-sama-dyutim kirita-kundala-dharam
sarpa-hara-vibhusitam

yojana-dvayam - sixteen miles; uccangam - tall; kala-megha-sama-dyutim - the


color fo a dark cloud; kirita - helmet; kundala - and earrings; dharam - wearing;
sarva-hara-vibhusitam - garlanded with a serpent.

He was sixteen miles tall, dark as a cloud, decorated with helmet and earrings,
and garlanded with a serpent.

Text 7

padayoh sr\nkhalayuktam
gada-panim krtantavat lalaj-jihvam ghora-rupam
patayantam girin druman

padayoh - of the feet; sr\nkhalayuktam - with a chain; gada-panim - a club in


hand; krtantavat - like death personified; lalaj-jihvam - a lolling tongue; ghora-
rupam - ugly and horrible; patayantam - made fall down; girin - the hills; druman -
and trees.

With chains around his ankles, a club in his hand, a tongue moving to and fro,
and a horribly ugly form, he looked like death personified. When he walked he
flattened the hills and made the trees fall.

Texts 8 and 9

kampayantam bhuvam vegat


pralambam yuddha-durmadam drstva pradarsito raja
sa-sainyo rana-mandalam

tyaktva dudrava sahasa


simham viksya gajo yatha pralambas tan samaniya
mathuram ayayau punah

kampayantam - making tremble; bhuvam - the earth; vegat - powerfully;


pralambam - Pralamba; yuddha- durmadam - intoxicated with the idea of fighting;
drstva - seeing; pradarsitah - revealed; raja - the king; sa-sainyah - withj hisarmy;
rana-mandalam - the battlefield; tyaktva - leaving; dudrava - fled; sahasa - quickly;
simham - a lion; viksya - seeing; gajah - an elephant; yatha - as; pralambah -
Pralamba; tan - them; samaniya - bringing; mathuram - to Mathura; ayayau -
came; punah - again.

Staring at Pralamba, who was drunk with the idea of a fight, and who made the
earth shake, the king and his army fled the battlefield as an elephant flees when it
sees a lion. Then Pralamba took the Pulindas to Mathura.

Text 10

pulindas te 'pi kamsasya


bhrtyatvam samupagatah sa-kutumbah kama-girau
vasam cakrur nrpesvara

pulindah - the Pulindas; te - they; api - also; kamsasya - of Kamsa; bhrtyatvam -


servitude; samupagatah - attained; sa-kutumbah - with their families; kama-girau
- on Kamagiri; vasam - residence; cakruh - did; nrpesvara - O king of kings.

O king of kings, the Pulindas and their families all became Kamsa's servants.
They lived at Kamagiri.

Text 11

tesam grhesu sanjatah


sri-ramasya varat parat pulindyah kanyaka divya
rupinyah srir ivarcita

tesam - of them; grhesu - in the homes; sa{.sy 241}jatah - born; sri-ramasya - of


Lord Ramacandra; varat - from the beneciction; parat - transcendental; pulindyah
- Pulinda; kanyaka - daughters; divya - splendid; rupinyah - beautiful; srih - the
goddess of fortune; iva - like; arcita - worshiped.

By Lord Ramacandra's blessing many Pulinda women took birth as their


splendidly beautiful daughters. They were glorious and worshipable as the
goddess of fortune herself.

Text 12

tad-darsana-smara-rujah
pulindyah prema-vihvalah srimat-pada-rajo dhrtva
dhyayantyas tam ahar-nisam

tad-darsana - by seeing Him; smara-rujah - overciem with passion; pulindyah -


Pulinda girls; prema- vihvalah - filled with love; srimat-pada-rajah - the dust of His
feet; dhrtva - taking; dhyayantyah - meditating; tam - on Him; ahar-nisam - day
and night.
Simply by seeing Lord Krsna, they were overcome with passionate love for Him.
They embraced the dust that had touched His feet. They thought of Him day and
night.

Text 13

tas capi rase sampraptah


sri-krsnam paramesvaram paripurnatamam saksad
golokadhipatim prabhum

tah - they; ca - and; api - and; rase - in the rasa dance; sampraptah - attained;
sri-krsnam - Sri Krsna; paramesvaram - the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
paripurnatamam - perfect; saksat - directly; golokadhipatim - the ruler of Goloka;
prabhum - the Lord.

During the rasa dance they attained the association of Lord Krsna, the perfect
Supreme Personality of Godhead, the ruler of Goloka.

Text 14

sri-krsna-caranambhoja-
rajo devaih su-durlabham aho bhagyam pulindinam
tasam praptam visesatah

sri-krsna-caranambhoja-rajah - the dust of Lord Krsna's lotus feet; devaih - by


the demigods; su-durlabham - difficult to attain; ahah - Oh; bhagyam - good
fortune; pulindinam - of the PUlinda girls; tasam - of them; praptam - attained;
visesatah - specifically.

The great good fortune of these Pulinda girls is that they attained the dust of Sri
Krsna's lotus feet, dust that even the great demigods cannot attain.

Text 15

yah paramesthyam akhilam na mahendra-dhisnyam


no sarvabhaumam anisam na rasadhipatyam no yoga-siddhim abhito na punar
bhavam va
vanchaty alam parama-pada-rajah sa bhaktah

yah - on ewho; paramesthyam - the post of Brahma; akhilam - all; na - not;


mahendra-dhisnyam - the post of Indra; na - not; u - indeed; sarvabhaumam -
sivereignty over the world; anisam - day and night; na - not; rasa - of Patalaloka;
adhipatyam - rulership; na - not; u - indeed; yoga- siddhim - uoga perfections;
abhitah - completely; na - not; punah - again; bhavam - birth; va - or; vanchati -
desires; alam - at all; parama-pada- rajah - the dust of the feet of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; sa - he; bhaktah - a devotee.

A person who does not desire the post of Brahma, the post of Indra, a great
royal kingdom, the kingdom of Patalaloka, mystic powers, or even freedom from
the world of birth and death, but desires only the dust of the Supreme Personality
of Godhead's feet, is a true devotee of the Lord.

Text 16

niskincanah sva-krta-karma-phalair viraga


yat tat padam hari-jana munayo mahantah bhakta jusanti hari-pada-rajah-
prasaktah
anye vadanti na sukham kila nairapeksyam

niskincanah - without any material possessions; sva-krta-karma-phalaih - with


the results of their actions; viraga - renunciation; yat - what; tat - that; padam -
feet; hari-jana - the devotees of the Lord; munayah - the sages; mahantah - the
great souls; bhakta - the devotees; jusanti - hari-pada-rajah-prasaktah anye
vadanti na sukham kila nairapeksyam

Aloof from material possessions and free from past karma, the sages and saintly
devotees who love the dust of Lord Krsna's feet say there is no real happiness in
any other place.
Sri Garga-samhita

Canto Four, Volume One

Chapter Eleven

Sri Rama- vaikuntha- svetadvipordhva- vaikunthajita- pada-sri- lokacala- vasini-


sri- sakhinam upakhyanam

The Story of the Gopis That were Residents of Rama-vaikuntha, Svetadvipa,


Urdhva-vaikuntha, Ajita-pada, and Sri Lokacala

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

anyasam caiva gopinam


varnanam srnu maithila sarva-papa-haram punyam
hari-bhakti-vivardhanam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; anyasam - of the other; ca - and; eva - indeed;
gopinam - gopis; varnanam - description; srnu - please hear; maithila - O king of
Mithila; sarva-papa - all sins; haram - removing; punyam - sacred; hari-bhakti-
vivardhanam - increasing devotion for Lord Krsna.

Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the other gopis, a
sacred story that removes all sins, and increases one's love for Lord Krsna.

Text 2

niti-vin margadah suklah


patango divya-vahanah gopestas ca vraje rajan
jata sad vrsabhanavah
niti-vit - Nitivit; margadah - Margada; suklah - Sukla; patangah - Patanga; divya-
vahanah - Divyavahana; gopestas - Gopesta; ca - and; vraje - in Vraja; rajan - O
king; jata - born; sad - the six; vrsabhanavah - Vrsabhanus.

O king, the six Vrsabhanus: Nitivit, Margada, Sukla, Patanga, Divyavahana, and
Gopesta, were born in Vraja.

Texts 3 and 4

tesam grhesu sanjata


laksmi-pati-varat prajah rama-vaikuntha-vasinyah
sri-sakhyo 'pi samudra-jah
urdhvam vaikuntha-vasinyas
tathajita-padasritah sri-lokacala-vasinyah
sri-sakhyo 'pi samudra-jah

tesam - of them; grhesu - in the homes; sanjatah - born; laksmi-pati-varat - from


the blessing of Lord Narayana, the husband of the goddess of fortune; prajah -
daughters; rama-vaikuntha-vasinyah - the residents of Rama-Vaikuntha; sri-
sakhyah - the friends of the goddess of fortune; api - even; samudra-jah - born
from the ocean; urdhvam vaikuntha-vasinyah - the residents of Urdhva-
Vaikuntha; tathajita-padasritah - they who had taken shelter of Lord Ajita; sri-
lokacala-vasinyah - the residents of Lokacala; sri-sakhyah - the friends of the
goddess of fortune; api - also; samudra-jah - born from the ocean.

In their homes, by a benediction granted by Lord Narayana, were born the girls
of Rama-Vaikuntha, Urdhva-Vaikuntha, Lokacala, and Ajitapada, who had all been
born from the ocean of milk and who were all friends of the goddess of fortune.

Text 5

cintayantyah sada srimad-


govinda-caranambujam sri-krsnasya prasadartham
tabhir magha-vratam krtam

cintayantyah - meditating; sada - always; srimad- govinda-caranambujam - on


Lord Krsna's lotus feet; sri- krsnasya - of Lord Krsna; prasadartham - to gain the
favor; tabhih - by them; magha-vratam - the vow of Magha; krtam - was
performed.

Always thinking of Lord Krsna's lotus feet, to gain His favor they followed the
vow of Magha-vrata.

Text 6

maghasya sukla-pancamyam
vasantadau harih svayam tasam prema-pariksartham
krsno vai tad-grhan gatah

maghasya - of the month of Magha; sukla-pancamyam - on the fifth day of the


bright fortnight; vasantadau - at the beginning of spring; harih - Krsna; svayam -
personally; tasam - of them; prema - the love; pariksa-artham - to test; krsnah -
Krsna; vai - indeed; tad-grhan - to their homes; gatah - went.

On the fifth day of the bright fortnight of the month of Magha (January-
February), as springtime was about to begin, to test their love for Him, Lord Krsna
went to these gopis' homes

Text 7

vyaghra-carmambaram bibhran
jata-mukuta-manditah vibhuti-dhusaro venum
vadayan mohayan jagat

vyaghra-carmambaram - a tiger's sking garment; bibhran - wearing; jata-


mukuta-manditah - with matted locks; vibhuti - opulences; dhusarah - covered;
venum - flute; vadayan - playing; mohayan - charming; jagat - the universe.

Dressed in a tigerskin, His hair matted, and His natural opulences concealed, by
playing the flute he enchanted all the worlds.

Text 8
tasam vithisu sampraptim
viksya gopyo 'pi sarvatah ayayur darsanam kartum
mohitah prema-vihvalah

tasam - of them; vithisu - on the opathways; sampraptim - attainment; viksya -


seeing; gopyah - the gopis; api - also; sarvatah - in all respects; ayayuh - arrived;
darsanam - seeing; kartum - to do; mohitah - enchanted; prema-vihvalah -
overcome with love.

Seeing Him on the path, the enchanted gopis were overcome with love. To gaze
at Him, they came close.

Text 9

ativa sundaram drstva


yoginam gopa-kanyakah ucuh parasparam sarvah
premananda-samakulah

ativa - very; sundaram - handsome; drstva - seeing; yoginam - the yogi; gopa-
kanyakah - the gopis; ucuh - said; parasparam - among themselves; sarvah - all;
premananda-samakulah - filled with bliss.

As they gazed at this very handsome yogi, the blissful gopis spoke among
themselves.

Text 10

sri-gopya ucuh

ko 'yam sisur nanda-sutakrtir va


kasyapi putro dhanino nrpasya
nari-ku-vag-bana-vibhinna-marma
jato virakto gata-krtya-karma

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; kah - who?; ayam - this; sisuh - boy; nanda-
sutakrtih - the from of Nanda's son; va - or; kasyapi - of someone; putrah - the
son; dhaninah - of a wealthy man; nrpasya - of a king; nari - of a woman; ku -
harsh; vag - words; bana - arrows; vibhinna - broken; marma - heart; jatah - born;
viraktah - renounced; gata-krtya-karma - performed pious deeds.

Thwe gopis said: Who is this? Is this Nanda's son or the song of a wealthy king?
Is He renounced because His heart was broken by a woman's harsh words or
because He has performed many pious deeds?

Text 11

ativa-ramyah sumkumara-deho
manoja-vad-visva-mano-haro 'yam aho katham jivati casya mata
pita ca bharya bhagini vinainam

ativa-ramyah - very handsome; sumkumara-dehah - delicate features; manoja -


Kamadeva; vat - like; visva - of everyone; manah - the herarts; harah - enchanting;
ayam - He; ahah - Oh; katham - how?; jivati - lives; ca - and; asya - of Him; mata -
the mother; pita - father; ca - and; bharya - wife; bhagini - sister; vina - without;
enam - Him.

He is very handsome. His features are graceful and delicate. Like Kamadeva, He
charms the hearts of the entire world. Ah! How can He live without mother,
father, sister, and wife?

Text 12

evam tah sarvato yuthi-


bhutva sarva vrajanganah papracchus tam yogi-varam
vismitah prema-vihvalah

evam - thusd; tah - they; sarvatah - all; yuthi- bhutva - gtahered together; sarva -
all; vrajanganah - the girls of Vraja; papracchuh - asked; tam - Him; yogi-varam -
the best of yogis; vismitah - struck with wonder; prema-vihvalah - overcome with
love.

Filled with wonder and love, the assembled girls of Vraja asked many questions.

Text 13
sri-gopya ucuh
kas tvam yogin nama kim te
kutra vasas tu te mune ka vrttis tava ka siddhir
vada no vadatam vara

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; kah - who?; tvam - You; yogin - O yogi; nama -
name; kim - what?; te - of You; kutra - where; vasah - residence; tu - indfeed; te -
of You; mune - O sage; ka - what?; vrttih - activity; tava - of You; ka - what?;
siddhih - perfection; vada - tell; nah - to us; vadatam - of speakers; vara - O best.

The gopis said: O yogi, who are You? What is Your name? O sage, where do You
live? What do You do? What mystic powers have You attained? O best of
eloquent speakers, please tell us.

Text 14

sri-siddha uvaca

yogesvaro 'ham me vasah


sada mana-sarovare namna svayamprakaso 'ham
nirannah sva-balat sada

sri-siddha uvaca - the perfect yogi said; yogesvarah - a master of yoga; aham - I;
me - of Me; vasah - the residence; sada - always; mana-sarovare - in Mana-
sarovara; namna - by name; svayamprakasah - Svayamprakasa; aham - I; nirannah
- fasting; sva-balat - by My own power; sada - always.

The perfect yogi said: I am a master of yoga. I always stay at Mana-sarovara. My


name is Svayamprakasa. I never eat. My own mystic power keeps Me alive.

Text 15

sarthe paramahamsanam
yamy aham te vrajanganah bhutam bhavyam vartamanam
vedmy aham divya-darsanah
sarthe - in the treasure; paramahamsanam - of the great swans; yamy - I go;
aham - I; te - these; vrajanganah - O girls of Vraja; bhutam - past; bhavyam -
future; vartamanam - present; vedmy - I know; aham - I; divya-darsanah - spiritual
vision.

O girls of Vraja, I have attained the great treasure of the paramahamsas. I have
spiritual eyes. I can see the past, present, and future.

Text 16

uccatanam maranam ca
mohanam stambhanam tatha janami mantra-vidyabhir
vasi-karanam eva ca

uccatanam - ruin; maranam - death; ca - and; mohanam - bewilderment;


stambhanam - being stunned; tatha - so; janami - I know; mantra-vidyabhih - with
the knowledge of mantras; vasi-karanam - to bring under control; eva - indeed; ca
- also.

I know mantras that can ruin people, kill them, bewilder them, paralyze them,
or bring them under My control.

Text 17

sri-gopya ucuh

yadi janasi yogims tvam


vartam kala-trayodbhavam kim vartate no manasi
vada tarhi maha-mate

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; yadi - if; janasi - You know; yogimh - O yogi; tvam
- You; vartam - news; kala - time; traya - three phases; udbhavam - manifested;
kim - what?; vartate - is; nah - of us; manasi - in the mind; vada - please tell; tarhi -
then; maha-mate - O wise one.

Thw gopis said: O wise yogi, if You know the past, present, and future, then
please tell us one thing: What are we thinking at this moment?
Text 18

sri-siddha uvaca

bhavatinam ca karnante
kathaniyam idam vacah yusmad-ajnaya va vaksye
sarvesam srnvatam iha

sri-siddha uvaca - the perfect yogi said; bhavatinam - of you; ca - and; karnante -
whispered into the ear; kathaniyam - should be spoken; idam - this; vacah - word;
yusmad-ajnaya - by your order; va - or; vaksye - I will speak aloud; sarvesam - of
all; srnvatam - listening; iha - here.

The perfect yogi said: The answer to this question I will now whisper in each
girl's ear, or, if you request, I will speak it aloud so all may hear.

Texts 19 and 20

sri-gopya ucuh

satyam yogesvaro 'si tvam


tri-kala-jno na samsayah vasi-karana-mantrena
sadyah pathana-matratah

yadi so 'traiva cayati


cintito yo 'sti vai mune tada manyamahe tvam vai
mantrinam pravaram param

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; satyam - the truth; yogesvarah - the master of
yoga; asi - are; tvam - You; tri-kala-jnah - understanding the three phases of time;
na - no; samsayah - doubt; vasi-karana- mantrena - by a mantra to bring others
under Your control; sadyah - at once; pathana-matratah - simply by reciting; yadi -
if; sah - He; atra - here; eva - indeed; ca - and; ayati - goes; cintitah - considered;
yah - one who; asti - is; vai - indeed; mune - O sage; tada - then; manyamahe - we
consider; tvam - You; vai - indeed; mantrinam - of mantra-chanters; pravaram
param - the best.
The gopis said: O sage, if it is true that You are a master of yoga, and if without
doubt that You know the past, present, and future, and if by merely chanting a
mantra You can actually bring others under Your control, then we think You must
be the best of all mantra-chanters.

Text 21

sri-siddha uvaca

durlabho durghato bhavo


yusmabhir gaditah striyah tathapy aham karisyami
vakyam na calate satam

sri-siddha uvaca - the perfect yogi said; durlabhah - unattainable; durghatah -


impossible; bhavah - nature; yusmabhih - by you; gaditah - said; striyah - O
women; tathapy - still; aham - I; karisyami - will do; vakyam - words; na - not;
calate - wavers; satam - of the saintly devotees.

The perfect yogi said: Any impossible thing you ask, I can do. The words of
saintly persons do not prove false.
Text 22

nimilayata netrani
ma socam kuruta striyah bhavisyati na sandeho
yusmakam karyam eva ca

nimilayata - closing; netrani - eyes; ma - don't; socam - lament; kuruta - do;


striyah - O girls; bhavisyati - will be; na - not; sandehah - doubt; yusmakam - of
you; karyam - to be done; eva - indeed; ca - and.

O girls, don't lament. Close your eyes and you will attain your wish. Of this there
is no doubt.

Text 23

sri-narada uvaca
tatheti militaksisu
gopisu bhagavan harih vihaya tad-yogi-rupam
babhau sri-nanda-nandanah

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; tatha - so be it; iti - thus; milita - closed;
aksisu - eyes; gopisu - gopis; bhagavan - Lord; harih - Hari; vihaya - taking; tad-
yogi-rupam - that yogi's form; babhau - manifested; sri-nanda-nandanah - the son
of nanda.

Sri Narada said: As the gopis stood with closed eyes, the Lord abandoned the
form of a yogi and again became Krsna, the son of Nanda.

Text 24

netrany unmilya dadrsuh


sanandam nanda-nandanam vismitas tat-prabhava-jna
harsita moham agatah

netrany - eyes; unmilya - opening; dadrsuh - saw; sanandam - with bliss; nanda-
nandanam - the son of Nanda; vismitah - filled with wonder; tat-prabhava-jnah -
understanding His transcendental power; harsita - delighted; moham -
enchantment; agatah - attained.

Opening their eyes, they happily gazed at Krsna, the son of Nanda. Delighted,
filled with wonder, and now aware of His transcendental powers, the gopis
fainted unconscious.

Text 25

magha-mase maha-rase
punye vrndavane vane tabhih sardham hari reme
suribhih sura-rad iva

magha-mase - in the month of Magha; maha-rase - in the great rasa dance;


punye - dascred; vrndavane - in Vrndavana; vane - forest; tabhih - them; sardham
- with; harih - Lord Krsna; reme - enjoyed; suribhih - with the demiugoddesses;
sura-rad - the king of heaven; iva - like.

As Indra enjoys with the girls of Suraloka, so Lord Krsna enjoyed with these
gopis in a great rasa-dance in sacred Vrndavana forest during the month of
Magha.
Sri Garga-samhita

Canto Four, Volume Two

Chapter Twelve

Sri Holikotsave divya-tri-guna-vrtti-bhumi-gopy-upakhyanam

The Story of the Gopis That In the Holi Festival Displayed Three Transcendental
Virtues

Text 1

idam maya te kathitam


gopinam caritam subham anyasam caiva gopinam
varnanam srnu maithila

idam - this; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; gopinam - of the gopis;
caritam - activities; subham - beautiful; anyasam - of others; ca - and; eva -
indeed; gopinam - gopis; varnanam - description; srnu - please hear; maithila - O
king of Mithila.

O king of Mithila, now that I have described the beautiful activities of these
gopis, please hear the story of some other gopis.

Text 2

vitihotro 'gnibhuk sambah


srikaro gopatih srutah vrajesah pavanah santa
upanandah vrajebhavah
vitihotrah - Vitihotra; agnibhuk - Agnibhuk; sambah - Samba; srikarah - Srikara;
gopatih - Gopati; srutah - Sruta; vrajesah - Vrajesa; pavanah - Pavana; santa -
Santa; upanandah - the Upanandas; vrajebhavah - born in Vraja.

Born in Vraja, the Upanandas were: Vitihotra, Agnibhuk, Samba, Srikara, Gopati,
Sruta, Vrajesa, Pavana, and Santa.

Text 3

dhanavanto rupavantah
putravanto bahu-srutah siladi-guna-sampannah
sarve dana-parayanah

dhanavantah - wealthy; rupavantah - handsome; putravantah - thew fathers of


many children; bahu-srutah - learnbed; siladi-guna-sampannah - endowed with
noble character and many virtues; sarve - all; dana-parayanah - charitable.

They were all wealthy, handsome, learned, noble, virtuous, charitable, and the
fathers of many children.

Text 4

tesu grhesu sanjatah


kanyaka deva-vakyatah kascid divya adivyas ca
tatha tri-guna-vrttayah

tesu - there; grhesu - in the homes; sanjatah - born; kanyaka - daughters; deva-
vakyatah - by the word of the Lord; kascit - some; divya - from the heavenly
planets; adivyah - not from the heavenly p;lanets; ca - and; tatha - so; tri-guna-
vrttayah - endowed with three virtues.

Following the orders of the demigods, these girls, endowed with three virtues,
some from the celestial planets, and some not from the celestial planets, took
birth in the homes of the Upanandas.

Text 5
bhumi-gopyas ca sanjatah
punyair nana-vidhaih krtaih radhika-sahacaryas tah
sakhyo 'bhuvan videha-rat

bhumi-gopyah - gopis on the earth; ca - and; sanjatah - born; punyaih - with


pious deeds; nana-vidhaih - many kinds; krtaih - done; radhika- sahacaryah -
Radha's friends; tah - they; sakhyah - friends; abhuvan - became; videha-rat - O
king of Videha.

O king of Videha, having performed many pious deeds, these gopis were born
on the earth and became the friends of Sri Radha.

Text 6

ekada maninim radham


tah sarva vraja-gopikah ucur viksya harim praptam
holikaya mahotsave

ekada - one day; maninim - filled with jealous anger; radham - Radha; tah - they;
sarva - all; vraja- gopikah - the vraja-gopis; ucuh - said; viksya - seeing; harim -
Krsna; praptam - attained; holikaya - of holi; mahotsave - the great festival.

Noticing that Krsna was ready to celebrate the great Holi festival, these gopis
approached Radha, who was then filled with jealous anger, and spoke to Her.

Text 7

sri-gopya ucuh

rambhoru candra-vadane madhu-maninise


radhe vacah su-lalitam lalane srnu tvam sri-holikotsava-viharam alam vidhatum
ayati te pura-vane vraja-bhusano 'yam

sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; rambhoru - O girl whose thighs are like banana
trees; candra-vadane - O moon-faced girl; madhu-manini - O girl sweet as honey;
ise - O queen; radhe - Radha; vacah - words; su- lalitam - graceful; lalane - O girl;
srnu - please hear; tvam - You; sri-holikotsava-viharam - the pastime of the Holi
festuival; alam - greatly; vidhatum - to place; ayati - comes; te - of You; pura-vane
- in the forest; vraja-bhusanah - the ornament of Vraja; ayam - He.

The gopis said: O moon-face, banana-tree thigh, sweet as honey Queen Radha,
please hear these pleasing words. Sri Krsna, the ornament of Vraja, has come to
Your forest to celebrate the Holi festival.

Text 8

sri-yauvanonmada-vighurnita-locano 'sau
nilalakali-kalitamsa-kapola-golah sat-pita-kancuka-ghanantam asesm arad
acalayan dhvani-mata sva-padarunena

sri-yauvana-by youthfulness; unmada - intoxication; vighurnita - rolling; locanah


- eyes; asau - He; nilalakali - dark locks of hair; kalitamsa - on His shoulders;
kapola-golah - and cheeks; sat-pita-kancuka-ghanantam - the edge of the yellow
garment; asesam - all; arat - near; acalayan - moving; dhvani- mata - sound; sva-
pada - with His foot; arunena - red.

His eyes rolling in the intoxication of glorious youth, His black locks resting on
His cheeks and shoulders covered with a yellow shawl, He walks here, the anklets
tinkling on His reddish feet.

Text 9

balarka-mauli-vimalangada-haram udyad-
vidyut-ksipan-makara-kundalam adadhanah pitambarena jayati dyuti-mandalo
'sau
bhu-mandale sa-dhanuseva ghano divi-sthah

balarka - the rising sun; mauli - crown; vimala - glistening; angada - armlets;
haram - necklaces; udyat - rising; vidyut - lightning; ksipat - eclipsing; makara -
shark; kundalam - earrings; adadhanah - wearing; pitambarena - with yellow
garments; jayati - is glorious; dyuti- mandalah - in a circle of light; asau - He; bhu-
mandale - on the circle of the earth; sa-dhanusa - with its bow; iva - like; ghanah -
a cloud; divi-sthah - in the sky.
Wearing glittering armlets, yellow garments, a crown like the rising sun, and
shark earrings that eclipse lightning, He is splendid and glorious as a monsoon
cloud and a rainbow.

Text 10

abira-kunkuma-rasais ca vilipta-deho
haste grhita-nava-secana-yantra arat preksams tavasu sakhi vatam ativa radhe
tvad-rasa-ranga-rasa-keli-ratah sthitah sah

abira-kunkuma-rasaih - with red kunkuma; ca - and; vilipta - anointed; dehah -


body; haste - hand; grhita - taken; nava - new; secana-yantra - sprinkling device;
arat - near; preksamh - seeing; tava - of You; asu - at once; sakhi - friend; vatam -
courtyard garden; ativa - great; radhe - O Radha; tvad-rasa- ranga-rasa-keli -
nectar rasa-dance pastimes; ratah - eager; sthitah - situated; sah - He.

Eager to enjoy a rasa-dance with You, His body anointed with red kunkuma, and
a sprinkler in His hand, He fixes His gaze on as You stay nearby in this courtyard-
garden.

Text 11

nirgaccha phalguna-misena vihaya manam


datavyam adya ca yasah kila holikayai kartavyam asu nija-mandira-ranga-vari-
patira-panka-makaranda-cayam ca turnam

nirgaccha - go; phalguna - the month of Phalguna (February- March) misena - on


the pretext; vihaya - abandoning; manam - jealous anger; datavyam - should be
given; adya - now; ca - and; yasah - fame; kila - indeed; holikayai - to Holi;
kartavyam - should be done; asu - at once; nija - own; mandira - palace; ranga -
red; vari - water; patira - sandal; panka - paste; makaranda-cayam - flower-nectar;
ca - and; turnam - at once.

Give up Your jealous anger, and celebrate the glorious Holi festival. Go at once
and get water mixed with red dye, sandal paste, and flower-pollen.

Text 12
uttistha gaccha sahasa nija-mandalibhir
yatrasti so 'pi kila tatra maha-mate tvam etadrso 'pi samayo na kadapi labhyah
praksalitam kara-talam viditam pravahe

uttistha - rise; gaccha - go; sahasa - at once; nija-mandalibhih - with Your


associates; yatra - where; asti - is; sah - He; api - also; kila - indeed; tatra - there;
maha-mate - O generous one; tvam - You; etadrsah - like this; api - even; samayah
- occasion; na - not; kadapi - ever; labhyah - is attainable; praksalitam - washed;
kara-talam - hand; viditam - known; pravahe - in the flood.

Stand up! Go at once! O noble-hearted one, with Your friends go to where He is!
An opportunity like this will not come again. Wash Your hand in the stream of the
Holi festival.

Text 13

sri-narada uvaca

atha manavati radha


manam tyaktva samutthita sakhi-sanghaih parivrta
prakartum holikotsavam

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; atha - then; manavati - filled with jealous
anger; radha - Radha; manam - jealous anger; tyaktva - abandoning; samutthita -
risen; sakhi-sanghaih - with Her friends; parivrta - surrounded; prakartum - to do;
holikotsavam - to Holi festival.

Sri Narada said: Then angry Radha put aside Her jealous anger, stood up, and,
accompanied by Her friends, went to celebrate the Holi festival.

Text 14

srikhandaguru-kasturi-
haridra-kunkuma-dravaih puritabhir drtibhis ca
samyuktas ta vrajanganah
srikhanda - sandal; aguru - aguru; kasturi - musk; haridra - turmeric; kunkuma -
kunkuma; dravaih - liquid; puritabhih - filled; drtibhih - with sprinklers; ca - and;
samyuktah - endowed; ta - they; vrajanganah - the girls of Vraja.

The girls of Vraja carried sprinklers filled with water mixed with sandal, aguru,
musk, yellow turmeric, and red kunkuma.

Text 15

rakta-hastah pita-vastrah
kujan-nupura-mekhalah gayantyo holika-gitir
galibhir hasya-sandhibhih

rakta-hastah - red hands; pita-vastrah - yellow garments; kujan-nupura-


mekhalah - tinkling anklets and belts; gayantyah - singing; holika-gitih - with Holi
songs; galibhih - with arrogant words; hasya - with laughter; sandhibhih - mixed.

With red hands and yellow garments, and with rowdy songs and laughter, they
sang about the glories of Holi.

Text 16

abiraruna-curnanam
mustibhis ta itas tatah kurvatyas carunam bhumim
dig-antam cambaram tatha

abiraruna-curnanam - with red powder; mustibhih - with fists; ta - they; itah


tatah - here and there; kurvatyas - doing; ca - and; arunam - red; bhumim - earth;
dig-antam - the directions; ca - and; ambaram - the sky; tatha - so.

Throwing fistfulls of red powder, they reddened the sky, the earth, and all the
directions.

Text 17
kotisah kotisas tatra
sphuranty abira-mustayah su-gandharuna-curnanam
kotisah kotisas tatha

kotisah kotisah - millions and millions; tatra - there; sphuranty - manifested;


abira-mustayah - red fists; su-gandha - fragrant; aruna-curnanam - red powder;
kotisah kotisah - millions and millions; tatha - so.

There were millions and millions of reddish fists. Millions and millions of times
they threw fragrant red powder.

Text 18

sarvato jagrhuh krsnam


karabhyam vraja-gopikah yatha megham ca daminyah
sandhyayam sravanasya ca

sarvatah - from everywhere; jagrhuh - grabbed; krsnam - Krsna; karabhyam -


with both hands; vraja-gopikah - the vraja-gopis; yatha - as; megham - a cloud; ca
- and; daminyah - lightning; sandhyayam - meeting; sravanasya - of the month of
Sravana; ca - and.

As lightning flashes surround a cloud in the month of Sravana (July-August), so


the vraja-gopis surrounded Krsna and held Him tightly with both hands.

Text 19

tan-mukham ca vilimpantyo
'thabiraruna-mustibhih kunkumakta-drtibhis tam
ardri-cakrur vidhanatah

tan-mukham - His face; ca - and; vilimpantyah - anointing; atha - then; abira-


aruna- mustibhih - with fists filled with red powder; kunkumakta- drtibhih - with
sprinklers filled with kunbkuma water; tam - Him; ardri-cakruh - sprinkled;
vidhanatah - accordingly.
With fistfulls of red powder they anointed His face. With sprinklers of kunuma-
water they drenched Him.

Text 20

bhagavan api tatraiva


yavatir vraja-yositah dhrtva rupani tavanti
vijahara nrpesvara

bhagavan - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api - also; tatra - there; eva -
indeed; yavatih - as many; vraja-yositah - Vraja girls; dhrtva - manifesting; rupani -
forms; tavanti - that many; vijahara - enjoyed pastimes; nrpesvara - O king of
kings.

O king of kings, then the Supreme Personality of Godhead expanded into as


many forms as there were vraja-gopis.

Text 21

radhaya susubhe tatra


holikaya mahotsave varsasandhyaksane krsnah
saudaminya ghano yatha

radhaya - with Radha; susubhe - shone; tatra - there; holikaya - of Holi;


mahotsave - in the great festival; varsasandhyaksane - during a rainfall; krsnah -
Krsna; saudaminya - with lightning; ghanah - a cloud; yatha - as.

As a cloud touched by lightning in the rain, so Krsna was splendidly manifest


with Radha in the Holi festival.

Text 22

krsno 'pi tad-dhasta-krtakta-netro


dattva svakiyam navam uttariyam tabhyo yayau nanda-grham pareso
devesu varsatsu ca puspa-varsam
krsnah - Lord Krsna; api - even; tat - by Her; dhasta - hand; krtakta - anointed;
netrah - eyes; dattva - giving; svakiyam - own; navam - new; uttariyam - upper
garment; tabhyah - from them; yayau - went; nanda-grham - to Nanda's home;
paresah - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; devesu - as the demigods;
varsatsu - showered; ca - and; puspa-varsam - a rain of flowers.

Taking a new upper garment, and His eyes now anointed by Radha's hand, Lord
Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, left the gopis and went to King
Nanda's palace as the demigods showered flowers. .pa

Chapter Thirteen

Devajana-stry-upakhyana The Story of the Demigoddesses

Text 1

atha devangananam ca
gopinam varnanam srnu catuspadarthadam nrnam
bhakti-vardhanam uttamam

atha - now; devangananam - of the demigoddesses; ca - and; gopinam - of ther


gopis; varnanam - the description; srnu - please hear; catuspadarthadam - giving
the four goals of life; nrnam - of the people; bhakti-vardhanam - increasing
devotion; uttamam - great.

Now please hear the story of the demigoddesses that became gopis, a story that
grants the four goals of life and increases one's love for Lord Krsna.

Text 2

babhuva malave dese


gopo nando divas-patih bharya-sahasra-samyukto
dhanavan nitiman parah
babhuva - was; malave dese - in Malava-desa; gopah - a gopa; nandah - Nanda;
divas-patih - king; bharya - of wives; sahasra - a thousand; samyuktah - with;
dhanavan - wealthy; nitiman - moral; parah - great.

In Malava-desa there was a great gopa-king named Nanda- divaspati. He was


righteous and wealthy, and he had a thousand wives.

Text 3

tirtha-yatra-prasangena
mathurayam samagatah nanda-rajam vrajadhisam
srutva sri-gokulam yayau

tirtha-yatra-prasangena - by going on pilgrimage; mathurayam - in Mathyra;


samagatah - come; nanda-rajam - to King Nanda; vrajadhisam - the king of Vraja;
srutva - hearing; sri-gokulam - Sri Gokula; yayau - went.

As he was going on pilgrimage, he arrived in Mathura. When he heard of Vraja's


King Nanda, he went to Gokula.

Text 4

militva gopa-rajam sa
drstva vrndavana-sriyam nanda-rajajnaya tatra
vasam cakre maha-manah

militva - meeting; gopa-rajam - the gopa king; sa - he; drstva - seeing;


vrndavana-sriyam - the beauty of Vrndavana; nanda-raja - of King Nanda; ajnaya -
by the request; tatra - there; vasam - residence; cakre - made; maha-manah -
noble-hearted.

He met King Nanda, and he saw the beauty of Vrndavana. With Nanda's
permission, the noble-hearted king made his residence there.

Text 5

yojana-dvayam asritya
ghosam cakre gavam punah mudam prapa vraje rajan
jnatibhih sa divas-patih

yojana-dvayam - sixteen miles; asritya - taking shelter; ghosam - a place for the
cows; cakre - did; gavam - of cows; punah - again; mudam - happiness; prapa -
attained; vraje - in vraja; rajan - O king; jnatibhih - with relatives; sa - he; divas-
patih - Divaspati.

Having made a sixteen-mile place for his cows, King Divaspati and his relatives
lived happily.

Text 6

tasya devala-vakyena
sarva devajana-striyah jatah kanya maha-divya
jvalad-agni-sikhopmah

tasya - of him; devala-vakyena - by the words of Devala Muni; sarva - all;


devajana-striyah - the demigoddesses; jatah - born; kanya - girls; maha- divya -
very splendid; jvalad-agni-sikhopmah - like flames of a blazing fire.

By Devala Muni's words, all the demigoddesses were born as his daughters,
daughters splendid like flames in a blazing fire.

Text 7

sri-krsnam sundaram drstva


mohitah kanyakas ca tah damodarasya prapty-artham
cakrur magha-vratam param

sri-krsnam - Sri Krsna; sundaram - handsome; drstva - seeing; mohitah -


enchanted; kanyakas - the daughters; ca - and; tah - they; damodarasya - of Krsna;
prapty-artham - to attain; cakruh - did; magha-vratam - the magha-vrata vow;
param - great.

When they saw handsome Krsna they were bewildered with love for Him. To
attain Him they performed the great vow of Magha- vrata.
Text 8

ardhodaye 'rke yamunam


nityam snatva vrajanganah uccair jaguh krsna-lilam
premananda-samakulah

ardhodaye - half-risen; arke - when the sun was; yamunam - in the Yamuna;
nityam - regularly; snatva - bathing; vrajanganah - the girls ofVraja; uccaih -
loudly; jaguh - sang; krsna-lilam - of Krsna's pastimes; premananda-samakulah -
overcome with love.

As they bathed at sunrise in the Yamuna, these girls of Vraja, who had fallen in
love with Krsna, every day loudly sang of Lord Krsna's pastimes.

Text 9

tasam prasannah sri-krsno


varam bruhity uvaca ha ta ucus tam param natva
krtanjali-putah sanaih

tasam - with them; prasannah - pleased; sri- krsnah - Sri Krsna; varam - boon;
bruhi - please ask; iti - thus; uvaca - said;ha ta - indeed; ucuh - said; tam - to Him;
param - then; natva - bowing down; krtanjali-putah - with folded hands; sanaih -
slowly.

Pleased with them, Lord Krsna said to them, "Please ask for a benediction."
Slowly bowing down with folded hands, these girls spoke to Krsna.

Text 10

sri-gopya ucuh

yogisvaranam kila durlabhas tvam


sarvesvarah karana-karano 'si
tvam netra-gami bhavatat sada no
vamsi-dharo manmatha-manmathangah
sri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; yogisvaranam - of the masters of yoga; kila -
indeed; durlabhah - difficult to attain; tvam - You; sarvesvarah - the Lord of all;
karana-karanah - the cause of causes; asi - are; tvam - You; netra-gami - come
before the eyes; bhavatat - have; sada - always; nah - of us; vamsi- dharah -
holding a flute; manmatha-manmathangah - more handsome than Kamadeva.

The gopis said: Even the great kings of the yogis cannot attain You. You are the
master of all, the first cause of all causes. Holding a flute, and more handsome
than Kamadeva, please always stay before our eyes.

Text 11

tathastu coktva harir adi-devas


tasam tu yo darsanam atatana bhuyat sada te hrdi netra-marge
tatha sa ahuta ivasu citte

tatha - so; astu - be it; ca - and; uktva - saying; harih - Krsna; adi-devah - the
Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasam - of them; tu - indeed; yah - who;
darsanam - the sight; atatana - gave; bhuyat - greatly; sada - always; te - they; hrdi
- in the heart; netra-marge - on the poathway of the eyes; tatha - so; sa - he;
ahuta - called; iva - like; asu - at once; citte - in the heart.

Lord Krsna said, "So be it." He was always before them. He appeared in their
heart and He appeared before their eyes as if they had just called Him.

Text 12

paripurnatamah saksac
chri-krsno nanya eva hi eka-karyartham agatya
koti-karyam cakara ha

paripurnatamah - the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; saksat - directly;


sri-krsnah - Sri Krsna; na - not; anyah - another; eva - indeed; hi - indeed; eka-
karyartham - for one purpose; agatya - coming; koti-karyam - millions of
purposes; cakara - did; ha - indeed.
Sri Krsna, and no one else, is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Coming to this world to do one thing, He did millions of other things as well.
Text 13

parikari-krta-pita-patam harim
sikhi-kirita-nati-krta-kandharam lakuta-venu-karam cala-kundalam
patutaram nata-vesa-dharam bhaje

parikari-krta-pita-patam - wearing a yellow sash; harim - Krsna; sikhi-kirita - a


peacock-feather crown; nati-krta - graceful; kandharam - shoulders; lakuta-venu-
karam - holding a stick and a flute; cala-kundalam - with swinging earrings;
patutaram - very intelligent; nata- vesa-dharam - dressed as a dancer; bhaje - I
worship.

I worship most intelligent Krsna who, with a peacock-feather crown, swinging


earrings, a yellow sash about His waist, and a stick and flute in His hand, is
dressed as a graceful-shouldered dancer.

Text 14

bhaktyaiva vasyo harir adi-devah


sada pramanam kila catra gopyah sankhyam ca yogam na krtam kadapi
premnaiva yasya prakrtim gatah syuh

bhaktya - by devotional service; eva - indeed; vasyah - made submissive; harih -


Krsna; adi-devah - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sada - always; pramanam
- evidence; kila - kindeed; ca - and; atra - here; gopyah - gopis; sankhyam -
sankhyam; ca - and; yogam - yoga; na - not; krtam - did; kadapi - ever; premna -
with love; eva - indeed; yasya - of whom; prakrtim - nature; gatah - attained; syuh
- did.

Sri Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is conquered by love and


devotion. These gopis are the proof of this. Although they never followed the
paths of yoga or sankhya, they attained Lord Krsna's company. .pa

Chapter Fourteen
Jalandhary-upakhyana The Story of the Jalandharis

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

jalandharinam gopinam
janmani srnu maithila karmani ca maha-raja
papa-ghnani nrnam sada

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; jalandharinam - ja;andharais; gopinam - gopi;


janmani - births; srnu - please hear; maithila - O king of Mithila; karmani -
activities; ca - and; maha-raja - O great king; papa-ghnani - destriying sins; nrnam -
of the people; sada - always.

Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the births and deeds
of the Jalandharis that became gopis, a story that again and again removes the
people's sins.

Text 2

rajan sapta-nadi-tire
ranga-pattanam uttamam sarva-sampad-yutam dirgham
yojana-dvaya-vartulam

rajan - O king; sapta-nadi-tire - on the shore of seven rivers; ranga-pattanam -


Ranga-pattana; uttamam - great; sarva-sampat - all opulences; yutam - with;
dirgham - large; yojana-dvaya- vartulam - sixteen miles in circumference.

O king, on the shore of seven rivers there was a great city named Ranga-
pattana. Sixteen miles around, it was filled with all opulences.

Text 3

rangojis tatra gopalah


puradhiso maha-balah putra-pautra-samayukto
dhana-dhanya-samrddhiman

rangojih - Rangoji; tatra - there; gopalah - a gopa; puradhisah - the king; maha-
balah - very powerful; putra-pautra-samayuktah - with many children and
grandchildren; dhana-dhanya-samrddhiman - very wealthy.

A gopa named Rangoji was the king of that city. He was very powerful and
wealthy, and He had many children and grandchildren

Text 4

hastinapura-nathaya dhrtarastraya bhubhrte haimanam arbuda-satam


varsikam sa dadau sada

hastinapura-nathaya dhrtarastraya bhubhrte haimanam arbuda- satam varsikam


sa dadau sada

Text 5

ekada tatra varsante


vyatite kila maithila varsikam tu karam rajne
na dadau sa madotkatah

ekada - one day; tatra - there; varsante - at the end of the year; vyatite - passed;
kila - kindeed; maithila - O king of Mithila; varsikam - annual; tu - indeed; karam -
tax; rajne - to the king; na - not; dadau - gave; sa - he; madotkatah - overrcome
with pride and folly.

O king, once, at the year's end, Rangoji, overcome with pride and foolishness,
did not pay his annual tribute to emperor Dhrtarastra.

Text 6

milanartham na cayate
rangojau gopa-nayake vira dasa sahasrani
dhrtarasrta-pranoditah
milana - meeting; artham - for the purpose; na - not; ca - and; ayate - come;
rangojau - Rangoji; gopa-nayake - the gopa-kings; vira - warriors; dasa - ten;
sahasrani - thousand; dhrtarasrta-pranoditah - sent by Dhrtarastra.

When the gopa-king Rangoji would not even go to meet him, emperor
Dhrtarastra sent an army of ten thousand soldiers.

Text 7

baddhva tam damabhir gopam


ajagmus te gajahvayam kati varsani rangojih
karagare sthito 'bhavat

baddhva - binding; tam - him; damabhih - with ropes; gopam - the gopa; ajagmuh
- came; te - they; gajahvayam - to hastinapura; kati - how many?; varsani - years;
rangojih - Rangoji; karagare - in prison; sthitah - staying; abhavat - was.

They bound Rangoji with ropes and took him to Hastinapura. How many years
was he in prison?

Text 8

san niruddhas tadito 'pi


lobhi bhirur na cabhavat na dadau sa dhanam kincid
dhrtarastraya bhubhrte

san - being; niruddhah - bound; taditah - beaten; api - even; lobhi - greedy;
bhiruh - frightened; na - not; ca - and; abhavat - was; na - not; dadau - gave; sa -
he; dhanam - wealth; kincit - anyhting; dhrtarastraya - to Dhrtarastra; bhubhrte -
the emperor.

Although he was beaten in prison, he was unafraid. He was so greedy he still


would not give any money to emperor Dhrtarastra.

Text 9

karagaran maha-bhimat
kadacit sa palayitah ratrau ranga-puram pragad
rangojir gopa-nayakah

karagarat - from the prison; maha-bhimat - horrible; kadacit - once; sa - he;


palayitah - escaped; ratrau - at night; ranga-puram - to his city; pragat - went;
rangojih - Rangoji; gopa-nayakah - the gopa king.

One night the gopa-king Rangoji escaped from the prison and returned to his
own city.

Text 10

punas tam hi samahartum


dhrtarastra-pranoditam aksauhini-trayam rajan
samartha-bala-vahanam

punah - again; tam - him; hi - indeed; samahartum - to caspture; dhrtarastra-


pranoditam - sent by Dhrtrastra; aksauhini-trayam - three aksauhinis; rajan - O
king; samartha-bala-vahanam - able to capture by force.

Then Dhrtarastra sent three aksuahini divisions to recapture Rangoji.

Text 11

tena sardham hi banaughais


tiksna-dharaih sphurat-prabhaih yuyudhe damsito yuddhe
dhanus tankarayan muhuh

tena - him; sardham - with; hi - indeed; bana - of arrows; aughaih - with a flood;
tiksna- dharaih - sharp; sphurat-prabhaih - splendid; yuyudhe - fought; damsitah -
wounded; yuddhe - in the battle; dhanuh - bow; tankarayan - twanging; muhuh -
again and again.

Although wounded by a flood of arrows, he continued to fight, again and again


shooting his bow.
Text 12

satrubhis chinna-kavacas
chinna-dhanva hata-svakah puram etya mrdham cakre
rangojih katibhir dinaih

satrubhih - by enemies; chinna - broken; kavacah - armor; chinna - broken;


dhanva - bow; hata - killed; svakah - associates; puram - to the city; etya - going;
mrdham - fight; cakre - did; rangojih - Rngoji; katibhih - for how many?; dinaih -
days.

Even after his enemies broke his armor and bow and killed his soldiers, for how
many days did Rangoji fight?

Text 13

anathah saranam cecchan


kamsaya yadu-bhubhrte dutam svam presayam asa
rangojir bhaya-piditah

anathah - hopeless; saranam - shelter; ca - and; icchan - desiring; kamsaya - to


Kamsa; yadu-bhubhrte - the king of the Yadus; dutam - a messenger; svam - own;
presayam asa - sent; rangojih - Rangoji; bhaya- piditah - toretured with fear.

When all was hopeless, he sent a messenger to Kamsa, the king of the Yadus.

Text 14

dutas tu mathuram etya


sabham gatva natananah krtanjalis caugrasenim
natva praha girardraya

dutah - the messenger; tu - indeed; mathuram - to Mathura; etya - going;


sabham - assembling; gatva - going; natananah - with bowed head; krtanjalih -
and folded hands; ca - and; augrasenim - to Kamsa; natva - bowing; praha - said;
gira - with words; ardraya - choked with emotion.
The messenger went to Mathura, entered the royal assembly, with folded hands
and bowed head offered obeisances to King Kamsa, and in a voice choked with
emotion spoke the following words.

Text 15

rangoji-nama nrpa ranga-pattane


gopo 'sti nitijna-varah puradhipah sva-satru-samruddha-puro mahadhi-bhrd
alabdha-nathah saranam gatas tava

rangoji-nama - named Rangoji; nrpa - O king; ranga- pattane - in ranga-pattana;


gopah - a gopa; asti - is; nitijna-varah - the best of the righteous; puradhipah - the
ruler of the city; sva-satru-samruddha- purah - his army defeated; mahadhi-bhrt -
distressed; alabdha-nathah - without shelter; saranam - shelter; gatah - attained;
tava - of you.

O king, a righteous gopa named Rangoji is the ruler of the city Ranga-pattana.
His army defeated, he is now distressed and without a shelter. Now he takes
shelter of you.

Text 16

tvam dina-duhkharti-haro mahi-tale


bhaumadi-sangita-guno maha-balah surasuran udbhata-bhumi-palakan
vijitya yuddhe sura-rad iva sthitah

tvam - you; dina-duhkharti-harah - removing the troubles of the troubled; mahi-


tale - on the earth; bhaumadi- sangita-gunah - whose virtues are sung on the
earth; maha- balah - very powerful; surasuran - the demigods and demons;
udbhata-bhumi-palakan - ruling the earth; vijitya - conquering; yuddhe - in battle;
sura-rad - the king of heaven; iva - like; sthitah - situated.

You remove the troubles of they whgo suffer in this world. Your virtues are sung
everywhere. Having defeated the demigods and demons, you rule the earth. You
are like Indra, the king of the demigods.
Text 17

candram cakoras ca ravim kusesayam


yatha sarac-chikaram eva catakah ksudhaturo 'nnam ca jalam trsaturah
smaraty asau satru-bhaye tatha tvam

candram - the moon; cakoras - a cakora bird; ca - and; ravim - the sun;
kusesayam - the lotus flowers; yatha - as; sarac-chikaram - the autumn rains; eva -
indeed; catakah - cataka bird; ksudhaturah - hungry; annam - food; ca - and; jalam
- water; trsaturah - thirsty; smaraty - remembers; asau - he; satru-bhaye - in fear
of the enemies; tatha - so; tvam - you.

As a cakora bird thinks of the moon, as a lotus flower thinks of the sun, as a
cataka bird thinks of the autumn rains, as a hungry man thinks of food, and as a
thirsty man thinks of water, so King Rangoji, frightened in battle, thinks of you.

Text 18

sri-narada uvaca

ittham srutva vacas tasya


kamso vai dina-vatsalah daitya-koti-samayukto
mano gantum samadadhe

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; ittham - thus; srutva - hearing; vacah - words;
tasya - of him; kamsah - Kamsa; vai - indeed; dina - of the distressed; vatsalah -
the friend; daitya-koti-samayuktah - with ten million demons; manah - a mind;
gantum - to go; samadadhe - had.

Sri Narada said: After hearing these words, Kamsa, the friend of the distressed,
decided to go there with ten million demons.

Texts 19 and 20

go-mutra-caya-sindura-
kasturi-patra-bhrn mukham vindhyadri-sadrsam syamam
mada-nirjhara-samyutam

pade ca srnkhalajalam
nadantam ghanavad bhrsam dvipam kuvalayapidam
samaruhya madotkatah

go-mutra - cow's urine; caya - abundant; sindura - sindura; kasturi - musk; patra-
bhrt - decorated with designs; mukham - face; vindhyadri-sadrsam - like the
Vindhya mountains; syamam - black; mada-nirjhara- samyutam - with gushing
streams of passionate anger; pade - on its foot; ca - and; srnkhalajalam - chains;
nadantam - jingling; ghanavat - like a cloud; bhrsam - greatly; dvipam - elephant;
kuvalayapidam - Kuvalayapida; samaruhya - mounting; madotkatah - burning with
passion.

Burning with passion, Kamsa climbed on Kuvalayapida elephant, who was black
and enormous like the Vindhya mountains, who gushed with streams of rut,
whose face was decorated with designs drawn with gomutra, musk, and red
sindura, whose feet were covered with a network of chains, and who trumpeted
like thunder.

Text 21

canura-mustikadyais ca
kesi-vyoma-vrsasuraih sahasa damsitah kamsah
prayayau ranga-pattanam

canura-mustikadyaih - headed by Canura and Mustika; ca - and; kesi-vyoma-


vrsasuraih - with Kesi, Vyomasura, and Aristasura; sahasa - at once; damsitah -
protected; kamsah - Kamsa; prayayau - went; ranga-pattanam - to Ranga-pattana.

Accompanied by Canura, Mustika, Kesi, Vyoma, Aristasura, and a host of other


demons, Kamsa quickly traveled to Ranga-pattana.

Text 22

yadunam ca kurunam ca
balayos tu parasparam banaih khadgais trisulais ca
ghoram yuddham babhuva ha

yadunam - of the Yadus; ca - and; kurunam - the Kurus; ca - and; balayoh - of the
armies; tu - indeed; parasparam - mutual; banaih - with arrows; khadgaih - with
swords; trisulaih - with tridents; ca - and; ghoram - horrible; yuddham - battle;
babhuva - was; ha - indeed.

Armed with arrows, swords, and tridents, the armies of the Yadus and Kurus
fought a gory battle.

Text 23

banandhakare sanjate
kamso nitva maha-gadam vivesa kuru-senasu
vane vaisvanaro yatha

bana - of arrows; andhakare - blinding darkness; sanjate - manifested; kamsah -


Kamsa; nitva - bringing; maha-gadam - great club; vivesa - entered; kuru-senasu -
the Kuru armies; vane - in the forest; vaisvanarah - fire; yatha - as.

The sky became dark with a great shower of arrows. Then, as a fire enters a
forest, so Kamsa, armed with a great club, penetrated the Kuru army.

Text 24

kamscid viran sa-kavacan


gadaya vajra-kalpaya patayam asa bhu-prsthe
vajrenendro yatha girim

kamscit - some; viran - warriors; sa-kavacan - with their armor; gadaya - with the
club; vajra-kalpaya - like lightning; patayam asa - made fall; bhu-prsthe - to the
ground; vajrena - with the thunderbolt; indrah - Indra; yatha - as; girim - a
mountain.

As King Indra with his thunderbolt knocks down a great mountain, so Kamsa
with his thunderbolt club, knocked many armored warriors to the ground.
Text 25

rathan mamarda padabhyam


parsni-ghatena ghontakan gaje gajam tadayitva
gajan pronniya canghrisu

rathan - chariots; mamarda - crushed; padabhyam - with both feet; parsni-


ghatena - with his heel; ghontakan - horses; gaje - elephant; gajam - elephant;
tadayitva - striking; gajan - elephants; pronniya - leading away; ca - and; anghrisu -
at the feet.

Kicking them with his feet, Kamsa destroyed many chariots. Kicking them with
his heel, Kamsa killed many horses. He beat many elephants and many he
overturned, their feet kicking in the air.

Text 26

skandhayoh kaksayor dhrtva


sa-nidan ratna-kambalan kamscid balad bhramayitva
ciksepa gagane bali

skandhayoh - on the shoulders; kaksayoh - on the armpits; dhrtva - grabbing; sa-


nidan - with saddles; ratna-kambalan - decorated with jewels; kamscit - some;
balat - forcibly; bhramayitva - whirling around; ciksepa - threw; gagane - inot the
sky; bali - powerful.

Grabbing them at the root of their forelegs, powerful Kamsa picked up many
jewel-saddled elephants, whirled them around, and threw them into the sky.

Text 27

gajan chundasu conniya


lola-ghanta-samavrtan ciksepa sammukhe rajan
mrdhe vyomasuro bali
gajan - elephants; sundasu - by the thrunks; ca - and; unniya - picking up; lola-
ghanta-samavrtan - with jingling bells; ciksepa - threw; sammukhe - in the face;
rajan - O king; mrdhe - in the battle; vyomasurah - Vyomasura; bali - powerful.

O king, Vyomasura picked up many bell-decorated elephants and threw them in


the faces of the enemy army.

Text 28

rathan grhitva sasvams ca


srngabhyam bhramayan muhuh ciksepa diksu balavan
daityo dusto vrsasurah

rathan - chariots; grhitva - taking; sasvams - with their horses; ca - and;


srngabhyam - with its horns; bhramayan - whirling around; muhuh - again and
again; ciksepa - threw; diksu - in all directions; balavan - powerful; daityah -
demon; dustah - wicked; vrsasurah - Aristasura.

In its horns the powerful demon Aristasura picked up many great chariots and
their horses, whirled them around, and threw them in all directions.

Text 29

balat pascima-padabhyam
viran asvan itas tatah patayam asa rajendra
kesi daityadhipo bali

balat - forcibly; pascima-padabhyam - with its hind legs; viran - heroic; asvan -
horses; itah - here; tatah - and there; patayam asa - throwing down; rajendra - O
king of kings; kesi - Kesi; daityadhipah - the king of demons; bali - powerful.

O king of kings, kicking them with its hind legs, the great demon Kesi threw
many powerful horses to the ground.

Text 30
evam bhayankaram yuddham
drstva vai kuru-sainikah sesa bhayatura vira
jagmus te 'pi diso dasa

evam - thus; bhayankaram - fearsome; yuddham - battle; drstva - seeing; vai -


indeed; kuru-sainikah - the Kuru soldiers; sesa - the remnant; bhayatura -
frightened; vira - warriors; jagmuh - fled; te - they; api - also; disah - in the
directions; dasa - ten.

When they saw the fearsome nature of this battle, the remaining Kuru soldiers
became frightened and fled in the ten directions.

Text 31

rangojim sa-kutumbam tam


nitva kamso 'tha daitya-rat mathuram prayayau viro
nadayan dundubhin chanaih

rangojim - Rangoji; sa-kutumbam - with his family; tam - him; nitva - taking;
kamsah - Kamsa; atha - then; daitya-rat - the king of the demons; mathuram - to
Mathura; prayayau - went; virah - hero; nadayan - sounding; dundubhin - drums;
sanaih - slowly.

Taking Rangoji and his family with him, the demon-king Kamsa triumphantly
entered Mathura as the drums played a slow march.

Text 32

srutva parajayam svasya


kauravah krodha-murchitah daityanam samayam drstva
sarve vai maunam asthitah

srutva - hearing; parajayam - the victory; svasya - own; kauravah - the Kurus;
krodha- murchitah - fainting with anger; daityanam - of the demons; samayam -
the right time; drstva - seeing; sarve - all; vai - indeed; maunam - silent; asthitah -
stood.
Hearing of their own defeat, the Kurus were overcome with anger. Seeing that
things were now favorable for the demons, everyone became silent.

Text 33

puram barhisadam nama


vraja-simni manoharam rangojaye dadau kamso
daityanam adhipo bali

puram - a city; barhisadam - Barhisat; nama - named; vraja-simni - on the


outskirts of Vraja; manoharam - beautiful; rangojaye - to rangoji; dadau - gave;
kamsah - Kamsa; daityanam - of the demons; adhipah - the king; bali - powerful.

Then the powerful demon-king Kamsa gave to Rangoji a beautiful city named
Barhisat, which stood on the outskirts of Vraja.

Text 34

vasam cakara tatraiva


rangojir gopa-nayakah babhuvus tasya bharyasu
jalandharyo harer varat

vasam - residence; cakara - did; tatra - there; eva - indeed; rangojih - Rangoji;
gopa-nayakah - the gopa- king; babhuvuh - did; tasya - of him; bharyasu - in wives;
jalandharyah - Jalandharis; hareh - of Lord Krsna; varat - from the boon.

The gopa-king Rangoji made his home there. There, by Lord Krsna's benediction,
the Jalandharis were born from his many wives.

Text 35

parinita gopa-janai
rupa-yauvana-bhusitah jara-dharmena su-sneham
sri-krsne tah pracakrire
parinita - married; gopa-janai - to the gopas; rupa- yauvana-bhusitah -
decorated with beauty and youthfulness; jara-dharmena - as apoaramour; su-
sneham - great love; sri-krsne - for Sri Krsna; tah - they; pracakrire - did.

Decorated with beauty and youth, they were married to various gopas. They
loved Lord Krsna as their paramour.

Text 36

caitra-mase maha-rase
tabhih sakam harih svayam punye vrndavane ramye
reme vrndavanesvarah

caitra-mase - in the month of Caitra; maha-rase - inj the great rasa dance; tabhih
- them; sakam - with; harih - Krsna; svayam - personally; punye - sacred;
vrndavane - in Vrndavana; ramye - beautiful; reme - enjoyed; vrndavanesvarah -
the king of Vrndavana.

During the month of Caitra (March-April), and in the beautiful and sacred forest
of Vrndavana, Lord Krsna enjoyed a great rasa dance with them. .pa

Chapter Fifteen

Barhismati-pur-anghry-apsarah-sutala-vasini-nagendra- kanyopakhyana

The Story of the Women of Barhismati-pura, the Apsaras, and the Women of
Sutala and Nagendra

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

vraje sonapuradhiso
gopo nando dhani mahan bharyah panca sahasrani
babhuvus tasya maithila
sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; vraje - in Vraja; sonapuradhisah - the king of
Sonapura; gopah - a gopa; nandah - Nanda; dhani - wealthy; mahan - exalted;
bharyah - wives; panca sahasrani - five thousand; babhuvuh - were; tasya - of him;
maithila - O king of Mithila.

Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, in Vraja lived a righteous and wealthy gopa
named Nanda, who had been the king of Sonapura. He had five thousand wives.

Text 2

jata matsya-varat tas tu


samudre gopa-kanyakah tathanyas ca vicitrah
prthivya dohanan nrpa

jata - born; matsya-varat - by the blessings of Lord Matsya; tah - they; tu -


indeed; samudre - in the ocean; gopa-kanyakah - gopis; tatha - so; anyah - others;
ca - and; vicitrahvarious plants; api - also; prthivya - of the earth; dohanat - from
the milking; nrpa - O king.

He had many daughters. Some had previously been born from the milk-ocean
and had been the goddess of fortune's friends, and now were born as gopis by
Lord Matsya's benediction, and others had been the plants the sprouted when
the earth was milked.

Text 3

barhismati-pur-andhryo ya
jata jati-smarah parah tathanyapsaraso 'bhuvan
varan narayanasya ca

barhismati-pur-andhryah - the girls of Bharismati-pura; ya - who; jata - born;


jati-smarah - remembering their previous birth; parah - others; tatha - so; anya -
others; apsarasah - apsaras; abhuvan - becasme; varan - by the benediction;
narayanasya - of Lord Narayana; ca - and.
Some had been the women of Barhismati-pura. They remembered their
previous birth. Others had been apsaras and became gopi by the blessings of
Narayana Rsi

Text 4

tatha sutala-vasinyo
vamanasya varat striyah tatha nagendra-kanyas ca
jatah sesa-varat parat

tatha - so; sutala-vasinyah - the residents of Sutala; vamanasya - of Lord


Vamana; varat - by the blessing; striyah - women; tatha - so; nagendra - of the
serpent- king; kanyah - the daughters; ca - and; jatah - born; sesa-varat - by the
blessing of Lord Sesa; parat - great.

Some had been the women of Sutalaloka and became gopis by the blessings of
Lord Vamana. Others had been the daughters of the king of the Nagas and they
became gopis by the spiritual blessings of Lord Sesa.

Text 5

tabhyo durvasasa dattam


krsna-pancangam adbhutam tena sampujya yamunam
vavrire sripatim varam

tabhyah - to them; durvasasa - by Durvasa Muni; dattam - given; krsna-


pancangam - five ways to worship Lord Krsna; adbhutam - wonderful; tena - by
that; sampujya - worshiping; yamunam - the Yamuna; vavrire - attained; sripatim -
Krsna; varam - as their husband.

Durvasa Muni gave them the wonderful krsna-pancanga method of worship.


Following it, they worshiped the Yamuna and attained Lord Krsna as their
husband.

Texts 6-8

ekada sri-haris tabhir


vrndaranye manohare yamuna-nikate divye
pums-kokila-taru-vraje

madhupa-dhvani-samyukte
kujat-kokila-sarase madhu-mase manda-vayau
vasanta-latikavrte

dolotsavam samarebhe
harir madana-mohanah kadamba-vrkse rahasi
kalpa-vrkse manohare

ekada - once; sri-harih - Sri Krsna; tabhih - with them; vrndaranye - in Vrndavana
forest; manohare - beautiful; yamuna-nikate - by the Yamuna shore; divye -
splendid; pums-kokila-taru-vraje - among trees filled with cuckoos; madhupa-
dhvani-samyukte - filled with the humming of bees; kujat - warbling; kokila -
cuckoos; sarase - and cranes; madhu-mase - in the month of Madhu; manda-
vayau - with a gentle breeze; vasanta- latikavrte - filled with madhavi vines; dola -
swing; utsavamfestival; samarebhe - did; harih - Krsna; madana-mohanah - more
charming than Kamadeva; kadamba-vrkse - in a kadamba tree; rahasi - in a
secluded place; kalpa- vrkse - in a desire tree; manohare - beautiful.

Once, during the month of Caitra (March-April), Lord Krsna, who is more
charming than Kamadeva, enjoyed a swing festival with these gopis in a kadamba
kalpa-vrksa tree in a beautiful and secluded place in beautiful Vrndavana forest, a
place filled with trees and madhavi vines, buzzing bees, cooing cuckoos and
cranes, and a gentle breeze from the nearby Yamuna.

Text 9

kalindi-jala-kallola-
kolahala-samakule tad-dola-khelanam cakrus
ta gopyah prema-vihvalah

kalindi - of the Yamuna; jala - water; kallola - waves; kolahala - uproar; samakule
- filled; tad-dola-khelanam - swinging pastime; cakruh - did; ta - they; gopyah -
gopis; prema-vihvalah - filled with love.
As the Yamuna was filled with waves, these gopis, deeply in love with Krsna,
enjoyed pastimes on a swing.

Text 10

radhaya kirti-sutaya
candra-koti-prakasaya reje vrndavane krsno
yatha ratya ratisvarah

radhaya - with Radha; kirti-sutaya - the daughter of Kirti; candra-koti-prakasaya -


splendid as millions of moons; reje - shone; vrndavane - in Vrndavana forest;
krsnah - Krsna; yatha - as; ratya - with Rati; ratisvarah - Kamadeva.

As Kamadeva shines with Rati by His side, so in Vrndavana forest Lord Krsna
shone with Kirti's daughter Radha, who was more beautiful and glorious than
millions of moons, by His side.

Text 11

evam praptas ca yah sarvah


sri-krsnam nanda-nandanam paripurnatamam saksat
tasam kim varnyate tapah

evam - thus; praptas - attained; ca - andf; yah - who; sarvah - all; sri-krsnam - Sri
Krsna; nanda-nandanam - Nanda's son; paripurnatamam - the Supreme
Personality of Godhead; saksat - directly; tasam - of them; kim - what?; varnyate -
is described; tapah - austerities.

All these gopis attained Nanda's son, Lord Krsna, the perfect Supreme
Personality of Godhead, as their lover. Who can describe the austerities they
must have performed?

Text 12

nagendra-kanya yah sarvas


caitra-mase manohare balabhadram harim praptah
krsna-tire tu tah subhah
nagendra-kanya - the daughters of the Naga king; yah - who; sarvah - all; caitra-
mase - in ther month of Caiutra; manohare - beautuful; balabhadram - Balarama;
harim - Lord Hari; praptah - attained; krsna-tire - on the Yamuna's shore; tu -
indeed; tah - they; subhah - beautiful.

During the beautiful month of Caitra (March-April), by the Yamuna's shore, the
beautiful gopis that had been the daughters of the Naga-king attained the
Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Balarama, as their lover.

Text 13

idam maya te kathitam


gopinam caritam subham sarva-papa-haram punyam
kim bhuyah srotum icchasi
idam - this; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; gopinam - of the gs;
caritam - activities; subham - beautiful; sarva-papa - all sins; haramremoving;
punyam - sacred; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; srotum - to hear; icchasi - do you
wish.

Now I have told you the beautiful and sacred story of the gopis, a story that
removes all sins. What more do you wish to hear?

Text 14

sri-bahulasva uvaca

yamunayas ca pancangam
dattam durvasasa mune gopibhyo yena govindah
praptas tad bruhi mam prabho

sri-bahulasva uvaca - Sri Bahulasva said; yamunayas - of the Yamuna; ca - and;


pancangam - pangangam worship; dattam - given; durvasasa - by Durvasa; mune -
O sage; gopibhyah - to the gs; yena - by which; govindah - Lord Krsna; praptah -
attained; tat - that; bruhi - please tell; mam - to me; prabhah - O lord.
Sri Bahulasva said: O sage, please describe to me the pancanga method of
worshiping the Yamuna that Durvasa gave to the gopis and that they followed to
attain Lord Krsna.

Text 15

sri-narada uvaca

atraivodaharantimam
itihasam puratanam yasya sravana-matrena
papa-hanih para bhavet

sri-narada uvaca - Sri Narada said; atra - here; eva - indeed; udaharanti -
describing; imam - this; itihasam - story; puratanam - ancient; yasya - of whom;
sravana-matrena - simply by hearing; papa - sins; hanih - destorying; para - great;
bhavet - is.

Sri Narada said: Simply by hearing this ancient story one becomes free of all
sins.

Texts 16 and 17

ayodhyadhipatih sriman
mandhata raja-sattamah mrgayam vicaran praptah
saubharer asramam subham

vrndavane sthitam saksat


krsna-tire manohare natva jamataram raja
saubharim praha manadah

ayodhya - of Ayodhya; adhipatih - trhe king; sriman - glorious; mandhata -


Mandhata; raja-sattamah - the best of kings; mrgayam - in hunting; vicaran -
going; praptah - attained; saubhareh - of Saubhari Muni; asramam - the asrama;
subham - auspicious; vrndavane - in Vrndavana; sthitam - situated; saksat -
directlky; krsna-tire - by ther Yamuna's shore; manohare - beautiful; natva -
bowing down; jamataram - to his son-in-law; raja - the king; saubharim - to
saubhari; praha - said; manadah - respectful.
As glorious Mandhata, the king of Ayodhya, was hunting, he wandered into
Saubhari Muni's auspicious asrama, which was in beautiful Vrndavana forest by
the Yamuna's shore. Bowing down before his son-in-law, the respectful king spoke
to Saurabhi.

Text 18

sri-mandhatovaca

bhagavan sarva-vit saksat


tvam paravara-vittamah lokanam tamaso 'ndhanam
divya-surya ivaparah

sri-mandhatovaca - Sri Mandhata said; bhagavan - O lord; sarva-vit - knowing


everything; saksat - directly; tvam - you; paravara-vittamah - the best of the all-
knowing; lokanam - of the worlds; tamasah - of the darkness; andhanam -
darkened; divya-surya - a splendid sun; iva - like; aparah - another.

Sri Mandhata said: O Lord, O best of the all-knowing, You are like a second sun
that lights up the darkness of the worlds.

Text 19

iha loke bhaved rajyam


sarva-siddhi-samanvitam amutra krsna-sarupyam
yena syat tad vadasu me

iha - in this; loke - world; bhavet - may be; rajyam - a kinbgdom; sarva-siddhi-
samanvitam - with all perfections; amutra - in the next world; krsna - of Lord
Krsna; sarupyam - with a form like His; yena - by which; syat - may be; tat - that;
vada - please tell; asu - at once; me - to me.

Please tell me how in this life I may attain a great kingdom and in the next life a
spiritual form like that of Lord Krsna.
Text 20

sri-saubharir uvaca

yamunayas ca pancangam
vadisyami tavagratah sarva-siddhi-karam sasvat
krsna-sarupya-karakam

sri-saubharir uvaca - Sri Saubhari said; yamunayas - of the Yamuna; ca - and;


pancangam - pancangam; vadisyami - I will speak; tava agratah - to you; sarva-
siddhi-karam - grantiung all perfection; sasvat - always; krsna-sarupya-karakam -
granting a spiritual form like Lord Krsna's.

Sri Saubhari said: I will describe to you the pancanga method of worshiping the
Yamuna. This worship brings all perfection. It gives one a spiritual form like that of
Lord Krsna.

Text 21

yavat surya udeti sma


yavac ca pratitisthati tavad rajya-pradam catra
sri-krsna-vasa-karakam

yavat - as long as; suryah - the sun; udeti - rises; sma - indeed; yavac - as long as;
ca - and; pratitisthati - stays; tavat - so long; rajya - kingdom; pradam - gives; ca -
and; atra - here; sri-krsna - Sri Krsna; vasa - under control; karakam - doing.

This worship brings one a kingdom that lasts for as long as the sun rises and
shines in the sky. This worship makes Lord Krsna into one's submissive servant.

Text 22

kavacam ca stavam namnam


sahasram patalam tatha paddhatim surya-vamsendra
pancangani vidur budhah
kavacam - armor; ca - and; stavam - prayer; namnam - of names; sahasram - a
thousand; patalam - patala; tatha - so; paddhatim - paddhati; surya-vamsendra -
O king of the Surya dynasty; pancangani - the five parts; viduh - know; budhah -
the wise.

The wise know that the five parts of pancanga worship are: 1. kavaca, 2. stava,
3. sahasra-nama, 4. patala, and 5. paddhati.
Sri Garga-samhita

Canto Four, Volume Two

Chapter Sixteen

Sri Yamuna-kavaca The sri Yamuna Armor

Text 1

sri-mandhatovaca

yamunayah krsna-rajnyah
kavacam sarvato 'malam dehi mahyam maha-bhaga
dharayisyamy aham sada

sri-mandhata uvaca - sri Mandhata sdaid; yamunayah - of the Yamuna; krsna-


rajnyah - Lord Krsna's queen; kavacam - the armor; sarvatah - everywhere;
amalam - pure; dehi - please give; mahyam - to me; maha-bhaga - O fortunate
one; dharayisyamy - will keep; aham - I; sada - always.

sri Mandhata said: O fortunate one, please give to me the supremely splendid
kavaca of sri Yamuna, Lord Krsna's queen. I will always keep in very carefully.

Text 2

sri-saurabhir uvaca

yamunayas ca kavacam
sarva-raksakaram nrnam catus-padartha-dam saksac
chrnu rajan maha-mate
sri-saurabhir uvaca - sri Saurabhi said; yamunayas - of the Yamuna; ca - and;
kavacam - kavaca; sarva- raksakaram - protecting from all; nrnam - of people;
catus-padartha-dam - granting the four goals opf life; saksac - directly; srnu -
please hear; rajan - O king;{.fn 2} maha-mate - noble-hearted.

sri saurabhi said: O noble-hearted king, please hear the Yamuna-kavaca, which
protects one from all dangers and brings to one the four goals of life.

Text 3

krsnam catur-bhujam syamam


pundarika-daleksanam ratha-stham sundarim dhyatva
dharayet kavacam tatah
krsnam - dark; catur-bhujam - four arms; syamam - dark; pundarika-daleksanam
- with lotus petal eyes;{.fn 2} ratha-stham - seated on a chariot; sundarim -
beautiful;{.fn 2} dhyatva - meditsting; dharayet - should meditate; kavacam -
kavaca; tatah - then.

One should meditate on dark, four-armed, beautiful, lotus- petal-eyed Yamuna,


who is seated on a chariot. Then one should meditate on the Yamuna-kavaca.

Text 4

snatah purva-mukho mauni


krta-sandhyah kusasane kusair baddha-sikho viprah
pathed vai svastikasanah

snatah - bathed; purva-mukhah - facing east; mauni - silent; krta-sandhyah -


having offered sandhya prayers; kusasane - on a kusa seat; kusaih - with kusa;
baddha - bound; sikhah - hair; viprah - a brahmana; pathet - should recite; vai -
indeed; svastikasanah - sitting in svasita-asana.

A brahmana should bathe, face the east, refrain from conversation, offer the
sandhya prayers, sit in the svastika- asana posture on a kusa mat, tie his hair with
kusa grass, and recite the following words.

Text 5
yamuna me sirah patu
krsna netra-dvayam sada syama bhru-bhagga-desam ca
nasikam naka-vasini

yamuna - Yamuna; me - my; sirah - head; patu - may protect; krsna - Krsna;
netra-dvayam - two eyes; sada - always; syama - syama; bhru-bhagga- desam -
eyebrtows; ca - and; nasikam - nose; naka- vasini - she who lives in heaven.

May Yamuna always protect my head. May Krsna always protect my eyes. May
syama always protect my eyebrows. May Nakavasini always protect my nose.

Text 6

kapolau patu me saksat


paramananda-rupini krsna-vamamsa-sambhuta
patu karna-dvayam mama

kapolau - cheeks; patu - may protect; me - my; saksat - directly; paramananda-


rupini - she who has a form of bliss; krsna-vamamsa - from Lord Krsna's left
shoulder;{.fn 2} sambhuta - born; patu - may protect; karna- dvayam - ears; mama
- my

May Paramananda-rupini always protect my cheeks. May Krsna- vamamsa-


sambhuta always protect my ears.

Text 7

adharau patu kalindi


cibukam surya-kanyaka yama-svasa kandharam ca
hrdayam me maha-nadi

adharau - lips; patu - may protect; kalindi - Kalindi; cibukam - chin; surya-
kanyaka - the daughter of the sun-god; yama-svasa - the sister of Yamaraja;
kandharam - neck; ca - and; hrdayam - chest; me - my; maha-nadi - the great
river.
May Kalindi always protect my lips. May Surya-kanyaka always protect my chin.
May Yama-svasa always protect my neck. May Maha- nadi always protect my
chest.

Text 8

krsna-priya patu prsthim


tatini me bhuja-dvayam sroni-tatam ca su-sroni
katim me caru-darsana

krsna-priya - Lord Krsna's beloved; patu - may protect;{.fn 2} prsthim - back;


tatini - sides; me - my; bhuja- dvayam - arms; sroni-tatam - thighs; ca - and; su-
sroni - beautiful-thighed; katim - hips; me - my; caru-darsana - beautiful to see.

May Krsna-priya always protect my back. May Tatini always protect my arms.
May Susroni always protect my loins. May Caru- darsana always protect my hips.

Text 9

uru-dvayam tu rambhorur
januni tv agghri-bhedini
gulphau rasesvari patu
padau papa-praharini

uru-dvayam - thighs; tu - indeed; rambhoruh - banana- tree thighs; januni -


knees; tv - indeed; agghri- bhedini - dividing the feet; gulphau - ankles; rasesvari -
queen of the rasa dance; patu - may protect; padau - feet; papa-praharini -
removing sins.

May Rambhoru always protect my thighs. May Agghri-bhedini always protect


my knees. May Rasesvari always protect my ankles. May Papa-praharini always
protect my feet.

Text 10

antar bahir adhas cordhvam


disasu vidisasu ca samantat patu jagatah
paripurnatama-priya

antah - within; bahih - without; adhas - below; ca - and; urdhvam - above; disasu
- in the four directions; vidisasu - in the four intermediate directions; ca - and;
samantat - everywhere; patumay protect; jagatah - from the universe;
paripurnatama-priya - the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

May Paripurnatama-priya always protect me from everything that is inside,


outside, above, below, in the eight directions, and in the entire universe.

Text 11

idam sri-yamunayas ca
kavacam paramadbhutam dasa-varam pathed bhaktya
nirdhano dhanavan bhavet

idam - this; sri-yamunayas - of sri Yamuna; ca - and; kavacam - the armor;


paramadbhutam - supremely wonderful; dasa-varam - ten times; pathet - may
recite; bhaktya - with devotion; nirdhanah - pauper;{.fn 2} dhanavan - wealthy;
bhavet - becomes.

A pauper who ten times recites with devotion this very wonderful Yamuna-
kavaca becomes wealthy.

Text 12

tribhir masaih pathed dhiman


brahmacari mitasanah sarva-rajyadhipatyam ca
prapyate natra samsayah

tribhih - for three; masaih - months; pathet - recites; dhiman - wise; brahmacari
- celibzate;{.fn 2} mitasanah - eating frugally; sarva-rajyadhipatyam - a great
kingdom; ca - and; prapyate - attains; na - not;{.fn 2} atra - here; samsayah -
doubt.

A wise brahmacari who eats little and for three months recites this kavaca
attains a great kingdom. Of this there is no doubt.
Text 13

dasottara-satam nityam
tri-masavadhi bhaktitah yah pathet prayato bhutva
tasya kim kim na jayate

dasottara-satam - 110; nityam - regularly; tri- masavadhi - for three months;


bhaktitah - with devotion; yah - one who; pathet - recites; prayatah - mostly;
bhutva - b3ecoming; tasya - of him; kim - what?; kim - what?; na - not; jayate - is
born.

What is not attained by a person who within three months chants this kavaca
110 times with devotion?

Text 14

yah pathet pratar utthaya


sarva-tirtha-phalam labhet ante vrajet param dhama
golokam yogi-durlabham

yah - who; pathet - recites; pratah - early in the morning; utthaya - rising; sarva-
tirtha-phalam - the result of all pilgrimages; labhet - attains; ante - at the end;
vrajet - goes; param - to the supreme; dhama - abode; golokam - Goloka; yogi-
durlabham - which even the great yogis cannot attain.

A person who rises early and recites this kavaca attains the result of all
pilgrimages. At the end of his life he goes to sri Goloka, the supreme abode, which
even the great yogis cannot attain. .pa

Chapter Seventeen

sri Yamuna-stava Prayers to sri Yamuna

Text 1

sri-mandhatovaca
yamunayah stavam divyam
sarva-siddhi-karam param saubhare muni-sardula
vada ma krpaya tvaram

sri-mandhata uaca - sri Mandhata said; yamunayah - of the Yamuna; stavam -


prayer; divyam - splendid; sarva- siddhi-karam - granting all perfections; param -
great; saubhare - O Saubhari; muni-sardula - tigerof the sages; vada - please tell;
ma - to me; krpaya - kindly; tvaram - at once.

sri Mandhata said: O Saubhari, O tiger among sages, please kindly tell me the
transcendental Yamuna-stava, which brings all perfection.

Text 2

sri-saubharir uvaca

martanda-kanyakayas tu
stavam srnu maha-mate sarva-siddhi-karam bhumau
catur-vargya-phala-pradam

sri-saubharir uvaca - sri saubhari said; martanda- kanyakayah - of the Yamuna;


tu - indeed; stavam - the prayer; srnu - please hear; maha-mate - O noble-hearted
one; sarva-siddhi-karam - granting all perfections; bhumau - on the earth; catur-
vargya-phala-pradam - granting the four goals of life.

sri Saubhari said: O noble-hearted one, please hear the Yamuna-stava, which
grants all perfection and brings the four goals of life.

Text 3

krsna-vamamsa-bhutayai
krsnayai satatam namah namah sri-krsna-rupinyai
krsne tubhyam namo namah
krsna-vamamsa-bhutayai - born from Lord Krsna's left shoulder; krsnayai - to the
Yamuna; satatam - always;{.fn 2} namah - obeisances; namah - obeisances; sri-
krsna- rupinyai - who has a form like sri Krsna; krsne - O Yamuna;{.fn 2} tubhyam -
to you; namah - obeisances; namah - obeisances.

Obeisances to sri Yamuna, who was bron from sri Krsna's left shoulder!
Obeisances to sri Yamuna, who has a spiritual form like that of Lord Krsna! O sri
Yamuna, obeisances to you! Obeisances to you!

Text 4

yah papa-pagkambu-kalagka-kutsitah
kami kudhih satsu kalim karoti hi vrndavanam dhama dadati tasmai
nadan-milindadi-kalinda-nandini

yah - one who; papa - of sin; pagkambu - with the mud; kalagka-kutsitah -
defiled; kami - lusty; kudhih - foolish; satsu - with the devotees; kalim - quarrel;
karoti - does; hi - indeed; vrndavanam - Vrndavana; dhama - abode; dadati - does;
tasmai - to him; nadat - humming; milinda - bees; adi - beginning with; kalinda-
nandini - the Yamuna.

To a person that is lusty, foolish, polluted with many sins, and fond of quarreling
with the devotees, sri Yamuna, who is filled with many buzzing bees, gives
residence in the transcendental abode of Goloka.

Text 5

krsne saksat krsna-rupa tvam eva


vegavarte vartase matsya-rupi urmav urmau kurma-rupi sada te
bindau bindau bhati govinda-devah

krsne - O Yamuna; saksat - directky; krsna-rupa - the form of Lord Krsna; tvam -
you; eva - indeed; vegavarte - swift currents; vartase - you are; matsya- rupi - in
the form of Lord Matsya; urmau - in the waves; urmau - in the waves; kurma-rupi
- in the form of Lord Kurma; sada - always; te - of you; bindau - in drop; bindau -
after drop; bhati - shines; govinda-devah - Lord Krsna.
O Yamuna, you have a spiritual form like that of sri Krsna. In your whirlpools
Lord Matsya appears. In your waves Lord Kurma appears. In each drop of your
water, Lord Krsna is splendidly manifest.

Text 6

vande lilavatim tvam sa-ghana-ghana-nibham krsna-vamamsa-bhutam


vegam vai vairajakhyam sakala-jala-cayam khandayantim balat svat chittva
brahmanda-bharat sura-nagara-nagan ganda-sailadi-durgan
bhittva bhu-khanda-madhye tata-nidhrtavatir bhumi-malam prayantim

vande - I offer obeisances; lilavatim - playful; tvam - to you; sa-ghana-ghana-


nibham - splendid as monsoon clouds; krsna-vamamsa-bhutam - born from Lord
Krsna's left shoulder; vegam - swift; vai - indeed; vairajakhyam - named Viraja;
sakala-jala-cayam - filled with all waters; khandayantim - breaking; balat - forcibly;
svat - own; chittva - breaking; brahmanda-bharat - the universes; sura-nagara - of
the cities of the demigods;{.fn 2} nagan - the Nagas; ganda-saila - of mountains;
adi - beginning with; durgan - fortresses; bhittva - breaking; bhu-khanda-madhye -
in the midts of the earth; tata-nidhrtavatih - with graceful sides; bhumi- malam -
the garland of the earth; prayantim - going.

I offer my respectful obeisances unto you, who are playful, who are dark as a
monsoon cloud, who were born from Lord Krsna's left shoulder, who move
swiftly, who are also named Viraja, who carry all waters, who break the coverings
of the universe, who break great mountains and fortresses, who flow through the
earth, who have beautiful shores, and who are a garland decorating the earth.

Text 7

divyam kau namadheyam srutam atha yamune dandayaty adri-tulyam


papa-vyuham tv akhandam vasatu mama giram mandale tu ksanam tat dandyams
cakarya-dandyan sakrd api vacasa khanditam yad grhitam
bhratur martanda-sunor atati puri drdhas te pracandeti dandah

divyam - divine; kau - on the earth; namadheyam - name; srutam - heard; atha -
then; yamune - O Yamuna; dandayaty - punishes; adri - mountain; tulyam - equal;
papa-vyuham - sins; tv - indeed; akhandam - unbroken; vasatu - may reside;{.fn 2}
mama - of me; giram - of the words; mandale - in the circle; tu - that; ksanam -
momwent; tat - that;{.fn 2} dandyams - to be punished; ca - and; akarya-dandyan
- to be punished; sakrt - friend; api - even; vacasa - with words; khanditam -
broken; yat - what; grhitam - taken; bhratuh - of the brother; martanda- sunoh -
of the son of the sun; atati - goes; puri - in the city; drdhah - firm; te - of you;
pracanda - powerful; iti - -thus; dandah - fearsome.

O Yamuna, when it is heard on this earth, your holy name desrtoys a great
mountain of sin. When your name is spoken it again destroys a great host of sins.
May your holy name stay in the circle of my words. In the city of your brother,
Yamaraja, who is the son of the sun-god, you are known by the name Pracanda.

Text 8

rajjur va visayandha-kupa-tarane papakhu-darvi-kari


veny-usnik ca viraja-murti-siraso malasti va sundari dhanyam bhagyam atah
param bhuvi nrnam yatradi-krd vallabha
goloke 'py ati-durlabhati-subhaga bhaty advitiya nadi

rajjuh - a rope; va - or; visaya - of the senses;{.fn 2} andha - blind; kupa - well;
tarane - delivering; papa - of sin; akhu - the mouse; darvikari - snake; veni - braids;
usnikthe meter usnik; ca - and; viraja - of the universe; murti - of the form; sirasah
- of the head; mala - grland; asti - is; va - or; sundari - beautiful; dhanyam - wealth;
bhagyam - good fortune; atah - then; param - after; bhuvi - in the earth; nrnam -
of the people; yatra - where; adi - first; krt - doing; vallabha - dear; goloke - in
Goloka; api - even; ati-durlabha - very rare; ati- subhaga - very glorious; bhaty -
shines; advitiya - without a rival; nadi - river.

sri Yamuna is a rope to pull one out of the blind well of sense gratification. sri
Yamuna is a snake to eat the rat of sin. sri Yamuna is a beautiful crown of flowers
on the usnik poems that are the hair on the head of the Lord's universal form. sri
Yamuna gives wealth and good fortune to the people of this world. Even is
Goloka, sri Yamuna is dear, rare, glorious, and without any rival.

Text 9

gopi-go-kula-gopa-keli-kalite kalindi krsna-prabhe


tvat-kule jala-lola-gola-vicalat-kallola-kolahalah tvat-kantara-kutuhalali-kula-krj-
jhagkara-kekakulah
kujat-kokila-sagkulo vraja-latalagkara-bhrt patu mam

gopi - of the gopis; go-kula - cows; gopa - and gopas; keli-kalite - pastimes;
kalindi - Yamuna; krsna-prabhe - in the glory of sri Krsna; tvat - of you; kule - on
the shore; jala - waters; lola- gola - restless; vicalat - moving; kallola - waves;
kolahalah - turbulence; tvat-kantara - in the forest by your shores; kutuhala -
tumult; ali-kula - bees; krt - done; jhagkara - buzzing; keka - peacocks' cries;{.fn 2}
akulah - filled; kujat - cooing; kokila - cuckoos; sagkulah - filled; vraja - of Vraja;
lata - the vines;{.fn 2} alagkara-bhrt - decorated; patu - may protect; mam - me.

O Yamuna, O place where the gopis, gopas, and cows enjoy pastimes, O glory of
Lord Krsna, by your shores is a great tumult of swiftly moving waves, by your
shores is a great forest filled with the buzzing of bees and the calls of the
peacocks, by your shores is a host of cooing cuckoos. May sri Yamuna, who is
decorated with the flowering vines of Vraja, protect me.

Text 10

bhavanti jihvas tanu-roma-tulya


giro yada bhu-sikata ivasu tad apy alam yanti na te gunantam
santo mahantah kila sesa-tulya

bhavanti - are; jihvah - tongues; tanu-roma- tulya - like the hairs on the body;
girah - words; yada - when; bhu-sikata - sandy shores; iva - like; asu - at once; tat -
that; apy - also; alam - greatly; yanti - goes; na - not; te - of you;{.fn 2} gunantam -
the virtues; santah - saintly devotees; mahantah - great souls; kila - indeed; sesa-
tulya - equal to Lord sesa.

Even if they have as many tongues as there are hairs on their bodies or grains of
sand on the beach, or even if they are as powerful as Lord sesa, the most exalted
devotees still cannot properly descibe all your virtues.

Text 11

kalinda-giri-nandini-stava usasy ayam vaparah


srutas ca yadi pathito bhuvi tanoti san-maggalam jano 'pi yadi dharayet kila
pathec ca yo nityasah
sa yati paramam padam nija-nikunja-lilavrtam

kalinda-giri-nandini - the daughter of Mount Kalinda; stava - prayers; usasi - at


sunrise; ayam - one who; va - or; aparah - another; srutas - heard; ca - and;{.fn 2}
yadi - if; pathitah - recited; bhuvi - on the earth;{.fn 2} tanoti - gives; san-
maggalam - auspiciousness; janah - a person; api - even; yadi - if; dharayet -
meditates; kila - indeed; pathec - recites;{.fn 2} ca - and; yah - who; nityasah -
regularly; sa - he; yati - goes; paramam - to the supreme; padam - abode; nija-
nikunja - your own forest; lila - with pastimes; avrtam - filled.

A person who at sunrise hears or recites these prayers glorifying sri Yamuna
attains transcendental auspiciousness. A person who regularly hears and
remembers these prayers attains the supreme transcendental abode, where the
Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoys pastimes in the forests by the Yamuna's
shore. .pa

Chapter Eighteen

Patala-paddhati-varnana The Names and Worship of sri Yamuna

Text 1

sri-mandhatovaca

krsnayah patalam punyam


kamadam paddhatim tatha vada mam muni-sardula
tvam saksaj jnana-sevadhih

sri-mandhata uvaca - sri Mandhata said; krsnayah - of the Yamuna; patalam -


the patala; punyam - sacred; kamadam - fulfilling desires; paddhatim - the
paddhati; tatha - so; vada - please tell; mam - to me; muni- sardula - O tiger
among sages; tvam - you; saksat - directly; jnana-sevadhih - filled with knowledge.
sri Mandhata said: O tiger among sages, you are filled with transcendental
knowledge. Please describe to me the Yamuna-patala and the Yamuna-paddhati,
which fulfill all desires.

Text 2

sri-saubharir uvaca

patalam paddhatim vaksye


yamunaya maha-mate krtva srutvatha japtva va
jivan-mukto bhaven narah

sri-saubharir uvaca - sri Saubhari said; patalam - patala; paddhatim - paddhati;


vaksye - I will speak; yamunaya - of the Yamuna; maha-mate - O noble- hearted
one; krtva - having done; srutva - having heard;, atha - then; japtva - having
chanted; va - or; jivat - while alive in this world; muktah - liberated; bhaven - may
be; narah - a person.

sri Saubhari said: I will now describe to you the Yamuna- patala and the
Yamuna-paddhati. One who performs them, hears them, or chants them becomes
liberated even in this life.

Text 3

pranavam purvam uddhrtya


maya-bijam tatah param rama-bijam tatah krtva
kama-bijam vidhanatah

pranavam - Om; purvam - first; uddhrtya - reciting;{.fn 2} maya-bijam - the


maya-bija; tatah - then; param - then; rama-bijam - the Rama-bija syllable; tatah -
then; krtva - doing; kama-bijam - the Kama-bija syllable; vidhanatah - accordingly.

First one says Om, then the Maya-bija, then the Rama-bija, and then the Kama-
bija.

Text 4
kalinditi caturthy ante
devi-padam atah param namah pascat samvidharya
japen mantram imam narah

kalindi - Kalindi; iti - thus; caturthy - in the dative case; ante - at the end; devi-
padam - the word devi;{.fn 2} atah param - then; namah - namah; pascat - then;
samvidharya - placing; japen - chanting; mantram - mantram; imam - this; narah -
a person.

Then one takes the word Kalindi, places the word devi after it, places these
words in the dative case, and then adds the word namah. This is the mantra that
one chants.

Note: The mantra then becomes, "Om hrim srim klim kalindyai devyai namah".

Text 5

japtvaikadasa laksani
mantra-siddhir bhaved bhuvi janaih prarthyas ca ye kamah
sarve prapyah svatas ca te

japtva - chanting; ekadasa laksani - eleven syllables;{.fn 2} mantra-siddhih -


perfect mantra; bhavet - is; bhuvi - on the earth; janaih - by people; prarthyah -
requested;{.fn 2} ca - and; ye - which; kamah - desires; sarve - all; prapyah - to be
attained; svatah - spontaneously; ca - and; te - they.

They who chant this eleven-syllable mantra attain perfection. They attain all
their desires.

Text 6

vidhaya sodasa-dalam
padmam simhasane subhe karnikayam ca kalindim
nyasec chri-krsna-samyutam
vidhaya - placing; sodasa-dalam - sixteen petal; padmam - lotus; simhasane - on
a throne; subhe - beautiful; karnikayam - in the whorl of a lotus; ca - and; kalindim
- Yamuna; nyasec - places; chri- krsna-samyutam - with sri Krsna.
In a sacred circle one should draw a sixteen-petal lotus flower. In the whorl of
the lotus one should write the words sri Krsna and Kalindi.

Texts 7 and 8

jahnavim virajam krsnam


candrabhagam sarasvatim gomatim kausikim venim
sindhum godavarim tatha

veda-smrtim vetravatim
satadrum sarayum tatha pujayen manava-srestha
rsi-kulyam kakudminim prthak prthak tad-dalesu
namoccarya vidhanatah

jahnavim-Jahnavi; virajam - Viraja; krsnam - Krsna; candrabhagam -


Candrabhaga; sarasvatim - Sarasvati; gomatim - Gomati; kausikim - Kausiki; venim
- Veni; sindhum - Sindhu; godavarim - Godavari; tatha - then; veda-smrtim - Veda-
smrti; vetravatim - Vetravati; satadrum - Satadrum;{.fn 2} sarayum - Sarayu; tatha
- then; pujayen - should worship; manava-srestha - best of men; rsi-kulyamRsi-
kulya; kakudminim - Kakudmini; prthak prthak - specifically; tad-dalesu - on the
leaves; nama - names; uccarya - writing; vidhanatah - in order.

On the petals one should write the names Jahnavi, Viraja, Krsna, Candrabhaga,
Sarasvati, Gomati, Kausiki, Veni, Sindhu, Godavari, Vedasmrti, Vetravati, satadru,
Sarayu, Rsi-kulya, and Kakudmini. Then an exalted person should worship the
lotus flower.

Text 9

vrndavanam govardhanam
vrndam ca tulasim tatha catur-diksu vidhayasu
pujayen namabhih prthak

vrndavanam - Vrndavana; govardhanam - Govardhana; vrndam - Vrnda; ca -


and; tulasim - Tulasi; tatha - then; catur-diksu - in the four directions vidhaya -
placing; asu - at once; pujayen - should worship; namabhih - with names; prthak -
specific.

Then one should write the names Vrndavana, Govardhana, Vrnda, and Tulasi in
the four directions. Then one should worship the lotus with these names.

Text 10

om namo bhagavatyai kalinda-nandinyai surya-kanyakayai yama- bhaginyai sri-


krsna-priyayai yuthi-bhutayai svaha, anena mantrenavahanadi-sodasopacaran
samahita upaharet.

om - Om; namah - obeisances; bhagavatyai - to the goddess; kalinda-nandinyai -


the daughter of Mount Kalinda; surya-kanyakayai - the daughter of the sun; yama-
bhaginyai - the sister of Yamaraja; sri-krsna- priyayai - the beloved of Krsna; yuthi-
bhutayai - who has become a gopi; svaha, - Svaha; anena - by this; mantrena -
mantra; avahanadi - taking; sodasopacaran - sixteen objects of worship; samahita
- careful; upaharet - should worship.

Then one should chant the mantra, "om namo bhagavatyai kalinda-nandinyai
surya-kanyakayai yama-bhaginyai sri-krsna-priyayai yuthi-bhutayai svaha
(Obeisances to goddess Yamuna, the daughter of Mount Kalinda, the daughter of
the sun- god, the sister of Yamaraja, the gopi-beloved of sri Krsna)." Then, offering
sixteen articles one should carefully offer worship.

Texts 11 and 12

ity evam patalam viddhi


tubhyam vaksyami paddhatim yavat sampurnatam yati
purascaranam eva hi

tavad bhaved brahmacari


japen mauna-vrati dvijah yava-bhoji bhumi-sayi
patra-bhug jita-manasah
ity - thus; evam - thus; patalam - patala; viddhi - know; tubhyam - to you;
vaksyami - I will speak; paddhatim - the paddahti; yavat - as; sampurnatam -
completion; yati - attains; purascaranam - preparatory ritual; eva - indeed; hi -
indeed; tavat - so; bhavet - is; brahmacari - brahmacari; japen - should chant;
mauna- vrati - silent; dvijah - brahmana; yava-bhoji - eating barley; bhumi-sayi -
taking rest on the ground; patra- bhug - eating leaves; jita-manasah - controlling
the mind.

Please know that what I have just spoken is the patala. Now I will speak to you
the paddhati. After the purascarana is completed one should live as a brahmacari
brahmana, keeping a vow of silence, eating leaves and barley, sleeping on the
ground, controlling one's mind, and chanting mantras.

Text 13

kamam krodham tatha lobham


moham dvesam visrjya sah bhaktya paramaya rajan
vartamanas tu desakah

kamam - lust; krodham - anger; tatha - so; lobham - greed; moham - ilussion;
dvesam - hatred; visrjya - abandoning; sah - he; bhaktya - with devotion;{.fn 2}
paramaya - great; rajan - O king; vartamanah - staying; tu - indeed; desakah -
devotee.

O king, one should free oneself from lust, anger, bewilderment, and hatred, and
with great devotion one should chant mantras.

Text 14

brahme muhurta utthaya


dhyatva devim kalindajam arunodaya-velayam
nadyam snanam samacaret

brahme muhurta - at brahma-muhurta; utthaya - rising;{.fn 2} dhyatva -


meditating; devim - on the goddess; kalindajam - Yamuna; arunodaya-velayam -
at sunrise; nadyam - in the river; snanam - bathing; samacaret - should perform.
During brahma-muhurta one should meditate on goddess Yamuna and at
sunrise one should bathe in the Yamuna.

Text 15

madhyahne capi sandhyayam


sandhya-vandana-tat-parah samapte niyame rajan
kalindi-tiram asthitah

madhyahne - at midday; capi - and; sandhyayam - at sunset; sandhya-vandana-


tat-parah - offering obeisances;{.fn 2} samapte - completed; niyame - restriction;
rajan - O king; kalindi-tiram - on the Yamuna's shore; asthitah - situated.

At midday and sunset one should again offer obeisances to the Yamuna. O king,
when this vow of worshiping the Yamuna is completed, one should stand at the
Yamuna's shore.

Text 16

dasa-laksam brahmananam
sa-putranam mahatmanam pujayitva gandha-puspair
dattva tebhyo su-bhojanam

dasa-laksam - a million; brahmananam - brahmanas; sa-putranam - with their


sons; mahatmanam - great souls; pujayitva - worshiping; gandha - fragrant;
puspaih - with flowers; dattva - giving; tebhyah - to them; su- bhojanam - delicious
food.

Then one should worship one million exalted brahmana along with their sons.
One should offer them fragrant flowers and delicious foods.

Text 17

vastra-bhusana-sauvarna-
patrani prasphuranti ca daksinas ca subha dadyat
tatah siddhir bhavet khalu
vastra - garments; bhusana - ornaments; sauvarna - golden; patrani - dishes;
prasphuranti - manifest; ca - and; daksinas - daksina;{.fn 2} ca - and; subha -
auspicious; dadyat - should offer;{.fn 2} tatah - then; siddhih - perfect; bhavet - is;
khalu - indeed.

Then one should offer them garments, ornaments, and golden cups. In this way
one should offer them daksina. Then one's observance of this vow is properly
completed.

Text 18

iti te paddhatih prokta


maya rajan maha-mate kuru tvam niyamam sarvam
kim bhuyah srotum icchasi

iti - thus; te - to you; paddhatih - paddhati; prokta - spoken; maya - by me; rajan
- O king; maha- mate - noble-hearted; kuru - please do; tvam - you; niyamam -
vow; sarvam - all; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; srotum - to hear; icchasido you
wish.

O noble-hearted king, in this way I have described to you the Yamuna-paddhati.


Please follow this vow in all respects. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Nineteen

sri Yamuna-sahasra-nama-kathana A Thousand Names of sri Yamuna

Text 1

sri-mandhatovaca

namnam sahasram krsnayah


sarva-siddhi-karam param vada mam muni-sardula
tvam sarvajno niramayah
sri-mandhata uvaca - sri Mandhata said; namnam - of names; sahasram -
thousand; krsnayah - of the Yamuna;{.fn 2} sarva-siddhi-karam - granting all
perfection; param - great; vada - please tell; mam - to me; muni- sardula - O tiger
among the sages; tvam - you; sarvaj{.sy 241}ah - all-knowing; niramayah - free
from illusion.

sri Mandhata said: O tiger among the sages, you know everything. You are never
bewildered. Please tell me the thousand names of sri Yamuna, names that bring
all perfection.

Text 2

sri-saubharir uvaca

namnam sahasram kalindya


mandhatas te vadamy aham sarva-siddhi-karam divyam
sri-krsna-vasa-karakam

sri-saubharir uvaca - sri Saubhari said; namnam - of names; sahasram -


thousand; kalindya - of sri Yamuna;{.fn 2} mandhatah - O Mandhata; te - to you;
vadamy - speak;{.fn 2} aham - I; sarva-siddhi-karam - granting all perfection;{.fn 2}
divyam - transcendental; sri-krsna-vasa-karakam - making Lord Krsna into one's
submissive servant.

sri Saubhari said: O King Mandhata, now I will tell you the thousand
transcendental names of sri Yamuna, names that bring all perfection, names that
make Lord Krsna into one's submissive servant.

Text 3 a

om asya sri-kalindi-sahasra-nama-stotra-mantrasya saubhari- rsih sri-yamuna


devatah anusthup-chandah maya-bijam iti kilakam rama-bijam iti saktih sri-
kalinda-nandini-prasada-siddhy-arthe jape viniyogah.

om - Om; asya - of this; sri-kalindi-sahasra-nama- stotra-mantrasya - sri Yamuna-


sahastra-nama mantra; saubhari- rsih - the sage is Saubhari; sri-yamuna - sri
Yamuna; devatah - is the deity; anusthup-chandah - anustup is the meter; maya-
bijam - the maya-bija; iti - thus; kilakam - kilaka; rama-bijam - rama-bija; iti - thus;
sakhih - sakti; sri-kalinda-nandini-prasada-siddhy-arthe - to attain the mercy of sri
Yamuna; viniyogah - engaged.

Om. Here follows the sri Yamuna-sahasra-nama-mantra. The seer is sri Saubhari
Muni. The deity is sri Yamuna. The meter is anustup. The kilaka is maya-bija. The
sakti is rama-bija. The purpose is to attain sri Yamuna's mercy.

Text 3 b

atha dhyanam

syamam ambhoja-netram sa-ghana-ghana-rucim ratna-manjira- kujat-


kanci-keyura-yuktam kanaka-mani-maye bibhratim kundale dve bhrajac-chri-nila-
vastra-sphurad-amala-calad-dhara-bharam manojnam
dhyayen martanda-putrim tanu-kirana-cayoddipta-dipabhiramam

iti dhyanam.

atha - now; dhyanam - meditation; syamam - dark; ambhoja-netram - lotus


eyed; sa-ghana-ghana-rucim - splendid as a hose of dark clouds; ratna-manjira -
with tinkling anklets; kujat - tinkling; kanci - belt; keyura - armlets; yuktam - with;
kanaka - gold; mani - and jewels; maye - made of; bibhratim - wearing;{.fn 2}
kundale - earrings; dve - two; bhrajat - wearing; sri - beautiful; nila - blue; vastra -
garemnts; sphurat - splendid; amala - pure; calat - moving; hara - bharam -
necklaces; manojnam - beautiful; dhyayet - should meditate; martanda - of the
sun-god; putrim - the daughter; tanu-kirana-caya - filled with light;{.fn 2} uddipta -
blazing; dipa - lamp; abhiramam - beautiful; iti - thus; dhyanam - the meditation.

The meditation:

One should meditate on the sun-god's beautiful lotus-eyed daughter, sri


Yamuna, who is splendid as a host of dark clouds and glorious as a blazing lamp,
and who wears jewel anklets, tinkling bracelets and belt, earrings of gold and
jewels, splendidly beautiful blue garments, and splendid necklaces that move to
and fro.
Thus ends the meditation.
Text 4

om. kalindi… yamuna krsna


krsnarupa sanatani krsna-vamamsa-sambhuta
paramananda-rupini

Om. sri Yamuna (Yamuna) is the daughter of Mount Kalinda (kalindi). She is dark
(krsna), has a dark form (krsnarupa), is eternal (sanatani), was born from Lord
Krsna's left shoulder (krsna-vamamsa-sambhuta), has a form of transcendental
bliss (paramananda-rupini), . . .

Text 5

goloka-vasini syama
vrndavana-vinodini radha-sakhi rasa-lila
rasa-mandala-mandani

. . . resides in Goloka (goloka-vasini), is dark (syama), enjoys pastimes in


Vrndavana (vrndavana-vinodini), is Radha's friend (radha-sakhi), dances in the
rasa-lila (rasa-lila), is an ornament in the rasa-dance circle (rasa-mandala-
mandani), . . .

Text 6

nikunja-vasini valli
ragga-valli manohara sri-rasa-mandali-bhuta
yuthi-bhuta hari-priya

. . . stays in the forest groves (nikunja-vasini), is graceful as a flowering vine (valli


and ragga-valli), is beautiful (manohara), stays in the rasa-dance circle (sri-rasa-
mandali-bhuta), is a gopi (yuthi-bhuta), is Lord Krsna's beloved (hari-priya), . . .

Text 7

goloka-tatini divya
nikunja-tala-vasini dirghormi-vega-gambhira
puspa-pallava-vahini

. . . stays in Goloka (goloka-tatini), is glorious (divya), stays in the forest (nikunja-


tala-vasini), is long (dirgha), filled with great waves and currents (urmi-vega-
gambhira), and decorated with flowers and leaves (puspa-pallava- vahini), . . .

Text 8

ghana-syama megha-mala
balaka padma-malini
paripurnatama purna
purna-brahma-priya para

. . . is dark as a cloud (ghana-syama), is dark as a garland of clouds (megha-mala),


is the home of many cranes (balaka), is garlanded with many lotus flowers
(padma-malini), is the most perfect (paripurnatama), is perfect (purna), is the
perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead's beloved (purna-brahma-priya), is
transcendental (para), . . .

Text 9

maha-vegavati saksan-
nikunja-dvara-nirgata maha-nadi manda-gatir
viraja-vega-bhedini

. . . is very powerful (maha-vegavati), stands at the entrance to Vrndavana forest


(saksan-nikunja-dvara-nirgata), is a great river (maha-nadi), is gentle (manda-
gatir), eclipses the Viraja river (viraja-vega-bhedini), . . .

Text 10

aneka-brahmanda-gata
brahma-drava-samakula gagga-misra nirmalabha
nirmala saritam vara
. . . is present in many universes (aneka-brahmanda-gata), is filled with spiritual
water (brahma-drava-samakula), joins with the Gagga (gagga-misra), is pure
(nirmalabha and nirmala), is the best of rivers (saritam vara), . . .

Text 11

ratna-baddhobhaya-tati
hamsa-padmadi-sagkula nadi nirmala-paniya
sarva-brahmanda-pavani

. . . has jewel shores (ratna-baddhobhaya-tati), is filled with swans, lotuses, and


many other beautiful birds and flowers (hamsa-padmadi-sagkula), is a flowing
river (nadi), has pure and sacred water (nirmala-paniya), purifies all the universes
(sarva- brahmanda-pavani), . . .

Text 12

vaikuntha-parikhi-bhuta
parikha papa-harini brahmaloka-gata brahmi
svarga svarga-nivasini

. . . is a moat surrounding the spiritual world (vaikuntha-parikhi-bhuta and


parikha), removes sins (papa-harini), stays in the spiritual world (brahmaloka-
gata, brahmi, svarga, and svarga- nivasini), . . .

Text 13

ullasanti protpatanti
meru-mala mahojjvala sri-gaggambhah-sikharini
ganda-saila-vibhedini

. . . is splendid and playful (ullasanti), is filled with great waves (protpatanti), is


glorious as a garland of Mount Merus (meru-mala), is very glorious (mahojjvala),
is more sacred than the Gagga (sri-gaggambhah-sikharini), flows with such force
that she breaks great boulders (ganda-saila-vibhedini), . . .

Text 14
desan punanti gacchanti
vahanti bhumi-madhya-ga martanda-tanuja punya
kalinda-giri-nandini

. . . purifies the lands where she flows (desan punanti), flows swiftly (gacchanti
and vahanti), flows on the earth (bhumi- madhya-ga), is the sun-god's daughter
(martanda-tanuja), is sacred (punya), is Mount Kalinda's daughter (kalinda-giri-
nandini), . . .

Text 15

yama-svasa manda-hasa
su-dvija racitambara nilambara padma-mukhi
caranti caru-darsana

. . . is Yamaraja's sister (yama-svasa), smiles gently (manda- hasa), has beautiful


teeth (su-dvija), wears beautiful garments (racitambara), wears blue garments
(nilambara), has a lotus face (padma-mukhi), walks gracefully (caranti), is
beautiful to see (caru-darsana), . . .

Text 16

rambhoruh padma-nayana
madhavi pramadottama tapas-caranti su-sroni
kujan-nupura-mekhala

. . . has thighs graceful as banana trees (rambhoru), has lotus eyes (padma-
nayana), is Lord Krsna's beloved (madhavi), is the best of beautiful women
(pramadottama), is austere (tapas- caranti), has beautiful hips (su-sroni), wears
tinkling anklets and belt (kujan-nupura-mekhala), . . .

Text 17

jala-sthita syamalaggi khandavabha viharini gandi-vibhasini vanya


sri-krsnam varam icchati
. . . stays in the water (jala-sthita), has dark limbs (syamalaggi), is sweet as
khandava-candy (khandavabha), is playful (viharini), spoke to Arjuna (gandivi-
bhasini), is filled with sacred water (vanya), desires Lord Krsna as her husband (sri-
krsnam varam icchati), . . .

Text 18

dvarakagamana rajni
pattarajni paraggata maha-rajni ratna-bhusa
gomati tira-carini

. . . stays in Dvaraka (dvarakagamana), is Lord Krsna's queen (rajni, pattarajni, and


maha-rajni), attained the Supreme Personality of Godhead as her husband
(paraggata), wears jewel ornaments (ratna-bhusa), is glorious (gomati), is a great
river (tira-carini), . . .

Text 19

svakiya ca sukha svartha


sva-bhakta-karya-sadhini navalaggabala mugdha
varagga vama-locana

. . . is Lord Krsna's wife (svakiya), is happy (sukha), has attained her desires
(svartha), fulfills the desires of they who worship her (sva-bhakta-karya-sadhini),
has a youthful form (navalagga), is a beautiful girl (abala, mugdha, and varagga),
has beautiful eyes (vama-locana), . . .

Text 20

ajata-yauvana dina
prabha-kantir dyutis cchavih su-sobha parama kirtih
kusalajnata-yauvana

. . . is eternally young (ajata-yauvana), is humble (dina), is glorious (prabha-kanti,


dyuti, cchavi, and su-sobha), is transcendental (parama), is famous (kirti), is
beautiful and auspicious (kusala), is a girl whose eternal youth cannot be
understood by conditioned souls (ajnata-yauvana), . . .

Text 21

navodha madhyaga madhya


praudhih praudha pragalbhaka dhiradhira dhairya-dhara
jyestha srestha kulaggana

. . . is a new bride (navodha), is sometimes proud and sometimes gentle


(madhyaga and madhya), is sometimes proud (praudhih, praudha, and
pragalbhaka), is sometimes peaceful and thoughtful (dhira and dhairya-dhara), is
sometimes wildly passionate (adhira), is the most exalted (jyestha and srestha), is
saintly (kulaggana), . . .

Text 22

ksana-prabha cancalarca
vidyut saudamini tadit svadhina-patika laksmih
pusta svadhina-bhartrka

. . . is splendid as a lightning flash (ksana-prabha, ca{.sy 241}calarca, vidyut,


saudamini, and tadit), dominates her husband (svadhina-patika and svadhina-
bhartrka), is beautiful (laksmih), is glorious (pusta), . . .

Text 23

kalahantarita bhirur
iccha-protkanthitakula kasipu-stha divya-sayya
govinda-hrta-manasa

. . . sometimes quarrels with Krsna and refuses to see Him (kalahantarita), is shy
(bhiru), yearns to see Krsna (iccha, protkanthita, and akula), reclines on a splendid
pillow (kasipu- stha and divya-sayya), is a girl whose heart has been captured by
Lord Govinda (govinda-hrta-manasa), . . .
Text 24

khanditakhanda-sobhadhya
vipralabdhabhisarika viraharta virahini
nari prosita-bhartrka

. . . is sometimes separated from Krsna (khandita, vipralabdha, viraharta, virahini,


and prosita-bhartrka), is very beautiful (akhanda-sobhadhya), meets Krsna again
(abhisarika), is Krsna's beloved (nari), . . .

Text 25

manini manada prajna


mandara-vana-vasini jhagkarini jhanat-kari
ranan-manjira-nupura

. . . is glorious (manini), gives all honor to others (manada), is intelligent (prajna),


lives in a mandara forest (mandara-vana-vasini), wears tinkling ornaments
(jhagkarini and jhanat-kari), wears tinkling anklets (ranan-manjira- nupura), . . .

Text 26

mekhalamekhala kanci
kancani kancanamayi kancuki kancuka-manih
srikanthadhya maha-manih

. . . wears a sash (mekhala and kanci), sometimes does not wear a sash
(amekhala), has a golden complexion (ka{.sy 241}cani and kancanamayi), wears a
beautiful bodice (kancuki), wears a jewel bodice (kancuka-mani), has a beautiful
neck (srikanthadhya), is splendid as a great jewel (maha-mani), . . .

Text 27

sri-harini padma-hara
mukta mukta-phalarcita ratna-kagkana-keyura
sphurad-agguli-bhusana
. . . wears a beautiful necklace (sri-harini), wears a lotus garland (padma-hara), is
splendid as a pearl (mukta), wears a pearl necklace (mukta-phalarcita), wears
jewel bracelets and armlets (ratna-kagkana-keyura), wears beautiful rings on her
fingers (sphurad-agguli-bhusana), . . .

Text 28

darpana darpani-bhuta
dusta-darpa-vinasini kambu-griva kambu-dhara
graiveyaka-virajita

. . . is proud (darpana and darpani-bhuta), destroys the demons' pride (dusta-


darpa-vinasini), has a neck graceful as a conchshell (kambu-griva), wears
conchshell ornaments (kambu-dhara), wears a splendid locket (graiveyaka-
virajita), . . .

Text 29

tatagkini danta-dhara
hema-kundala-mandita sikha-bhusa bhalapuspa
nasa-mauktika-sobhita

. . . wears beautiful earrings (tatagkini), has beautiful teeth (danta-dhara), wears


golden earrings (hema-kundala-mandita), wears an ornament in her hair (sikha-
bhusa), is decorated with a bhalapuspa (bhalapuspa), is beautiful with a nose-
pearl (nasa- mauktika-sobhita), . . .

Text 30

mani-bhumi-gata devi
raivatadri-viharini vrndavana-gata vrnda
vrndaranya-nivasini

. . . resides in a realm made of jewels (mani-bhumi-gata), is a goddess (devi),


enjoys pastimes on Mount Raivata (raivatadri- viharini), stays in Vrndavana forest
(vrndavana-gata and vrndaranya-nivasini), is the leader of many gopis (vrnda), . .
Text 31

vrndavana-lata madhvi
vrndaranya-vibhusana saundarya-lahari laksmir
mathura-tirtha-vasini

. . . stays among the flowering vines in Vrndavana forest (vrndavana-lata), is


sweet and charming (madhvi), is decorated with the forest ornaments of
Vrndavana (vrndaranya-vibhusana), is splashed by waves of beauty (saundarya-
lahari), is glorious (laksmi), stays in the holy place of Mathura (mathura-tirtha-
vasini), . . .

Text 32

visranta-vasini kamya
ramya gokula-vasini ramana-sthala-sobhadhya
mahavana-maha-nadi

. . . stays at Visranta-tirtha (visranta-vasini), is beautiful (kamya and ramya), stays


in Gokula (gokula-vasini), is very beautiful as she stays in Ramana-sthala (ramana-
sthala- sobhadhya), is a great river flowing through Mahavana (mahavana- maha-
nadi), . . .

Text 33

pranata pronnata pusta


bharati bharatarcita tirtha-raja-gatir gotra
gagga-sagara-saggama

. . . is meek and humble (pranata), is exalted (pronnata and pusta), is eloquent


(bharati and bharatarcita), stays at the king of holy places (tirtha-raja-gatir), was
born in the most exalted family (gotra), flows to the place where the Gagga meets
the ocean (gagga-sagara-saggama), . . .

Text 34
saptabdhi-bhedini lola
sapta-dvipa-gata balat luthanti sailan bhidyanti
sphuranti vegavattara

. . . flows into the seven seas (saptabdhi-bhedini), is restless and fickle (lola),
forcibly touches the seven continents (sapta- dvipa-gata balat), rolls about in the
ground in ecstasy (luthanti), breaks the greatest mountains (sailan bhidyanti), is
glorious (sphuranti), is the most powerful and swift (vegavattara), . . .

Text 35

kancani kancani-bhumih
kancani-bhumi-bhavita loka-drstir loka-lila
lokalokacalarcita

. . . has a golden complexion (kancani), resides in a realm of gold (kancani-bhumih


and kancani-bhumi- bhavita), is now visible in this world (loka-drstir), enjoys
pastimes in this world (loka-lila), is worshiped on Mount Lokaloka
(lokalokacalarcita), . . .

Text 36

sailodgata svarga-gata
svargarca svarga-pujita vrndavani vanadhyaksa
raksa kaksa tati-pati

. . . resides on a mountaintop (sailodgata), resides in the spiritual world (svarga-


gata), is worshiped in the spiritual world (svargarca and svarga-pujita), resides in
Vrndavana (vrndavani), is the goddess of Vrndavana (vanadhyaksa), is the great
protector (raksa), wears a beautiful sash (kaksa), wears beautiful garments (tati-
pati), . . .

Text 37

asi-kunda-gata kaccha
svcacchandocchalitadi-ja kuhara-stha ratha-prastha
prastha santataratura

. . . stays at Asi-kunda (asi-kunda-gata), wears a beautiful sash (kaccha), is


independent (svcacchanda), is exalted (ucchalita), was present at the beginning of
creation (adi-ja), flows even in the lower realms (kuhara-stha), travels on an
chariot (ratha-prastha), travels widely (prastha), is most peaceful (santatara),
yearns to attain Krsna (atura), . . .

Text 38

ambu-cchata sikarabha
dardura darduri-dhara papagkusa papa-simhi
papa-druma-kutharini

. . . is filled with water (ambu-cchata and sikarabha), nourishes a host of towns


and villages (dardura and darduri- dhara), is a hook to chase sins away
(papagkusa), is a lion to chase sins away (papa-simhi), is an ax to cut down the
tree of sins (papa-druma-kutharini), . . .

Text 39

punya-saggha punya-kirtih
punya-da punya-vardhini madhor-vana-nadi mukhya-
tula talavana-sthita

. . . is pure and sacred (punya-saggha and punya-kirtih), brings sanctity and


purification (punya-da and punya-vardhini), flows through Madhuvana (madhor-
vana-nadi), is great (mukhya), is peerless (atula), flows through Talavana
(talavana-sthita), . . .

Text 40

kumudvana-nadi kubja
kumudambhoja-vardhini plava-rupa vegavati
simha-sarpadi-vahini
. . . flows through Kumudvana (kumudvana-nadi), flows in a winding course
(kubja), nourishes many lotuses and water lilies (kumudambhoja-vardhini), is
filled with water (plava-rupa), flows swiftly (vegavati), nourishes lions, snakes, and
many other wild animals (simha-sarpadi-vahini), . . .

Text 41

bahula bahuda bahvi


bahula vana-vandita radha-kunda-kalaradhya
krsna-kunda-jalasrita

. . . appears in many forms (bahuli and bahula), is generous (bahuda), is great


(bahvi), is worshiped by all forests (vana- vandita), worships Radha-kunda (radha-
kunda-kalaradhya), takes shelter of syama-kunda (krsna-kunda-jalasrita), . . .

Text 42

lalita-kunda-ga ghanta
visakha-kunda-mandita
govinda-kunda-nilaya
gopa-kunda-taraggini

. . . stays at Lalita-kunda (lalita-kunda-ga), flows with a sound like the tinkling of


bells (ghanta), is decorated with Visakha-kunda (visakha-kunda-mandita), is the
home of Govinda- kunda (govinda-kunda-nilaya), is the home of Gopa-kunda
(gopa- kunda-taraggini), . . .

Text 43

sri-gagga manasi gagga


kusumambara-bhavini govardhini go-dhanadhya
mayuri vara-varnini

. . . is also known as sri Gagga (sri-gagga), is known as manasa-gagga (manasi


gagga), is decorated with flower-garments (kusumambara-bhavini), flows by
Govardhana Hill (govardhini), nourishes the cows (go-dhanadhya), nourishes
many peacocks (mayuri), is glorious (vara-varnini), . . .
Text 44

sarasi nila-kanthabha
kujat-kokila-potaki giriraja-prasur bhurir
atapatratapatrini

. . . has many lakes (sarasi), has a complexion like Lord siva's (nila-kanthabha), is
filled with warbling baby cuckoos (kujat- kokila-potaki), is the daughter of the king
of mountains (giriraja-prasu), is great (bhuri), is a great parasol (atapatra), holds a
parasol (atapatrini), . . .

Text 45

govardhanagka go-danti
divyausadhi-nidhih srtih paradi paradamayi
naradi saradi bhrtih

. . . carries the mark of Govardhana Hill (govardhanagka), nourishes the cows (go-
danti), has a great treasury of spendid transcendental plants (divyausadhi-nidhi),
flows gracefully (srti), brings one to the farther shore of the ocean of repeated
birth and death (paradi and paradamayi), delivers the living entities (naradi), is
splendid in the autumn (saradi), is decorated with splendid ornaments (bhrti), . . .

Text 46

sri-krsna-caranagka-stha
kama kamavanancita kamatavi nandini ca
nanda-grama-mahi-dhara

. . . bears the footprints of Lord Krsna (sri-krsna-caranagka- stha), is beautiful


(kama), flows by Kamavana (kamavana{.sy 241}cita and kamatavi), is blissful
(nandini), flows by Nandisvara Hill (nanda-grama-mahi-dhara), . . .

Text 47

brhat-sanu-dyutih prota
nandisvara-samanvita kakali kokilamayi
bhandira-kusa-kausala

. . . is a great mountain-peak of glory (brhat-sanu-dyutih- prota), flows by


Nandisvara Hill (nandisvara-samanvita), is filled with the warbling of birds (kakali),
is filled with cuckoos (kokilamayi), brings happiness to the grass of Bhandiravana
(bhandira-kusa-kausala), . . .

Text 48

lohargala-prada kara
kasmira-vasanavrta barhisadi sonapuri
suraksetra-puradhika

. . . is filled with dark waves (lohargala-prada), is active (kara), is filled with the
fragrance of kunkuma (kasmira- vasanavrta), flows by Barhisadi-pura (barhisadi),
flows by sonapura (sonapuri), flows by suraksetra (suraksetra-pura), is exalted
(adhika), . . .

Text 49

nanabharana-sobhadhya
nana-varna-samanvita nana-nari-kadambadhya
nana-ragga-mahiruha

. . . is splendid with many ornaments (nanabharana-sobhadhya), assumes many


different features (nana-varna-samanvita), is glorified by the women of Vraja
(nana-nari-kadambadhya), has shores decorated with many trees (nana-ragga-
mahiruha), . . .

Text 50

nana-loka-gatabhyarcir
nana-jala-samanvita stri-ratnam ranta-nilaya
lalana-ratna-rajini
. . . gives shelter to the people (nana-loka-gata), is glorious (abhyarci), is filled
with water (nana-jala-samanvita), is the jewel of women (stri-ratna), is the home
of many jewels (ranta-nilaya), is splendid with many jewellike women (lalana-
ratna- rajini), . . .

Text 51

raggini ragga-bhumadhya
ragga ragga-mahiruha raja-vidya raja-guhya
jagat-kirtir ghanaghana

. . . provides a place for Lord Krsna's rasa-dance (raggini, ragga-bhumadhya,


ragga, and ragga-mahiruha), knows the king of knowledge (raja-vidya), knows the
great secret of all knowledge (raja-guhya), is glorified throughout the universes
(jagat- kirti), is dark as a monsoon cloud (ghana), is filled with water (aghana), . . .

Text 52

vilola-ghanta krsnagga
krsna-deha-samudbhava nila-pagkaja-varnabha
nila-pagkaja-harini

. . . is decorated with tinkling bells (vilola-ghanta), stays by Lord Krsna's side


(krsnagga), was born from Lord Krsna's body (krsna-deha-samudbhava), ia dark as
a blue lotus (nila-pagkaja- varnabha), is decorated with blue lotuses (nila-pagkaja-
harini), . . .

Text 53

nilabha nila-padmadhya
nilambhoruha-vasini nagavalli nagapuri
nagavalli-dalarcita

. . . has a dark complexion (nilabha), is splendid with blue lotuses (nila-


padmadhya), is the home of many blue lotuses (nilambhoruha-vasini), nourishes
many betelnut plants (nagavalli), became the home of the Kaliya serpent
(nagapuri), is worshiped with betelnut leaves (nagavalli-dalarcita), . . .
Text 54

tambula-carcita carca
makaranda-manohara sa-kesara kesarini
kesa-pasabhisobhita

. . . chews betelnuts (tambula-carcita), is anointed with fragrances (carca), is


sweet as honey (makaranda-manohara), has beautiful hair (sa-kesara, kesarini,
and kesa-pasabhisobhita), . . .

Text 55

kajjalabha kajjalakta
kajjali kalitanjana alakta-carana tamra
lala tamri-krtambara

. . . wears black mascara (kajjalabha, kajjalakta, kajjali, and kalitanjana), decorates


her feet with red lac (alakta- carana), has a dark complexion (tamra), is
affectionate (lala), wears dark garments (tamri-krtambara), . . .

Text 56

sinduritalipta-vani
susrih srikhanda-mandita patira-pagka-vasana
jata-mamsi srag-ambara

. . . marks her hair with red sindura (sinduritalipta-vani), is beautiful (susri), is


anointed with sandal paste (srikhanda- mandita and patira-pagka-vasana), has
beautiful hair (jata- mamsi), wears splendid garlands and garments (srag-ambara),
...

Text 57

agary aguru-gandhakta
tagarasrita-maruta sugandhi-taila-rucira
kuntalalih su-kuntala

. . . is glorious as the moon (agari), is fragrant with aguru (aguru-gandhakta), is


the home of breezes bearing the scent of tagara (tagarasrita-maruta), is fragrant
with scented oil (sugandhi-taila-rucira), has beautiful hair (kuntalali and su-
kuntala), . . .

Text 58

sakuntalapamsula ca
pativratya-parayana surya-prabha surya-kanya
surya-deha-samudbhava

. . . is the home of many birds (sakuntala), is devoted and faithful to Lord Krsna
(apamsula and pativratya-parayana), is glorious like the son (surya-prabha), is the
sun-god's daughter (surya-kanya), was born from the sun-god (surya-deha-
samudbhava), . . .

Text 59

koti-surya-pratikasa
suryaja surya-nandini samjna samjna-suta sveccha
samjna moda-pradayini

. . . is glorious as millions of suns (koti-surya-pratikasa), is the sun-god's daughter


(suryaja and surya-nandini), is transcendental knowledge personified (samjna), is
Samjna's daughter (samjna-suta), is independent (sveccha), is above the realm of
mere knowledge (asamj{.sy 241}a), brings happiness to others (moda-
pradayini), . . .

Text 60

samjna-putri sphurac-cchaya
tapati tapa-karini savarnyanubhava devi
vadava saukhya-dayini
. . . is Samjna's daughter (samjna-putri), is glorious (sphurac-cchaya), is austere
(tapati and tapa-karini), is like sri Krsna (savarnyanubhava), is a goddess (devi), is a
brahmani (vadava), gives happiness (saukhya-dayini), . . .

Text 61

sanaiscaranuja kila
candra-vamsa-vivardhini candra-vamsa-vadhus candra
candravali-sahayini

. . . is the younger sister of sanaiscara (sanaiscaranuja), is glorious (kila), increases


the glory of the moon-god's dynasty (candra-vamsa-vivardhini), married into the
moon-god's dynasty (candra-vamsa-vadhu), is glorious like the moon (candra), is
Candravali's friend (candravali-sahayini), . . .

Text 62

candravati candra-lekha
candrakantanugamsuka bhairavi piggalasagki
lilavaty agarimayi

. . . is glorious like the moon (candravati, candra-lekha, and candrakanta), is a


faithful follower of Lord Krsna (anuga), is dressed in splendid garments (amsuka),
can become ferocious (bhairavi), has a dark complexion (piggala), is fearless
(asagki), is playful (lilavati), is fragrant with agara (agarimayi), . . .

Text 63

dhana-srir deva-gandhari
svar-manir guna-vardhini vraja-malla bandha-kari
vicitra jaya-karini

. . . is wealthy and glorious (dhana-sri), is splendid and fragrant (deva-gandhari),


is a celestial jewel (svar-mani), is virtuous (guna-vardhini), enjoys wrestling
pastimes in Vraja (vraja-malla), binds Lord Krsna with ropes of love (bandha-kari),
is wonderful (vicitra), is victorious (jaya-karini), . . .
Text 64

gandhari manjari todi


gurjary asavari jaya karnati ragini gauri
vairati gaura-vatika

. . . sings in the raga gandhara (gandhari), sings in the raga mannjari (manjari),
sings in the raga todi (todi), sings in the raga gurjari (gurjari), sings in the raga
asavari (asavari), sings in the raga jaya (jaya), sings in the raga karnati (karnati),
sings in the raga ragini (ragini), sings in the raga gauri (gauri), sings in the raga
vairati (vairati), sings in the raga gaura-vatika (gaura-vatika), . . .

Text 65

catus-candra kala heri


tailaggi vijayavati tali tala-svara gana
kriya-matra-prakasini

. . . sings in the raga catus-candra (catus-candra), sings in the raga kala (kala) sings
in the raga heri (heri), sings in the raga tailaggi (tailaggi), sings in the raga
vijayavati (vijayavati), sings with graceful rhythms (tali and tala-svara), sings
beautifully (gana), sings expertly (kriya-matra-prakasini), . . .

Text 66

vaisakhi cancala carur


macari ghughati ghata vaihagari sorathisa
kaidari jala-dharika

. . . sings in the ragas vaisakhi (vaisakhi), cancala (cancala), caru (caru), macari
(macari), ghughati (ghughati), ghata (ghata), vaihagari (vaihagari), sorathi
(sorathi), isa (isa), kaidari (kaidari), jala-dharika (jala- dharika), . . .

Text 67

kamakara-srih kalyani
gauda-kalyana-misrita raja-sanjivini hela
mandari kama-rupini

. . . sings in the ragas kamakara-sri (kamakara-sri), kalyani (kalyani), gauda-


kalyana-misrita (gauda-kalyana-misrita), raja- sanjivini (raja-sanjivini), hela (hela),
mandari (mandari), and kama-rupini (kama-rupini), . . .

Text 68

saraggi maruti hodha


sagari kama-vadini vaibhasi maggala candri
rasa-mandala-mandana

. . . sings in the ragas saraggi (saraggi), maruti (maruti), hodha (hodha), sagari
(sagari), kama-vadini (kama-vadini), vaibhasi (vaibhasi), and maggala (maggala), is
glorious like the moon (candri), is an ornament for the rasa-dance circle (rasa-
mandala-mandana), . . .

Text 69

kama-dhenuh kama-lata
kamada kamaniyaka kalpa-vrksa-sthali sthula
sudha-saudha-nivasini

. . . is like a Kamadhenu cow (kama-dhenu), is like a desire- vine (kama-lata),


fulfills all desires (kamada), is beautiful (kamaniyaka), is the home of many desire
trees (kalpa-vrksa- sthali), is great (sthula), is the home of many nectar palaces
(sudha-saudha-nivasini), . . .

Text 70

goloka-vasini subhrur
yasti-bhrd dvara-palika srggara-prakara srgga
svaccha sayyopakarika

. . . resides in Goloka (goloka-vasini), has beautiful eyebrows (subhru), carries a


staff (yasti-bhrd), protects the gateway (dvara-palika), decorates Lord Krsna
(srggara-prakara), is exalted (srgga), is pure (svaccha), decorates the Lord's bed
(sayyopakarika), . . .

Text 71

parsada su-sakhi-sevya
sri-vrndavana-palika nikunja-bhrt kunja-punja
gunjabharana-bhusita

. . . is the Lord's companion (parsada), is served by many gopi friends (su-sakhi-


sevya), protects sri Vrndavana (sri-vrndavana- palika), protects the forest of
Vrndavana (nikunja-bhrt), flows through many forests (kunja-punja), is decorated
with gunja (gunjabharana-bhusita), . . .

Text 72

nikunja-vasini prosya
govardhana-tati-bhava visakha lalita rama
niruja madhu-madhavi

. . . resides in the forest (nikunja-vasini), is sometimes separated from Lord Krsna


because He has gone to a foreign country (prosya), flows near Govardhana Hill
(govardhana- tati-bhava), is dear to Visakha (visakha), is dear to Lalita (lalita), is a
goddess (rama), never becomes ill (niruja), enjoys pastimes with Lord Krsna in the
springtime (madhu-madhavi), . . .

Text 73

eka naika-sakhi… sukla


sakhi-madhya maha-manah sruti-rupa rsi-rupa
maithilah kausalah striyah

. . . is without equal (eka), has many friends (naika-sakhi), is splendid (sukla), is


surrounded by many friends (sakhi-madhya), has a noble heart (maha-manah), is
like the personified Vedas (sruti-rupa), is like a sage (rsi-rupa), is like the girls of
Mithila (maithilah), is like the girls of Kausala (kausalah striyah), . . .
Text 74

ayodhya-pura-vasinyo
yajna-sitah pulindakah rama-vaikuntha-vasinyah
svetadvipa-sakhi-janah

. . . is like the girls of Ayodhya (ayodhya-pura-vasinyah), is like the Yajna-sitas


(yajna-sitah), is like the Pulindas (pulindakah), is like the girls of Rama-vaikuntha
(rama- vaikuntha-vasinyah), is like the girls of svetadvipa (svetadvipa- sakhi-
janah), . . .

Text 75

urdhva-vaikuntha-vasinyo
divyajita-padasritah sri-lokacala-vasinyah
sri-sakhyah sagarodbhavah

. . . is like the girls of Urdhva-vaikuntha (urdhva-vaikuntha- vasinyah), is like the


girls of Divyajita (divyajita-padasritah), is like the girls of Lokaloka (sri-lokacala-
vasinyah), is like the friends of the goddess of fortune (sri-sakhyah), is like the girls
born from the ocean of milk (sagarodbhavah), . . .

Text 76

divya adivya divyagga


vyaptas tri-guna-vrttayah bhumi-gopyo deva-naryo
lata ausadhi-virudhah

. . . is like the divya-gopis (divya), is like the adivya-gopis (adivya), is like the girls
of Svargaloka (divyagga), is like the girls that stay in many places at once (vyapta),
is like the tri- guna-vrtti-gopis (tri-guna-vrttayah), is like the bhumi-gopis (bhumi-
gopyah), is like the demigoddesses (deva-naryah), is like the flowering vines that
became gopis (latah), is like the plants that became gopis (ausadhi-virudhah), . . .

Text 77
jalandharyah sindhu-sutah
prthu-barhismati-bhavah divyambara apsarasah
sautala naga-kanyakah

. . . is like the Jalandharis (jalandharyah), is like the daughters of the ocean


(sindhu-sutah), is like the prthu- barhismati girls that became gopis (prthu-
barhismati-bhavah), is like the divyambara gopis (divyambara), is like the apsaras
that became gopis (apsarasah), is like the girls of Sutalaloka that became gopis
sautalah), is like the snake-girls that became gopis (naga-kanyakah), . . .

Text 78

param dhama param brahma


paurusa prakrtih para tata-stha guna-bhur gita
gunagunamayi guna

. . . is the beloved of He who is the Supreme Abode (param dhama), is the


beloved of He who is the Supreme Brahman (param brahma), is the beloved of
the Supreme Person (paurusa), is the transcendental potency of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead (prakrtih para and tata-stha), is virtuous (guna-bhu), is
glorified in song (gita), has virtues that are beyond the touch of the three modes
of material nature (gunagunamayi), is virtuous (guna), . . .

Text 79

cid-ghana sad-asan-mala
drstir drsya gunakari mahat-tattvam ahagkaro
mano buddhih pracetana

. . . is spiritual (cid-ghana), is the beloved of He who stands at the beginning of


the string of causes and effects (sad-asan- mala), has transcendental vision (drsti),
is beautiful (drsya), is virtuous (gunakari), is the beloved of He who is the origin of
the mahat-tattva (mahat-tattvam), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the
false-ego (ahagkaro), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the mind (manah),
is the beloved of He who is the origin of the intelligence (buddhi and
pracetana), . . .
Text 80

ceto vrttih svantaratma


caturthi catur-aksara catur-vyuha catur-murtir
vyoma-vayur ado jalam

. . . is the beloved of He who is the origin of the mind (cetah), is the beloved of He
who is the origin of action (vrtti), is the beloved of He who is the Supersoul in
everyone's heart (svantaratma), is the beloved of He who stands beyond
wakefulness, dream, and dreamless sleep (caturthi), is the beloved of He who is
designated by the sacred syllable Om (catur- aksara), is the beloved of He who
expands as Vasudeva, Sagkarsana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha (catur-vyuha and
catur- murti), is the beloved of he who stays in the spiritual sky (vyoma-vayu), is
the beloved of He who stays is the ocean at the bottom of the material universe
(ado jalam), . . .

Text 81

mahi sabdo raso gandhah


sparso rupam anekadha karmendriyam karmamayi
jnanam jnanendriyam dvidha

. . . is the beloved of He who is the origin of the earth (mahi), is the beloved of He
who is the origin of sound (sabda), is the beloved of He who is the origin of taste
(rasa), is the beloved of He who is the origin of smell (gandha), is the beloved of
He who is the origin of touch (sparsa), is the beloved of He who is the origin of
form (rupam), is the beloved of He who appears in many forms (anekadha), is the
beloved of He who is the origin of the working senses (karmendriyam), is the
beloved of He who is the origin of action (karmamayi), is the beloved of He who is
the origin of knowledge (jnanam), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the
knowledge-acquiring senses (j{.sy 241}anendriyam), is the beloved of He who
appears in two features (dvidha), . . .

Text 82

tridhadhibhuta-madhyatmam
adhidaivam adhisthitam jnana-saktih kriya-saktih
sarva-devadhidevata

. . .is the beloved of He who appears in three features (tridha), is the beloved of
He who appears as the adhibhautika- purusa (ahibhutam), is the beloved of He
who appears as the adhyatma-purusa (adhyatmam), is the beloved of He who
appears as the adhidaiva-purusa (adhidaivam), is the beloved of He who is the
original creator (adhisthitam), is the beloved of He who is the master of
knowledge (jnana-sakti), is the beloved of He who is the master of pious deeds
(kriya-sakti), is the beloved of He who is the master of all the demigods (sarva-
devadhidevata), . . .

Text 83

tattva-saggha virag-murtir
dharana dharanamayi srutih smrtir veda-murtih
samhita garga-samhita

. . . is the beloved of He who is the supreme truth (tattva- saggha), is the beloved
of He who is the universal form (virag- murti), is the beloved of He who is the
supreme object of meditation (dharana and dharanamayi), is the beloved of He
who is the object of the sruti-sastra (sruti), is the beloved of He who is the object
of the Smrti-sastra (smrti), is the beloved of He who is the Vedas personified
(veda-murti), is the beloved of He who who is glorified by the samhitas (samhita),
is the beloved of He who is glorified by the Garga-samhita (garga-samhita), . . .

Text 84

parasari saiva srstih


parahamsi vidhatrka yajnavalki bhagavati
srimad-bhagavatarcita

. . . is the beloved of He who appeared as Parasara's son (parasari), is the beloved


of He who is the original creator (srsti and vidhatrka), is the beloved of He who is
the original paramahamsa (parahamsi), is the beloved of He who is worshiped by
Yajnavalkya (yajnavalki), is the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
(bhagavati), is the beloved of He who is worshiped in srimad-Bhagavatam
(srimad-bhagavatarcita), . . .
Text 85

ramayanamayi ramya
purana-purusa-priya purana-murtih punyagga
sastra-murtir mahonnata

. . . is the beloved of He who is glorified in the Ramayana (ramayanamayi0, is the


beloved of He who is the most handsome (ramya), is the beloved of He who the
ancient Supreme Person (purana-purusa-priya and purana-murti), is pure and
sacred (punyagga), is the Vedas personified (sastra-murti), is exalted
(mahonnata), . . .

Text 86

manisa dhisana buddhir


vani dhih semusi matih gayatri veda-savitri
brahmani brahma-laksana

. . . is wise and thoughtful (manisa), is eloquent (dhisana and vani), is intelligent


(buddhi, dhih, semusi, and mati), chants the gayatri mantra (gayatri and veda-
savitri), is transcendental (brahmani and brahma-laksana), . . .

Text 87

durgarpana sati satya


parvati candikambika arya daksayani daksi
daksa-yajna-vighatini

. . . is difficutl to approach (durga), is a great devotee of Lord Krsna (arpana), is


saintly (sati and satya), is born from a mountain (parvati), is sometimes ferocious
(candika), is sometimes filled with maternal love (ambika), is noble-hearted (arya),
is expert (daksayani and daksi), is dear to she who destroyed the Daksa-yajna
(daksa-yajna- vighatini), . . .

Text 88
pulomaja sacindrani
devi deva-vararpita vayuna dharini dhanya
vayavi vayu-vega-ga

. . . is dear to Puloma Muni's daughter (pulomaja), is dear to saci (saci and


indrani), is a goddess (devi), was offered in marriage to Lord Krsna, the master of
the demigods (deva- vararpita), is the object of Vayu's meditation (vayuna
dharini), is glorious (dhanya), flows as swiftly as the wind (vayavi and vayu-vega-
ga), . . .

Text 89

yamanuja samyamani
samnja chaya sphurad-dyutih ratna-devi ratna-vrnda
tara tarani-mandala

. . . is Yamaraja's younger sister (yamanuja), sometimes visits Samyamani-pura


(samyamani), is dear to Samjna (sam{.sy 241}ja), is dear to Chaya (chaya), is
glorious (sphurad-dyuti), is splendid with many jewels (ratna-devi and ratna-
vrnda), is splendid as a star (tara), is the daughtrer of the sun-god (tarani-
mandala), . . .

Text 90

rucih santih ksama sobha


daya daksa dyutis trapa tala-tustir vibha pustih
santustih pusta-bhavana

. . . is glorious (ruci), peaceful (santi), patient (ksama), beautiful (sobha), merciful


(daya), expert (daksa), splendid (dyuti), shy (trapa), satisfied with a handful (tala-
tusti), glorious (vibha), exalted (pusti), satisfied (santusti), glorious (pusta-
bhavana), . . .

Text 91
catur-bhuja caru-netra
dvi-bhujasta-bhujabala sagkha-hasta padma-hasta
cakra-hasta gada-dhara

. . . sometimes has four arms (catur-bhuja), has beautiful eyes (caru-netra),


sometimes has two arms (dvi-bhuja), sometimes has eight arms (asta-bhuja), is
delicate (abala), holds a conchshell in her hand (sagkha-hasta), holds a lotus in her
hand (padma- hasta), holds a cakra in her hand (cakra-hasta), holds a club (gada-
dhara), . . .

Text 92

nisagga-dharini carma-
khadga-panir dhanur-dhara dhanus-tagkarani yodhi
daityodbhata-vinasini

. . . carries a quiver of arrows (nisagga-dharini), holds a sword and chield in her


hands (carma- khadga-pani), holds a bow (dhanur-dhara), shoots many arrows
with a loud sound (dhanus- tagkarani), is a great warrior (yodhi), destroys the
demonic armies (daityodbhata-vinasini), . . .

Text 93

ratha-stha garudarudha
sri-krsna-hrdaya-sthita vamsi-dhara krsna-vesa
sragvini vana-malini

. . . rides on a chariot (ratha-stha), rides on Garuda (garudarudha), stays in Lord


Krsna's heart (sri-krsna-hrdaya- sthita), is the beloved of Lord Krsna, who plays
the flute (vamsi-dhara), stays by Lord Krsna (krsna-vesa), is decorated with a
garland of flowers (sragvini), is decorated with a garland of forest flowers (vana-
malini), . . .

Text 94

kirita-dharini yana
manda-manda-gatir gatih candra-koti-pratikasa
tanvi komala-vigraha

. . . wears a crown (kirita-dharini), travels to many places (yana), walks gracefully


(manda-manda-gati and gati), is splendid as millions of moons (candra-koti-
pratikasa), is slender (tanvi), is delicate (komala-vigraha), . . .

Text 95

bhaismi bhisma-suta bhima


rukmini rukma-rupini satyabhama jambavati
satya bhadra sudaksina

. . . is dear to Rukmini (bhaismi, bhisma-suta, bhima, rukmini, and rukma-rupini),


is dear to Satyabhama (satyabhama), is dear to Jambavati (jambavati), is dear to
Satya (satya), is dear to Bhadra (bhadra), is dear to Sudaksina (sudaksina), . . .

Text 96

mitravinda sakhi-vrnda
vrndaranya-dhvajordhvaga srggara-karini srgga
srgga-bhuh srgga-da khaga

. . . is dear to Mitravinda (mitravinda), is dear to the gopis (sakhi-vrnda), is a flag


decorating Vrndavana (vrndaranya- dhvaja), is exalted (urdhvaga), is expert at
decorating Radha and Krsna (srggara-karini), is exalted (srgga, srgga-bhuh, and
srgga- da), is a goddess (khaga), . . .

Text 97

titikseksa smrtih spardha


sprha sraddha sva-nirvrtih isa trsna bhida pritir
himsa yacna klama krsih

. . . is tolerant (titiksa), had beautiful eyes (iksa), is thoughtful (smrti), competes


to attain Lord Krsna (spardha), yearns to attain Lord Krsna (sprha), trusts Lord
Krsna (sraddha), is happy (sva-nirvrti), is a goddess (isa), thirsts to attain Lord
Krsna (trsna), is sometimes separated from Lord Krsna (bhida), loves Lord Krsna
(priti), is sometimes ferocious (himsa), begs to attain Lord Krsna (yacna), is
sometimes fatigued (klama), is attracted to Lord Krsna (krsi), . . .

Text 98

asa nidra yoga-nidra


yogini yogadanuga nistha pratistha samitih
sattva-prakrtir uttama

. . . hopes to attain Lord Krsna (asa), sometimes sleeps (nidra), sleeps in a mystic
trance (yoga-nidra) is a yogini (yogini and yogadanuga), has faith in Lord Krsna
(nistha), takes shelter of Lord Krsna (pratistha), is peaceful (samiti), is situated in
transcendental goodness (sattva-prakrti), is exalted (uttama), . . .

Text 99

tamah-prakrtir durmarsi
rajah-prakrtir anatih kriyakriya krtir glanih
sattviky adhyatmiki vrsa

. . . sometimes appears to they who are in the mode of darkness (tamah-prakrti),


sometimes is ferocious (durmarsi), sometimes appears to they who are in the
mode of passion (rajah-prakrti), is humble (anati), sometimes is active (kriya),
sometimes is nactive (akriya), is saintly (krti), destroys the impious (glani),
sometimes appears to they who are in the mode of goodness (sattviki), is spiritual
(adhyatmiki), is religion personified (vrsa), . . .

Text 100

seva-sikha-manir vrddhir
ahutih piggalodbhava naga-bhasa naga-bhusa
nagari nagari naga

. . . is the crest-jewel of devotees (seva-sikha-mani), is exalted (vrddhi), calls out


to Lord Krsna in her prayers (ahuti), has a dark complexion (piggalodbhava), is a
river that speaks the language of snakes (naga-bhasa), is a river decorated with
snakes (naga-bhusa), is a graceful and beautiful gopi (nagari and nagari), is a river
with many trees on its shore (naga), . . .

Text 101

naur nauka bhava-naur bhavya


bhava-sagara-setuka manomayi darumayi
saikati sikatamayi

. . . is a boat to cross the ocean of repeated birth and death (nau, nauka, and
bhava-nau), is the proper object of meditation (bhavya), is a bridge to cross the
ocean of repeated birth and death (bhava-sagara-setuka), is thoughtful
(manomayi), is a river with many trees on its shore (darumayi), is a river with
many beaches (saikati and sikatamayi), . . .

Text 102

lekhya lepya manimayi


pratihema-vinirmita saila saila-bhava sila
sikarabha calacala

. . . is a gopi decorated with colorful designs and pictures (lekhya), is anointed


with fragrances (lepya), is decorated with jewel ornaments (manimayi), is
decorated with gold ornaments (pratihema-vinirmita), is the daughter of Mount
Kalinda (saila and saila-bhava), is virtuous (sila), is filled with spray from its
turbulent waves (sikarabha), sometimes flows swiftly (cala), sometimes is almost
motionless (acala), . . .

Text 103

asthita su-sthita tuli


vaidiki tantriki vidhih sandhya sandhyabhra-vasana
veda-sandhih sudhamayi

. . . sometimes is restless (asthita), sometimes is peaceful (su-sthita), is an expert


painter (tuli), is learned in the Vedas (vaidiki), is learned in the Tantras (tantriki), is
learned in the rules of religion (vidhi), meets Lord Krsna at a rendezvous
(sandhya), dresses for a rendezvous with Lord Krsna (sandhyabhra- vasana), is
learned in the Vedas (veda-sandhi), is sweet as nectar (sudhamayi), . . .

Text 104

sayantani sikhavedhya
suksma jiva-kalakrtih atma-bhuta bhavitanvi
prahvi kamala-karnika

. . . meets Lord Krsna in the evening (sayantani), is splendid as a burning flame


(sikha), is eternal and can never be harmed (avedhya), is transcendental (suksma),
is a jiva-kala expansion of Lord Krsna (jiva-kalakrti), is born from Lord Krsna (atma-
bhuta), is the proper object of meditation (bhavita), is transcendental (anvi), is
humble (prahvi), is beautiful as the whorl of a lotus (kamala-karnika), . . .

Text 105

nirajani maha-vidya
kandali karya-sadhani puja pratistha vipula
punanti para-laukiki

. . . offers arati to Lord Krsna (nirajani), is very learned (maha-vidya), has many
newly blossoming flowers by her shores (kandali), fulfills the devotees' desires
(karya-sadhani), is the proper object of worship (puja), is a goddess (pratistha), is
great (vipula), is sacred and purifying (punanti), brings one to the spiritual world
(para-laukiki), . . .

Text 106

sukla-saktir mauktiki ca
pratitih paramesvari virajosnig virad-v/eni
venuka venu-nadini

. . . is the Lord's spiritual potency (sukla-sakti), gives liberation (mauktiki), has


faith in Lord Krsna (pratiti), is the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
(paramesvari), is supremely pure (viraja), is glorified with prayers written in the
meter usnik (usnik), is the hair of the Lord's universal form (virad-v/eni), expertly
plays the flute (venuka and venu-nadini), . . .

Text 107

avartini vartikada
varta vrttir vimanaga rasadhya rasini rasa
rasa-mandala-vartini

. . . is a river that has many whirlpools (avartini), is a messenger (vartikada and


varta), is active in Lord Krsna's service (vrtti), travels in airplanes (vimanaga), is
expert in the rasa-dance (rasadhya, rasini, rasa, and rasa-mandala- vartini), . . .

Text 108

gopa-gopisvari gopi
gopi-gopala-vandita go-carini gopa-nadi
gopananda-pradayini

. . . is a leader of the gopas and gopis (gopa-gopisvari), is a gopi (gopi), is


worshiped by the gopas and gopis (gopi-gopala- vandita), herds the cows (go-
carini), is a river that helps the gopas (gopa-nadi) and gives happiness to the
gopas (gopananda- pradayini), . . .

Text 109

pasavyada gopa-sevya
kotiso go-ganavrta gopanuga gopavati
govinda-pada-paduka

. . . nourishes the cows (pasavyada), is served by the gopas (gopa-sevya), is a


place where millions of cows meet (kotiso go- ganavrta), is a place where many
gopas meet (gopanuga and gopavati), is a place where Lord Krsna places His feet
(govinda- pada-paduka), . . .
Text 110

vrsabhanu-suta radha
sri-krsna-vasa-karini krsna-pranadhika sasvad-
rasika rasikesvari

. . . is a friend of Vrsabhanu's daughter (vrsabhanu-suta and radha), has brought


Lord Krsna under her dominion (sri-krsna- vasa-karini), is a girl for whom Lord
Krsna is more dear than life (krsna-pranadhika), eternally enjoys nectar pastimes
with Lord Krsna (sasvad-rasika), is a queen of they who enjoy nectar pastimes
with Lord Krsna (rasikesvari), . . .

Text 111

avatoda tamraparni
krtamala vihayasi krsna veni bhimarathi
tapi reva mahapaga

. . . is a friend of the Avatoda river (avatoda), is a friend of the Tamraparni river


(tamraparni), is a friend of the Krtamala river (krtamala), is a friend of the Vihayasi
river (vihayasi), is a friend of the Krsna river (krsna), is a friend of the Veni river
(veni), is a friend of the Bhimarathi river (bhimarathi), is a friend of the Tapi river
(tapi), is a friend of the Reva river (reva), is a friend of the Mahapaga river
(mahapaga), . . .

Text 112

vaiyasaki ca kaveri
tuggabhadra sarasvati candrabhaga vetravati
rsikulya kakudmini

. . . is a friend of the Vaiyasaki river (vaiyasaki), is a friend of the Kaveri river


(kaveri), is a friend of the Tuggabhadra river (tuggabhadra), is a friend of the
Sarasvati river (sarasvati), is a friend of the Candrabhaga river (candrabhaga), is a
friend of the Vetravati river (vetravati), is a friend of the Rsikulya river (rsikulya), is
a friend of the Kakudmini river (kakudmini), . . .

Text 113

gautami kausiki sindhur


bana-gaggatisiddhida godavari ratnamala
gagga mandakini bala

. . . is a friend of the Gautami river (gautami), is a friend of the Kausiki river


(kausiki), is a friend of the Sindhu river (sindhu), is a friend of the Bana-gagga river
(bana-gagga), is a friend of the Atisiddhida river (atisiddhida), is a friend of the
Godavari river (godavari), is a friend of the Ratnamala river (ratnamala), is a friend
of the Gagga river (gagga), is a friend of the Mandakini river (mandakini), is a
friend of the Bala river (bala), . . .

Text 114

svarnadi jahnavi vela


vaisnavi maggalalaya bala visnu-padi prokta
sindhu-sagara-saggata

. . . is a friend of the Svarnadi river (svarnadi), is a friend of the Jahnavi river


(jahnavi), is a friend of the Vela river (vela), is a friend of the Vaisnavi river
(vaisnavi), is auspicious (maggalalaya), is youthful (bala), is a place where Lord
Krsna places His feet (visnu-padi), is described in the scriptures (prokta), is a
friend of the holy place Sindhu-sagara (sindhu-sagara-saggata), . . .

Text 115

gagga-sagara-sobhadhya
samudri ratnada dhuni bhagirathi svar-dhuni bhuh
sri-vamana-pada-cyuta

. . . is glorious like Gagga-sagara (gagga-sagara-sobhadhya), flows into the ocean


(samudri), is full of jewels (ratnada), is a beautiful river (dhuni), is a friend of the
Gagga (bhagirathi, svar-dhuni, bhuh, and sri-vamana-pada-cyuta), . . .

Text 116

laksmi rama ramaniya


bhargavi visnu-vallabha sitarcir janaki mata
kalagka-rahita kala
. . . is glorious (laksmi), delightful (rama), beautiful (ramaniya), is a friend of Bhrgu
Muni's daughter (bhargavi), is dear to Lord Visnu (visnu-vallabha), is a friend of
Sita (sita and janaki), is glorious as a flame (arci), is like the mother of the world
(mata), is sublimely pure (kalagka-rahita), is a kala expansion of Lord Krsna
(kala), . . .

Text 117

krsna-padabja-sambhuta
sarva tri-patha-gamini dhara visva-bharananta
bhumir dhatri ksamamayi

. . . was born from Lord Krsna's lotus feet (krsna-padabja- sambhuta), has all
glories (sarva), travels through the three worlds (tri-patha-gamini), nourishes the
worlds (dhara and visva- bhara), is limitless (ananta), flows on the earth (bhumi),
maintains the earth (dhatri), is very tolerant (ksamamayi), . . .

Text 118

sthira dharitri dharani


urvi sesa-phana-sthita ayodhya raghava-puri
kausiki raghu-vamsa-ja

. . . is steady and peaceful (sthira), maintains the earth (dharitri, dharani, and
urvi), stays under sesa's hoods (sesa- phana-sthita), stays in Ayodhya (ayodhya
and raghava-puri), is worshiped by Visvamitra (kausiki), worships Lord
Ramacandra (raghuvamsaja), . . .

Text 119

mathura mathuri pantha


yadavi dhruva-pujita mayayur bilva-niloda
gagga-dvara-vinirgata

. . . flows by Mathura (mathura and mathuri), flows in a beautiful course


(pantha), flows by the city of the Yadavas (yadavi), is worshiped by Dhruva
(dhruva-pujita), gave a long life to Mayasura (mayayuh), has waters dark as bilva
leaves (bilva-niloda), flows from Haridvara (gagga-dvara-vinirgata), . . .

Text 120

kusavarta-mayi dhrauvya
dhruva-mandala-madhya-ga kasi siva-puri sesa
vindhya varanasi siva

. . . flows by Kusavarta (kusavarta-mayi), is worshiped by Dhruva (dhrauvya),


flows through Dhruvaloka (dhruva-mandala- madhya-ga), flows by Varanasi (kasi,
siva-puri, and varanasi), is perfect (sesa), flows by the Vindhya Hills (vindhya), is
auspicious (siva), . . .

Text 121

avantika devapuri
projjvalojjayini jita dvaravati dvara-kama
kusa-bhuta kusasthali

. . . flows by Avantika-puyra (avantika), flows by Devapuri (devapuri), is splendid


(projjvala), flows by Ujjayini (ujjayini), is victorious (jita), flows by Dvaraka
(dvaravati, kusa-bhuta, and kusasthali), fulfills all desires (dvara-kama), . . .
Text 122

maha-puri sapta-puri
nandi-grama-sthala-sthita salagrama-siladitya
sambhala-grama-madhyaga

. . . flows by many great cities (maha-puri), flows by seven cities (sapta-puri),


flows by Nanda-grama (nandi-grama-sthala- sthita), is a friend of the Gandaki
river, where the salagrama- silas are manifest (salagrama-siladitya), flows by
sambhala-grama (sambhala-grama-madhyaga), . . .

Text 123

vamsa-gopalini ksipta
hari-mandira-vartini barhismati hastipuri
sakra-prastha-nivasini

. . . worships the flutist Krsna (vamsa-gopalini), has renounced the material world
(ksipta), is a palace for Lord Krsna's pastimes (hari-mandira-vartini), flows by
Barhismati-pura (barhismati), flows by Hastinapura (hastipuri), flows by King
Indra's residence (sakra-prastha-nivasini), . . .

Text 124

dadimi saindhavi jambuh


pauskari puskara-prasuh utkalavarta-gamana
naimisi naimisavrta

. . . nourishes many pomegranate trees (dadimi), flows to the ocean (saindhavi),


is a friend of the Jambu river (jambu), is a friend of Puskara-tirtha (pauskari and
puskara-prasu), flows through Orissa (utkalavarta-gamana), flows by
Naimisaranya (naimisi and naimisavrta), . . .

Text 125

kurujaggala-bhuh kali
haimavaty-arbudi budha sukara-ksetra-vidita
sveta-varaha-dharita

. . . flows through Kurujaggala (kurujaggala-bhu), has a dark complexion (kali), is


born from the Himalayas (haimavati), is dark as a cloud (arbudi), is wise (budha),
flows by sukara-ksetra (sukara-ksetra-vidita), is maintained by Lord sveta-varaha
(sveta-varaha-dharita), . . .

Text 126

sarva-tirthamayi tirtha
tirthanam tirtha-karini harini sarva-dosanam
dayini sarva-sampadam
. . . contains all holy places within her waters (sarva- tirthamayi and tirtha), makes
the holy places sacred (tirthanam tirtha-karini), removes all sins (harini sarva-
dosanam), gives all good fortune (dayini sarva-sampadam), . . .

Text 127

vardhini tejasam saksad


garbha-vasa-nikrntani goloka-dhama-dhanini
nikunja-nija-manjari

. . . brings glory and power (vardhini tejasam), has directly appeared in this world
(saksat), ends the need to again be born in a mother's womb (garbha-vasa-
nikrntani), is the opulence of Goloka (goloka-dhama-dhanini), is a graceful flower
to decorate her own transcendental forest (nikunja-nija-ma{.sy 241}jari), . . .

Text 128

sarvottama sarva-punya
sarva-saundarya-srgkhala sarva-tirthopari-gata
sarva-tirthadhidevata

. . . is the greatest (sarvottama), is supremely sacred (sarva- punya), has all


beauty (sarva-saundarya-srgkhala), is the best of all holy places (sarva-tirthopari-
gata), is the deity worshiped by all holy places (sarva-tirthadhidevata), . . .

Text 129

srida srisa sri-nivasa


sri-nidhih sri-vibhavana svaksa svagga satananda
nanda jyotir ganesvari

. . . gives beauty, glory, and wealth (srida), is the queen of beauty, glory, and
wealth (srisa), is the abode of beauty, glory, and wealth (sri-nivasa), is a treasury
of beauty, glory, and wealth (sri-nidhih and sri-vibhavana), has beautiful eyes
(svaksa), has beautiful limbs (svagga), has a hundred blisses (satananda), is filled
with happiness (nanda), is splendid (jyoti), and is a leader of the gopis (ganesvari).
Text 130

namnam sahasram kalindyah


kirtidam kamadam param maha-papa-haram punyam
ayur-vardhanam uttamam

namnam - of names; sahasram - thousand; kalindyah - of the Yamuna; kirtidam -


giving fame; kamadam - fulfilling desires; param - great; maha-papa - great sins;
haram - removing; punyam - sacred; ayur- vardhanam - increasing life; uttamam -
transcendental.

These thousand sacred names of sri Yamuna bring fame and fulfill all desires.
They remove the greatest sins. They increase the span of life.

Text 131

eka-varam pathed ratrau


caurebhyo na bhayam bhavet dvi-varam prapathen marge
dasyubhyo na bhayam kvacit

eka - one; varam - time; pathet - recites; ratrau - at night; caurebhyah - from
thieves; na - not;{.fn 2} bhayam - fear; bhavet - will be; dvi-varam - two times;
prapathet - recites; marge - on the path; dasyubhyah - from highwaymen; na -
not; bhayam - fear;{.fn 2} kvacit - in any way.

A person who once recites these names need not fear thieves at night. A person
who twice recites these names need not fear highwaymen.

Texts 132 and 133

dvitiyam tu samarabhya
pathet purnavadhim dvijah dasa-varam idam bhaktya
dhyatva devim kalindajam

rogi rogat pramucyeta


baddho mucyeta bandhanat gurvini janayet putram
vidyarthi pandito bhavet
dvitiyam - second; tu - indeed; samarabhya - beginning; pathet - recites;
purnavadhim - full; dvijah - brahmana; dasa-varam - ten times; idam - this;
bhaktya - with devotion; dhyatva - meditating; devim - on goddess Yamuna;
kalindajam - the daughter of Mount Kalinda; rogi - dioseased; rogat - from
disease; pramucyeta - freed; baddhah - imprisoned; mucyeta - is freed; bandhanat
- from prison; gurvini - desiring children; janayet - will beget; putram - a son;
vidyarthi - desiring knowledge; panditah - a scholar; bhavet - will become.

A brahmana who chants these names ten times as he devotedly meditates on sri
Yamuna, if he is diseased becomes free of his disease, if he is imprisoned becomes
released from prison, if he wishes a son begets a son, if he wishes knowledges,
becomes a learned scholar, . . .

Text 134

mohanam stambhanam sasvad


vasi-karanam eva ca uccatanam ghatanam ca
sosanam dipanam tatha

mohanam - bewilderment; stambhanam - paralysis; sasvat - always; vasi-


karanam - being under the conmtrol of others; eva - indeed; ca - and; uccatanam -
exile; ghatanam - viloent attacks; ca - and;{.fn 2} sosanam - withering; dipanam -
panic; tatha - so.

. . . and becomes free from bewilderment, paralysis, being under others' control,
forced exile, being attacked by others, withering away, panic, . . .

Text 135

unmadanam tapanam ca
nidhi-darsanam eva ca yad yad vanchati cittena
tat tat prapnoti manavah
unmadanam - madness; tapanam - suffering; ca - and;{.fn 2} nidhi-darsanam -
seeing wealth; eva - indeed; ca - and; yad yat - whatever; va{.sy 241}chati -
desires; cittena - in his heart; tat tat - thAT; prapnoti - attains; manavah - a person.

. . . madness, and suffering. He attains great wealth. He attains whatever he


desires in his heart.

Text 136

brahmano brahma-varcasvi
rajanyo jagati-patih vaisyo nidhi-patir bhuyac
chudrah srutva tu nirmalah

brahmanah - a brahmana; brahma-varcasvi - brahminical power; rajanyah -


kings; jagati-patih - the master of the world; vaisyah - a vaisya; nidhi-patih - the
master of great welath; bhuyat - may be; sudrah - a sudra; srutva - hearing; tu -
indeed; nirmalah - pure.

By hearing these thousand names a brahmana attains great brahminical power,


a ksatriya becomes king of the world, a vaisya becomes the master of great
wealth, and a sudra becomes pure in heart.

Text 137

puja-kale tu yo nityam
pathate bhakti-bhavatah lipyate na sa papena
padma-patram ivambhasa

puja-kale - at the time of worship; tu - indeed; yah - one who; nityam - regularly;
pathate - recites; bhakti-bhavatah - with devotion; lipyate - is touched; na - not; sa
- he; papena - by sin; padma-patram - a lotus leaf; iva - like; ambhasa - by water.

A person who when he worships the Lord recites these thousand names of sri
Yamuna is never touched by sin as a lotus leaf is never touched by water.

Texts 138 and 139


sata-varam pathen nityam
varsavadhim atah param patalam paddhatim krtva
stavam ca kavacam tatha sapta-dvipa-mahi-rajyam
prapnuyan natra samsayah

sata-varam - a hundred times; pathen - recites; nityam - regularly; varsavadhim -


for a year; atah - then; param - from; patalam - patalam; paddhatim - paddhati;
krtva - doing; stavam - stava; ca - and; kavacam - kavaca; tatha - so; sapta-dvipa-
mahi-rajyam - the kingdom of the seven continents; prapnuyat - attains; na - not;
atra - here; samsayah - doubt.

A person who for one year every day recites these names one hundred times
and every day performs the Yamuna-patala, Yamuna- paddhati, Yamuna-stava,
and Yamuna-kavaca, becomes king of the seven dvipas. Of this there is no doubt.

Text 140

niskaranam pathed yas tu


yamuna-bhakti-samyutah traivargyam etya sukrti
jivan-mukto bhaved iha

niskaranam - without motive; pathet - recites; yah - one who; tu - indeed;


yamuna-bhakti-samyutah - with devotion fro sri Yamuna; traivargyam - the three
goals of life; etya - attaining; sukrti - pious; jivan- muktah - liberated in this life;
bhavet - becomes; iha - in this world.

A person who, devoted to sri Yamuna and free of material motives, recites these
prayers, attains the three goals of life, becomes saintly, and becomes liberated
even in this world.

Text 141

nikunja-lila-lalitam manoharam
kalindaja-kula-lata-kadambakam vrndavanonmatta-milinda-sabditam
vrajet sa golokam idam pathec ca yah
nikunja - in the forest groves; lila - pastimes; lalitam - charming; manoharam -
beautiful; kalindaja-kula - by the Yamuna's shore; lata-kadambakam - vines;
vrndavana - og Vrndavana; unmatta - intoxicated; milinda - of bumblebees;
sabditam - filled with the sounds; vrajet - goes; sa - he; golokam - to Goloka; idam
- this; pathet - reads; ca - and; yah - one who.

A person who recites these hundred names goes to Goloka, the beautiful realm
filled with flowering vines by the Yamuna's shore, the sound of intoxicated bees,
and the charming pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. .pa

Chapter Twenty

Pralamba-vadha The Killing of Pralamba

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

iti krsna-stavam srutva


mandhata nrpa-sattamah ayodhyam prayayau viro
natva sri-saubharim munim

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; iti - thus; krsna-stavam - sri Yamuna-stava;
srutva - hearing; mandhata - King Mandhata; nrpa - of kings; sattamah - the best;
ayodhyam - to Ayodhya; prayayau - went; virah - hero; natva - bowing down; sri-
saubharim - to sri Saubhari; munim - the sage.

sri Narada said: After hearing these prayers glorifying sri Yamuna, and after
offering his respectful obeisances to sri Saubhari Muni, the great king Mandhata
went to Aytodhya.

Text 2

idam maya te kathitam


gopinam caritam subham maha-papa-haram punyam
kim bhuyah srotum icchasi
idam - this; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; gopinam - of the gopis;
caritam - the pastimes; subham - beautiful; maha-papa-haram - removing the
greatest sins; punyam - sacred; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; srotum - to hear;
icchasi - you wish.

I have now told you the beautiful story of the gopis, a sacred story that removes
the greatest sins. What more do you wish to hear?

Text 3

sri-bahulasva uvaca

srutam tava mukhad brahman


gopinam varnanam param yamunayas ca pancaggam
maha-pataka-nasanam

sri-bahulasva uvaca - sri Bahulasva said; srutam - heard; tava - from you; mukhat
- mouth; brahman - O brahmana; gopinam - of the gopis; varnanam - description;
param - great; yamunayas - of sri Yamuna; ca - and; pancaggam - pancanga;
maha-pataka - great sins; nasanam - destroying.

sri Bahulasva said: O brahmana, now I have heard from your mouth the story of
the gopis and the description of the pa{.sy 241}agga worship of sri Yamuna,
worship that destroys the greatest sins.

Text 4

sri-krsnah sa-balah saksad


golokadhipatih prabhuh agre cakara kam lilam
lalitam vraja-mandale

sri-krsnah - sri Krsna; sa-balah - accompanied by Balarama; saksat - directly;


golokadhipatih - the king of Goloka; prabhuh - the Lord; agre - in the presence;{.fn
2} cakara - did; kam - what?; lilam - pastimes; lalitam - charming; vraja-mandale -
in the circle of Vraja.
What charming pastimes did Lord Krsna, the king of Goloka, then enjoy with
Balarama in the circle of Vraja?

Text 5

sri-narada uvaca

ekada carayan gah svah


sa-balo gopa-balakaih bhandire yamuna-tire
bala-lilam cakara ha

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; ekada - one day; carayan - herding; gah - the
cows; svah - own; sa- balah - with Balarama; gopa-balakaih - with the gopa boys;
{.fn 2} bhandire - in Bhandiravana; yamuna-tire - by the Yamuna's shore; bala-
lilam - childhood pastimes; cakara - did;{.fn 2} ha - indeed.

sri Narada said: One day, as He was herding His cows in Bhandiravana forest by
the Yamuna's shore, Krsna played many childhood games with Balarama and the
gopa boys.

Text 6

viharam karayan balair


vahya-vahaka-laksanam vijahara vane krsno
darsayan ga manoharah

viharam - playing; karayan - doing; balaih - with the boys; vahya-vahaka-


laksanam - the carried and the carriers; vijahara - played; vane - in the forest;
krsnah - Krsna; darsayan - showing; gah - the cows; manoharah - beautiful.

Keeping an eye on the beautiful cows, Krsna played a game of carried and
carriers with the boys.

Text 7

tatragato gopa-rupi
pralambah kamsa-noditah na jnato balakaih so 'pi
harina vidito 'bhavat

tatra - there; agatah - come; gopa-rupi - in the form of a gopa; pralambah -


Pralamba; kamsa-noditah - sent by Kamsa; na - not; jnatah - known; balakaih - by
the boys; sah - he; api - although; harina - by Krsna; viditah - known; abhavat -
was.

Sent by Kamsa, and now assuming the form of a gopa, the demon Pralamba
came there. Although the gopas did not know who he really was, Krsna did.

Text 8

vihare vijayam ramam


netum ko 'pi na manyate uvaha tam pralambo 'sau
bhandirad yamuna-tatam

vihare - in the game; vijayam - victorious; ramam - Balarama; netum - to carry;


ko 'pi - someone; na - not; manyate - is considered; uvaha - carried; tam - Him;
pralambah - Pralamba; asau - he; bhandirat - from Bhandiravana; yamuna-tatam -
to the Yamuna's shore.

When Balarama won in the game there was no one to carry Him. Pralamba
offered to carry Him. Pralamba carried Him out of Bhandiravana forest, far away
to the Yamuna's shore.

Text 9

avarohanato daityo
mathuram gantum udyatah dadhara ghanavad rupam
girindra iva durgamah

avarohanatah - descending; daityah - the demon; mathuram - to Mathura;


gantum - to go; udyatah - beginning; dadhara - held; ghanavat - like a cloud;
rupam - a form; girindra - the king of mountains; iva - like; durgamah - imposing.
Suddenly assuming a monstrous form like a great cloud or an impassible king of
mountains, the demon went in the direction of Mathura.

Text 10

babhau balo daitya-prsthe


sundaro lola-kundalah akasa-stha purna-candrah
sa-tadij-jalato yatha

babhau - was splendidly manifest; balah - Balarama; daitya-prsthe - on the


demon's back; sundarah - handsome; lola-kundalah - swinging earring; akasa - in
the sky; stha - situated; purna-candrah - a full moon; sa-tadij- jalatah - a cloud
with lightning; yatha - as.

Riding on the demon's back, handsome Balarama was splendid as a moving


earring, a full moon in the sky, or a glittering lightning flash.

Text 11

daityam bhayagkaram viksya


baladevo maha-balah rusahanan mustina tam
sirasy adrim yathadri-bhit

daityamthe demon; bhayagkaram - a monstrous form; viksya - seeing;


baladevah - Balarama; maha-balah - very powerful; rusa-angrily; ahanat - hit;
mustina - with a fist; tam - him; sirasy - on the head;{.fn 2} adrim - a mountain;
yatha - like; adri-bhit - Indra.

As King Indra hits a mountain with his thundersbolt, so powerful Balarama,


noticing that His carrier had become a monster, punched Pralamba's head with
His fist.

Text 12

visirna-mustako daityo
yatha vajra-hato girih papata bhumau sahasa
calayan vasudha-talam
visirna - broken; mustakah - head; daityah - the demon; yatha - as; vajra-hatah -
hit by a thunderbolt; girih - a mountain; papata - fell; bhumau - to the ground;
sahasa - at once; calayan - shaking; vasudha-talam - the earth.

Falling the ground as a mountain hit by Indra's thunderbolt falls, the demon, his
head broken, made the earth tremble.
Text 13

taj-jyotir nirgatam dirgham


bale linam babhuva ha tadaiva vavrsur devah
puspair nandana-sambhavaih

taj-jyotih - his light; nirgatam - left; dirgham - long; bale - in Balarama; linam -
entered; babhuva - was; ha - indeed; tada - then; eva - indeed; vavrsuh -
showered; devah - the demigods;{.fn 2} puspaih - with flowers; nandana-
sambhavaih - grown in the Nandana gardens.

A great effulgence left the demon and merged into Lord Balarama. Then the
demigods showered flowers from the Nandana gardens.

Text 14

abhuj jaya-jayaravo
divi bhumau nrpesvara evam sri-baladevasya
caritam paramadbhutam maya te kathitam rajan
kim bhutah srotum icchasi

abhut - was; jaya-jayaravah - the sound of Victory! Vicotry!; divi - in the sky;
bhumau - on the earth;{.fn 2} nrpesvara - O king of kjings; evam - thus; sri-
baladevasya - of zBalarama; caritam - the pastime; paramadbhutam - very
wonderful; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; rajan - O king; kim -
what?; bhuyah - more; srotum - to hear; icchasi - you wish.

O king of kings, then sounds of "Victory! Victory!" filled the heaven and earth. O
king, now that I have recounted for you this wonderful pastime of Lord Balarama,
what more do you wish to hear?
Text 15

sri-bahulasva uvaca

ko 'yam daityah purva-kale


pralambo rana-durmadah baladevasya hastena
muktim prapa katham mune

sri-bahulasva uvaca - sri Bahulasva said; kah - who?;{.fn 2} ayam - this; daityah -
demon; purva-kale - in previous time; pralambah - Pralamba; rana- durmadah -
ferocious; baladevasya - pf Lord Balarama; hastena - by the fist; muktim -
liberation; prapa - qattained; katham - how?; mune - O sage.

sri Bahulasva said: O sage, who was the ferocious demon Pralamba in his
previous birth that he was able to attain liberation by Lord Balarama's hand?

Text 16

sri-narada uvaca

sivasya pujanartham hi
yaksa-rat sva-vane subhe karayam asa puspanam
raksam yaksair itas tatah

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; sivasya - of Lord suva; pujanartham - for the
worship; hi - indeed; yaksa-rat - the king of the Yaksas; sva-vane - in his own
forest; subhe - beautiful; karayam asa - made; puspanam - of flowers; raksam -
raksa; yaksaih - by yaksas; itas tatah - here and there.

sri Narada said: To worship Lord siva, one day the yaksa- king Kuvera had the
yaksas place here and there in his berautiful forest many raksa-amulets made of
flowers.

Text 17

tad apy asyapi jagrhuh


puspani prasphuranti ca tatah kruddho dadau sapam
yaksa-rad dhanado bali

tat - that; apy - also; asya - of that; api - also; jagrhuh - took; puspani - flowers;
prasphuranti - maniufest; ca - and; tatah - then; kruddhah - angered; dadau -
gave; sapam - a curse; yaksa-rad - the yaksa-king; dhanadah - Kuvera; bali -
powerful.

When the some of the flowers were stolen, the powerful yaksa-king Kuvera
spoke a curse.

Text 18

ye grhnanty asya puspani


sve canye sura-manavah bhavitaro 'surah sarve
mac-chapat sahasa bhuvi

ye - whoever; grhnanty - takes; asya - of this; puspani - the flowers; sve - own; ca
- and; anye - in another; sura - demigod; manavah - or human; bhavitarah - will
become; asurah - demons; sarve - all;{.fn 2} mac-chapat - by my curse; sahasa - at
once; bhuvi - on the earth.

He said: Any demigod or human that takes any of these flowers will become a
demon. That is my curse.

Text 19

huhu-suto 'atha vijayo


vicarams tirtha-bhumisu vanam caitraratham prapto
gayan visnu-gunan pathi

huhu-sutah - the son of Huhu; atha - then; vijayah - Vijaya; vicaran - walking;
tirtha-bhumisu - to holy places; vanam - to the forest; caitraratham - Caitraratha;
praptah - attained; gayan - singing; visnu-gunan - the glories of Lord Visnu; pathi -
on the path.
Then the gandharva Vijaya, who was the son of Huhu, walking on a pilgrimage
to many holy places, and singing Lord Visnu's glories as he went, came to
Caitraratha forest.

Text 20

vina-panir ajanan vai


gandharvah sumanamsi ca grhitva so 'suro jato
gandharvatvam vihaya tat

vina - a vina; panih - in his hand; ajanan - unaware; vai - indeed; gandharvah -
the gandharva; sumanamsi - sumanah flowers; ca - and; grhitva - taking; sah - he;
asurah - a demon; jatah - born; gandharvatvam - his gandharvahood; vihaya -
leaving behind; tat - that.

Unaware of the curse, the gandharva, vina in hand, took some of the sumanah
flowers there. At once he left his gandharva body and became a demon.

Text 21

tadaiva saranam praptah


kuverasya mahatmanah natva tat-prarthanam cakre
krtanjali-putah sanaih

tada - then; eva - indeed; saranam - shelter; praptah - attained; kuverasya - of


Kuvera; mahatmanah - the great soul; natva - bowing down; tat-prarthanam - a
prayer to him; cakre - did; krtanjali- putah - with folded hands; sanaih - slowly.

At once he took shelter of the great soul Kuvera. With folded hands he bowed
down and presented his appeal.

Text 22

tasmai prasanno rajendra


kuvero 'pi varam dadau tvam visnu-bhaktah santatma
ma sokam kuru manada
tasmai - with him; prasannah - pleased; rajendra - O king of kings; kuverah -
Kuvera; api - also; varam - a boon; dadau - gave; tvam - you; visnu- bhaktah - a
devotee of Lord Visnu; santatma - peaceful at heart; ma - don't; sokam - lament;
kuru - do; manada - O respectful one.

Pleased with him, Kuvera blessed him: You are a peaceful- hearted devotee of
Lord Visnu. O respectful one, please don't lament.

Text 23

dvaparante ca te muktir
baladevasya hastatah bhavisyati na sandeho
bhandire yamuna-tate

dvaparante - at the end of Dvapara-yuga; ca - and; te - of you; muktih -


liberation; baladevasya - of Lord Balarama; hastatah - by the hand; bhavisyati -
will be; na - not; sandehah - doubt; bhandire - in Bhanmdiravana; yamuna-tate -
by the Yamuna's shore.

At the end of Dvapara-yuga, in Bhandiravaana forest by the Yamuna's shore,


you will attain liberation by Lord Balarama's hand. Of this there is no doubt.

Text 24

sri-narada uvaca

huhu-sutah sa gandharvah
pralambo 'bhun mahasurah kuverasya varad rajan
param moksam jagama ha

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; huhu-sutah - the son of Huhu; sa - he;
gandharvah - gandharva; pralambah - Pralamba; abhut - became; mahasurah - a
great demon; kuverasya - of Kuvera; varat - by the nl;{.fn 2}essing; rajan - O kingl;
param moksam - liberation;{.fn 2} jagama - attained; ha - indeed.

sri Narada said: In this way Huhu's gandharva son became a great demon and,
by Kuvera's grace, attained liberation.
.pa

Chapter Twenty-one

Davagni-moksa-vipra-patni-darsana Lord Krsna Extinguishes the Forest Fire and


Reveals Himself to the Brahmana's Wives

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

atha krida-prasaktesu
gopesu sa-balesu ca trna-lobhena vivisur
gavah sarvah mahad vanam

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; atha - then; krida-prasaktesu - intent on


playing; gopesu - when the gopas; sa-balesu - with Balarama; ca - amd; trna-
lobhena - eager for grass; vivisuh - entered; gavah - the cows; sarvah - all; mahat -
the great; vanam - forest.

sri Narada said: As Balarama and the gopas intently played, all the cows, hungry
for more grass, went far into the forest.

Text 2

ta anetum gopa-balah
prapta munjatavim param sambhutas tatra davagnih
pralayagni-samo mahan

tah - them; anetum - to bring back; gopa-balah - the gopa boyas; prapta -
attained; mu{.sy 241}jatavim - Munjatavi forest; param - great; sambhutah -
manifested; tatra - there; davagnih - a forest fire; pralayagni-samah - like the fire
at the time of cosmic anihilation; mahan - great.
When to bring them back the gopa boys went to Mu{.sy 241}jatavi forest, a
great forest fire, like the fire at the end of the universe, suddenly flared up.

Text 3

gobhir gopah sametas te


sri-krsnam sa-balam harim vadantah pahi pahiti
bhayartah saranam gatah

gobhih - the cows; gopah - the gopas; sametah - with; te - they; sri-krsnam - to
sri Krsna; sa-balam - and Balarama; harim - Lord Krsna; vadantah - saying; pahi -
save!; pahiti - save!; bhayartah - frightened; saranam - shelter; gatah - went.

Followed by the cows, and calling out "Save us! Save us!", the frightened gopas
took shelter of Krsna and Balarama.

Text 4

viksya vahni-bhayam svanam


krsno yogesvaresvarah nyamilayata ma bhaista
locanananity abhasata

viksya - seeing; vahni - of the fire; bhayam - the fear; svanam - of His devotees;
krsnah - Krsna; yogesvaresvarah - the master of yoga; nyamilayata - close;{.fn 2}
ma - don't; bhaista - fear; locananani - eyes; iti - thus; abhasata - said.

Seeing that His friends were afraid of the fire, Krsna, the master of all yoga
powers, said to them, "Close your eyes. Don't be afraid."

Text 5

tatha-bhutesu gopesu
tam agnim bhaya-karakam apibad bhagavan devo
devanam pasyatam nrpa
tatha-bhutesu - doing that; gopesu - the gopas; tam - that; agnim - fire; bhaya-
karakam - terrifying; apibat - drank; bhagavan - the Lord; devah - the master;{.fn
2} devanam - of the dmeigods; pasyatam - looking on; nrpa - O king.

As the gopas closed their eyes and the demigods looked on, Lord Krsna drank up
that terrifying fire.

Text 6

evam pitva maha-vahnim


nitva gopala-go-ganam prapto 'bhud yamuna-pare
subhasoka-vane harih

evam - thus; pitva - having drunk; maha-vahnim - the great fire; nitva - bringing;
gopala-go-ganam - the gopsas and cows; praptah - attained; abhut - was; yamuna-
pare - on the other shore of thr Yamuna; subha - beautiful; asoka - of asoka trees;
vane - in the forest; harih - Lord Krsna.

After drinking up the great fire, Lord Krsna took the cows and gopas to a
beautiful asoka forest on the Yamuna's farther shore.

Text 7

tatra ksut-pidita gopah


sri-krsnam sa-balam harim krtanjali-puta ucuh
ksudhartah sma vayam prabho

tatra - there; ksut-pidita - tormented with hunger; gopah - the gopas; sri-krsnam
- to sri Krsna; sa-balam - and Balarama; harim - Krsna; krtanjali-puta - with folded
hands; ucuh - said; ksudhartah - tormented with hunder; sma - indeed; vayam -
we are; prabhah - O master.

Tormented with hunger, the gopas, respectfully folding their hands said to Krsna
and Balarama, "O Lord, we are tormented with hunger."

Text 8
tada tan presayam asa
yajna aggirase harih te gatva tam yajna-varam
natvocur vimalam vacah

tada - then; tan - them; presayam asa - sent; yajne aggirase - to an angirasa-
yajna; harih - Krsna; te - they; gatva - going; tam - this;{.fn 2} yajna-varam - to the
brahmana assembled for the yajna; natva - bowing down; ucuh - spoke; vimalam -
sweet; vacah - words.

Lord Krsna sent them to a place where an aggirasa-yaj{.sy 241}a was being
performed. The boys went to the yajna, bowed down before the performers of
the yajna, and spoke many sweet words.

Text 9

sri-gopa ucuh

gopala-balaih sa-balah samagato


gas carayan chri-vraja-raja-nandanah ksut-samyuto 'smai sa-ganaya bhusurah
prayacchatasv annam anagga-mohine

sri-gopa ucuh - the gopas said; gopala-balaih - with gopa boys; sa-balah - with
Balarama; samagatah - come; gas - cows; carayan - herding; sri-vraja-raja-
nandanah - the prince of Vraja; ksut-samyutah - hungry; asmai - to Him; sa-ganaya
- and His company; bhusurah - O brahmanas; prayacchata - please give; asu - now;
annam - food; anagga-mohinemore charming than Kamadeva.

The gopas said: Herding the cows in the company of Balarama and many gopa
boys, sri Krsna, the prince of Vraja, who is more handsome than Kamadeva, is
now hungry. O brahmanas, please give some food to Him and His companions.

Text 10

sri-narada uvaca

na kincid ucus te sarve


vacah srutva dvija nrpa gopa nirasa agatya
ity ucuh sa-balam harim

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; na - not; ki{.sy 241}cit - anything; ucuh - said;
te - they; sarve - all; vacah - words; srutva - hearing; dvija - the brahmanas; nrpa -
O king; gopa - the gopas;{.fn 2} nirasa - giving up hope; agatya - returning; ity -
thus; ucuh - said; sa-balam - with Balarama; harim - to Lord Krsna.

sri Narada said: Although they heard these words, the brahmanas did not say
anything in reply. Giving up hope, the gopas returned and told all this to Krsna
and Balarama.

Text 11

sri-gopa ucuh

tvam asy adhiso vraja-mandale bali


sri-gokule nanda-puro 'gra-danda-dhrk na vartate dandam alam madhoh puri
pracanda-candamsu-mahas tava sphurat

sri-gopa ucuh - the gopas said; tvam - You; asy - are; adhisah - the Lord; vraja-
mandale - in the circle of Vraja; bali - powerful; sri-gokule - in sri Gokula; nanda-
purah - in Nanda-pura; agra-danda- dhrk - the right punish others; na - not;
vartate - is;{.fn 2} dandam - punishment; alam - enough; madhoh puri - in
Mathura; pracanda-candamsu-mahah - glorious and powerful as the blazing sun;
tava - by You; sphurat - manifested.

The gopas said: You are the powerful ruler in the circle of Vraja. In sri Gokula
and in Nandapura You have the right to punish others. In this land of Mathura You
are glorious and powerful and the blazing son. There is not punishment enough
that You can give to these people.

Text 12

sri-narada uvaca
punas tan presayam asa
tat-patnibhyo harih svayam yajna-vatam punar gatva
natva vipra-priyas tada krtanjali-puta ucur
gopah krsna-pranoditah

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; punah - again; tan - them; presayam asa -
sent; tat-patnibhyah - to their wives; harih - Krsna; svayam - personally; yaj{.sy
241}a-vatam - tp the place of the yajna; punah - again; gatva - going; natva -
bowing down; vipra-priyah - to the brahmanas' wives; tada - then; krtanjali- puta -
with folded hands; ucuh - said; gopah - the gopas; krsna - by Lord Krsna;
pranoditah - sent.

Lord Krsna sent them again, this time to the brahmanas' wives. Arriving at the
place of the yajna, the gopas sent by Krsna bowed down before the brahmanas'
wives and, respectfully folding their hands, spoke.

Text 13

sri-gopa ucuh

gopala-balaih sa-balah samagato


gas carayan chri-vraja-raja-nandanah ksut-samyuto 'smai sa-ganaya cagganah
prayacchatasv annam anagga-mohine

sri-gopa ucuh - the gopas said; gopala-balaih - with gopa boys; sa-balah - with
Balarama; samagatah - come; gas - cows; carayan - herding; sri-vraja-raja-
nandanah - the prince of Vraja; ksut-samyutah - hungry; asmai - to Him; sa-ganaya
- and His company; ca - and; agganah - O ladies; prayacchata - please give; asu -
now; annam - food; anagga-mohinemore charming than Kamadeva.

The gopas said: Herding the cows in the company of Balarama and many gopa
boys, sri Krsna, the prince of Vraja, who is more handsome than Kamadeva, is
now hungry. O ladies, please give some food to Him and His companions.

Texts 14 and 15

sri-narada uvaca

krsnam samagatam srutva


krsna-darsana-lalasah cakrus tathannam patresu
nitva sarva dvijagganah

tyaktva sadyo loka-lajjam


krsna-parsvam samayayuh asokanam vane ramye
krsna-tire manohare

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; krsnam - Lord Krsna; samagatam - come;
srutva - hearing; krsna- darsana - to see Lord Krsna; lalasah - eager; cakruh -
became; tatha - then; annam - food; patresu - in vessals; nitva - taking; sarva - all;
dvijagganah - the brahmanis; tyaktva - abandoning; sadyah - at once; loka-lajjam -
shyness of what people may think; krsna-parsvam - to Lord Krsna's side;
samayayuh - went; asokanam - of asoka trees; vane - in the forest; ramye -
beautiful; krsna-tire - on the Yamuna's shore; manohare - beautiful.

sri Narada said: When they heard that Krsna had come, the brahmana women
became very eager to see Him. Taking different kinds of food in many containers,
and not thinking of how they might be criticized for their actions, they all went to
Krsna in the beautiful asoka forest by the Yamuna's beautiful shore.

Text 16

yatha srutam tatha drstam


sri-hareh rupam adbhutam prapyanandam gatah sarvas
turiyam yogino yatha

yatha - as; srutam - heard; tatha - so; drstam - seen; sri-hareh - of sri Krsna;
rupam - teh form; adbhutam - wonderful; prapya - attaining; anandam - blissed;
gatah - attained; sarvah - all; turiyam - the transcendental position; yoginah -
yogis; yatha - as.

When they saw Lord Krsna's wonderful form, which was just as they had heard
it described, they became filled with bliss. They all attained the transcendental
platform attained by the greatest yogis.

Text 17

sri-bhagavan uvaca
dhanya yuyam darsanartham
agata he dvijagganah pratiyata grhan chighram
nihsagka bhumi-devatah

sri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dhanya -


fortunate; yuyam - you all; darsanartham - to see; agata - come; he - O;
dvijagganah - brahmana women; pratiyata - please return; grhan - to your homes;
sighram - at once; nihsagka - without fear; bhumi-devatah - - O brahmanas.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O brahmanis, you are all very
fortunate to have come here to see Me. Now, without any fear, please return to
your homes.

Texts 18 and 19

yusmakam tu prabhavena
patayo vo dvijatayah sadyo yajna-phalam prapya
yusmabhih saha nirmalah

gamisyanti param dhama


golokam prakrteh param atha natva harim sarva
ajagmur yajna-mandale

yusmakam - of you; tu - indeed; prabhavena - by the power; patayah -


husbands; vah - of you; dvijatayah - brahmanas; sadyah - at once; yajna- phalam -
the result of the yajna; prapya - attaining; yusmabhih - with you all; saha - with;
nirmalah - pure;{.fn 2} gamisyanti - will go; param - to the supreme; dhama -
abode; golokam - Goloka; prakrteh - the material energy; param - above; atha -
then; natva - bowing; harim - to Lord Hari; sarva - all; ajagmuh - returned; yajna-
mandale - to the circle of the yajna.

After attaining the result of this yajn, your pure- hearted brahmana husbands
will go, by Your spiritual power, to the supreme abode of Goloka, which is beyond
the world of matter.
Then all the women offered their respectful obeisances to Lord Krsna and
returned to the circle of the yajna.

Text 20

sri-narada uvaca

ta drstva brahmanah sarve


svatmanam dhik pracakrire didrksavas te sri-krsnam
kamsad bhita na cagatah

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; ta - they; drstva - seeing; brahmanah - the
brahmanas; sarve - all;{.fn 2} svatmanam - to themselves; dhik - rebuke;
pracakrire - did; didrksavah - yearning to see; te - they; sri-krsnam - sri Krsna;
kamsat - of Kamsa; bhita - afraid; na - not; ca - and; agatah - went.

sri Narada said: When they saw their wives, the brahmanas rebuked
themselves. Although they also yearned to see Lord Krsna, out of fear of Kamsa
they did not go to see Him.

Text 21

bhuktvannam sa-balah krsno


gopalaih saha maithila gah palayan ajagama
vrndaranyam manoharam

bhuktva - eating; annam - the food; sa-balah - with Balarama; krsnah - Krsna;
gopalaih - with ther gopas;{.fn 2} saha - with; maithila - O king of Mithila; gah - the
cows; palayan - protecting; ajagama - came; vrndaranyam - to Vrndavana forest;
manoharam - beautiful.

O king of Mithila, when they had finished eating, Krsna, Balarama, and the gopas
took the cows to beautiful Vrndavana forest. .pa

Chapter Twenty-two
Nandadi-vaikuntha-darsanam Nanda and the Gopas See the Realm of Vaikuntha

Text 1

ekada nanda-rajo 'sau


krtva caikadasi-vratam dvadasyam yamunam snatum
gopalair jalam avisat

ekada - one day; nanda-rajah - King Nanda; asau - he; krtva - making; ca - and;
ekadasi- vratam - the vow of ekadasi; dvadasyam - on dvadasi; yamunam - the
Yamuna; snatum - to bathe; gopalaih - with the gopas; jalam - the water; avisa - t -
entered.

Once, after following the vow of ekadasi, on dvadasi King Nanda and the gopas
entered the Yamuna to to bathe.

Text 2

tam grhitva pasi-bhrtyah


pasilokam jagama ha tada kolahale jate
gopanam maithilesvara

tam - him; grhitva - taking; pasi-bhrtyah - the servants of varuna; pasilokam - to


Varunaloka; jagama - went; ha - indeed; tada - then; kolahale - an uproar; jate -
was manifested; gopanam - among thre gopas; maithilesvara - O king of Mithila.

O king of Mithila, at that moment the servants of Varuna grabbed King Nanda
and, amind the gopas' loud protests, dragged him away to Varunaloka.

Text 3

asvasya sarvan bhagavan


gatavan varunim purim bhasmi-cakara sahasa
puri-durgam harih svayam
asvasya - comforting; sarvan - everyone; bhagavan - the Lord; gatavan - went;
varunim purim - to the city of Varuna; bhasmi-cakara - turning to ashes; sahasa -
at once; puri-durgam - the fortress; harih - Krsna; svayam - Himself.

After reassuring everyone, Lord Krsna traveled to Varuna's city. There He quickly
burned to ashes the city's outer walls.

Text 4

koti-martanda-sagkasam
drstva prakupitam harim natva krtanjalih pasi
parikramyaha dharsitah

koti-martanda-sagkasam - brilliant as millions of suns; drstva - seeing;


prakupitam - angry; harim - Krsna; natva - bowing down; krtanjalih - with folded
hands;{.fn 2} pasi - Varuna; parikramya - circumambulating; aha - said; dharsitah -
defeated.

Seeing angry Krsna blazing with the splendor of millions of suns, and realizing
that he was now defeated, Varuna bowed before the Lord with folded hands and
then respectfully circumambulated Him.

Text 5

sri-varuna uvaca

namah sri-krsnacandraya
paripurnatamaya ca asagkhya-brahmanda-bhrte
goloka-pataye namah

sri-varuna uvaca - sri Varu.na said; namah - obeisances; sri-krsnacandraya - to sri


Krsnacanbdra;{.fn 2} paripurnatamaya - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca -
and; asagkhya-brahmanda-bhrte - the maintainer of countless universes; goloka-
pataye - to the master of Goloka; namah - obeisances.
sri Varuna said: Obeisances to sri Krsnacandra, the perfect Supreme Personality
of Godhead! Obeisances to the Lord of Goloka, the maintainer of numberless
universes!

Text 6

catur-vyuhaya mahase
namas te sarva-tejase namas te sarva-bhavaya
parasmai brahmane namah

catur-vyuhaya - who expands in four features; mahase - glorious; namah -


obeisances; te - to You; sarva-tejase - supremely splendid; namah - obeisances; te
- to You; sarva-bhavaya - the creator of all; parasmai - to the Supreme; brahmane
- Brahman; namah - obeisances.

Obeisances to You, the splendid Lord who expands as the four vyuha
incarnations! Obeisances to You, the glorious Supreme Lord, the original cause of
all causes!

Text 7

kenapi mudhena mamanugena


krtam param helanam atra eva tat ksamyatam bhoh saranam gatam mam
paresa bhuman paripahi pahi

kenapi - by a certain; mudhena - fool; mama - of me; anugena - a follower;


krtam - done; param - great; helanam - offense; atra - here; eva - indeed; tat -
that; ksamyatam - may be forgiven;{.fn 2} bhoh - O; saranam - shelkter; gatam -
attained; mam - to me; paresa - O Supreme Lord; bhuman - O Lord;{.fn 2} paripahi
- please protect; pahi - please protect.

A foolish servant of mine greatly offended You. O Lord please forgive us. O
Supreme Lord, I take shelter of You. Please protect me! Please protect me!

Text 8

sri-narada uvaca
iti prasanno bhagavan
nandam nitva su-jivitam saukhyam prakasayan bandhun
vraja-mandalam ayayau

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; iti - thus; prasannah - pleased; bhagavan - the
Lord; nandam - Nanda; nitva - taking; su-jivitam - alive; saukhyam - happiness;
prakasayan - showing; bandhun - to friends; vraja-mandalam - to the circle of
Vraja; ayayau - went.

sri Narada said: Pleased, and clearly showing His happiness, Lord Krsna took
Nanda back to the circle of Vraja.

Text 9

nanda-raja-mukhac chrutva
prabhavam sri-hares tu tam gopi-gopa-gana ucuh
sri-krsnam nanda-nandanam

nanda-raja - of King Nanda; mukhat - from the mouth; srutva - hearing;


prabhavam - the prowess; sri-hareh - of Lord Krsna; tu - indeed; tam - to Him;
gopi-gopa- gana - the gopas and gopis; ucuh - said; sri-krsnam - to zKrsna; nanda -
of Nanda; nandanam - the son.

When from Nanda's mouth they heard of Lord Krsna's great power, the gopas
and gopis approached sri Krsna, the son of Nanda, snd said to Him:

Text 10

yadi tvam bhagavan saksal


loka-palaih su-pujitah darsayasu param lokam
vaikuntham tarhi nah prabho

yadi - if; tvam - You; bhagavan - are the Supreme Personality of Godhead; saksal
- directly; loka- palaih - by the demigods; su-pujitah - worshiped; darsaya - please
show; asu - at once; param lokam - supreme abode; vaikuntham - Vaikuntha; tarhi
- then; nah - to us; prabhah - O Lord.
O Lord, if You are in truth the Supreme Personality of Godhead worshiped by all
the demigods, then please show us Your supreme abode, the world of Vaikuntha.

Text 11

nitva sarvams tatah krsna


etya vaikuntha-mandiram darsayam asa rupam svam
jyotir-mandala-madhyagam

nitva - taking; sarvan - all; tatah - then; krsna - Krsna; etya - going; vaikuntha-
mandiram - to the abode of Vaikuntha; darsayam asa - showed; rupam - form;
svam - own; jyotir-mandala-madhyagam - ina circle of light.

Then Lord Krsna took them all to the realm of Vaikuntha, where He showed
them a form surrounded by a great circle of light, . . .

Text 12

sahasra-bhuja-samyuktam
kirita-katakojjvalam sagkha-cakra-gada-padma-
vana-mala-virajitam

sahasra-bhuja-samyuktam - with a thousand arms; kirita - with crown; kataka -


golden bracelets; ujjvalam - splendid; sagkha - conch; cakra - disc; gada - club;
padma - lotus; vana - forest; mala - garland; virajitam - splendid.

. . . a form that had thousands of arms, that was splendid with a crown, golden
bracelets, forest garland, cocnh, disc, club, and lotus, . . .
Text 13

asagkhya-koti-martanda-
sagkasam sesa-samsthitam camarandola-divyabham
brahmadyaih parisevitam

asagkhya - countless; koti - millions; martanda - of suns; sagkasam - splendor;


sesa-samsthitam - resting on sesa; camarandola-divyabham - fanned with
camaras; brahmadyaih - by the demigods headed by Brahma; parisevitam -
served.

. . . that was splendid as numberless millions of suns, that reclined on Lord sesa,
that was served by Brahma and the demigods, fanning it with camaras, . . .

Text 14

tadaiva tan gopa-ganan


parsadas te gada-dharah rjum krtva natim krtva
dure sthapya prayatnatah

tada - then; eva - indeed; tan - them; gopa- ganan - the gopas; parsadah - the
associates; te - they;{.fn 2} gada-dharah - holding clubs; rjum - straight; krtva -
doing; natim - obeisances; krtva - doing; dure - far away; sthapya - staying;
prayatnatah - carefully.

From a distance the associates of the Lord of Vaikuntha, who were all carrying
great clubs, respectfully offered dandavat obeisances to the gopas.

Text 15

cakitan iva tan viksya


procus te parsada gira re re tusnim prabhavata
ma vaktavyam vanecarah

cakitan - frightened; iva - as if; tan - them; viksya - seeing; procuh - said; te -
they; parsada - the associates; gira - with words; re re - Oh! Oh!; tusnim - silence;
prabhavata - do; ma - not; vaktavyam - should be spoken; vanecarah - O you who
dwell in the forest.

Seeing that the gopas felt intimidated, the associates of the Lord of Vaikuntha
said, "O people of the forest, please be silent. Please do not speak."

Text 16

bhasanam ma prakuruta
na drsta kim sabha hareh veda vadanti catraiva
saksad deve sthite prabhau

bhasanam - speech; ma - don't; prakuruta - do; na - not; drsta - seen; kim -


whether?; sabha - the assembly; hareh - of Lord Krsna; veda - the Vedas; vadanti -
say; ca - and; atra - here' eva - indeed; saksat - directly; deve - the Lord; sthite -
standing;{.fn 2} prabhau - the Lord.

"Please don't speak. Don't you already have the Lord's company? The Supreme
Personality of Godhead, whom the Vedas glorify, stands in your midst."

Text 17

iti siksam gata gopa


harsita maunam asthitah manasy ucur ayam krsna
ucca-simhasane sthitah

iti - thus; siksam - instruction; gata - attained;{.fn 2} gopa - the gopas; harsita -
pleased; maunam - silence; asthitah - did; manasy - in the heart;{.fn 2} ucuh - said;
ayam - this; krsna - Krsna; ucca- simhasane - on a great throne; sthitah - is
situated.

Hearing these words of instruction, the gopas were happy and silent. In their
hearts they said to themselves, "Our Krsna is seated on a great throne!"

Text 18

asman durad adhah krtva-


smabhir vakti na karhicit tasmad vrajad varam nasti
ko 'pi loko na saukhya-dah

asman - from us; durat - far; adhah - below; krtva - placing; asmabhih - with us;
vakti - speaks; na - not; karhicit - ever; tasmat - therefore; vrajat - from Vraja;
varam - better; na - not; asti - is; ko 'pi - any; lokah - world; na - not; saukhya-dah -
giving happiness.
"He is up above, and we are way below. He does not speak to us a single word.
From this we can understand that no place is better than Vraja. No place is
happier than Vraja."

Text 19

yatranena sva-bhratrapi
varta syad dhi parasparam iti pravadatas tan vai
nitva sri-bhagavan harih vrajam agatavan rajan
paripurnatamah prabhuh

yatra - where; anena - by Him; sva-bhratra - His brother; api - also; varta - news;
syat - is; hi - indeed; parasparam - mutual; iti - thus; pravadatah - speaking; tan -
to them; vai - indeed; nitva - taking; sri-bhagavan - the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; harih - Lord Krsna; vrajam - personally; agatavan - come; rajan - O king;
paripurnatamah prabhuh - the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

O king, then they said among themselves, "The Supreme Personality of Godhead
and His brother have come to Vraja!" .pa

Chapter Twenty-three

Sudarsanopakhyana The Story of Sudarsana

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

ekada nrpa gopalah


sakatai ratna-puritaih vrsabhanupanandadya
ajagmus cambikavanam

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; ekada - one day; nrpa - O king; gopalah - the
gopas; sakatai - with their carts; ratna - with jewels; puritaih - filled; vrsabhanu -
by King Vrsabhanu; upananda - and Upananda; adyah - headed; ajagmus - came;
ca - and; ambikavanam - to Ambikavana.
One day the gopas, headed by Upananda and King Vrsabhanu, took many carts
filled with jewels to Ambikavana forest.

Text 2

bhadrakalim pasupatim
pujayitva vidhanatah dadur danam dvijatibhyah
suptas tatra sarit-tate

bhadrakalim - goddess Durga; pasupatim - and Lord siva;{.fn 2} pujayitva -


worshiping; vidhanatah - according to the rules; daduh - gave; danam - gift;
dvijatibhyah - to the brahmanas; suptah - slept; tatra - there; sarit-tate - by the
riverbank.

After worshiping Lord siva and goddess Durga, and after giving charity to the
brahmanas, they slept on by the riverbank there.

Text 3

tatraiko nirgato ratrau


sarpo nandam pade 'grahit krsna krsneti cukrosa
nando 'ti-bhaya-vihvalah

tatra - there; ekah - one; nirgatah - came; ratrau - at night; sarpah - snake;
nandam - to Nanda; pade - the feet; agrahit - grabbed; krsna - O Krsna; krsna - O
Krsna; iti - thus; cukrosa - cried; nandah - Nanda; ati-bhaya-vihvalah - terrified.

In the middle of the night a snake came and grabbed Nanda's feet. Terrified,
Nanda cried out, "Krsna! Krsna!"

Text 4

tadolmukair gopa-balas
todur ajagaram nrpa padam so 'pi na tatyaja
sarpo 'tha sva-manim yatha
tada - then; ulmukaih - with torches; gopa-balah - the gopa boys; toduh - struck;
ajagaram - the snake; nrpa - O king; padam - the foor; sah - it; api - also; na - not;
tatyaja - abandoned; sarpah - tyhe snake; atha - then; sva-manim - its own jewel;
yatha - as.

The gopa boys beat the snake with torches, but it would not leave Nanda any
more than it would leave the jewel growing from its head.

Text 5

tatada sva-pada sarpam


bhagaval loka-pavanah tyaktva tadaiva sarpatvam
bhutva vidyadharah krti natva krsnam parikramya
krtanjali-puto 'vadat

tatada - kicked; sva-pada - with His foot; sarpam - the snake; bhagavan - the
Supreme Personality of Godhead; loka-pavanah - the purifier of the worlds;
tyaktva - leaving; tada - then; eva - indeed; sarpatvam - the state of being a snake;
bhutva - becoming;{.fn 2} vidyadharah - a vidyadhara; krti - pious; natva - bowing
down; krsnam - to Krsna; parikramya - circumabulating; krtanjali-putah - with
folded hands; avadat - spoke.

Then the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the purifier of the worlds, kicked the
snake. That soul at once left his snake body and became a pious vidyadhara. With
folded hands the vidyadhara bowed before Lord Krsna, circumambulated Him,
and then spoke.

Text 6

sri-sudarsana uvaca

aham sudarsano nama


vidyadhara-varah prabho astavakram munim drstva
hasito 'smi maha-balah

sri-sudarsana uvaca - sri Sudarsana said; aham - I; sudarsanah - Sudarsana; nama -


named; vidyadhara-varah - a great vidyadhara; prabhah - O Lord; astavakram -
Astavakra; munim - the sage; drstva - seeing; hasitah - laughed; asmi - I; maha-
balah - very powerful.

sri Sudarsana said: My name is Sudarsana. I am a great vidyadhara. When I saw


the sage Astavakra, I laughed at him.

Text 7

mahyam sapam dadau so 'pi


tvam sarpo bhava durmate tac-chapad adya mukto 'ham
krpaya tava madhava

mahyam - to me; sapam - acurse; dadau - gave; sah - he; api - also; tvam - you;
sarpah - a snake;{.fn 2} bhava - become; durmate - O fool; tat-sapat - from his
curse; adya - today; muktah - free; aham - I am;{.fn 2} krpaya - by the mercy; tava
- of You; madhava - O Krsna.

He cursed me, "Fool! Now become a snake!" O Krsna, by Your mercy I am today
freed from that curse.

Text 8

tvat-pada-padma-makaranda-rajah-kananam
sparsena divya-padavim sahasagato 'smi tasmai namo bhagavate bhuvanesvaraya
yo bhuri-bhara-haranaya bhuvo 'vatarah

tvat - Your; pada - feet; padma - lotus; makaranda - nectar; rajah-kananam-of


the pollen; sparsena - by the touch; divya - the transcendental; padavim - abode;
sahasa - at once; agatah - attained; asmi - I have; tasmai - to Him; namah -
obeisances; bhagavate - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuvanesvaraya -
the master of the worlds; yah - one who; bhuri - great; bhara - burden; haranaya -
for the removal; bhuvah - on the earth; avatarah - incarnation.

The touch of the the nectar pollen of Your lotus feet has made me a demigod
again. I offer my respectful obeisances to You, the Supreme Personality of
Godhead, the master of the worlds, who has desceneded to this world to relieve
the earth of its burden.
Text 9

sri-narada uvaca

iti natva harim krsnam


rajan vidyadharas tu sah
jagama vaisnavam lokam
sarvopadrava-varjitam

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; iti - thus; natva - speaking; harim - to Lord
Krsna; krsnam - Krsna;{.fn 2} rajan - O king; vidyadharah - the vidyahdara; tu -
indeed; sah - he; jagama - went; vaisnavam lokam - to Visnuloka; sarva - all;
upadrava - obstacles;{.fn 2} varjitam - without.

sri Narada said: O king, after bowing down before Lord Krsna, the vidyadhara
departed for the spiritual world of Visnuloka.

Text 10

nandadyah vismitah sarve


jnatva krsnam paresvaram ambikavanatah sighram
ayayur vraja-mandalam

nanda-adyah - headed by Nanda; vismitah - astonished;{.fn 2} sarve - everyone;


jnatva - understanding; krsnam - Krsna; paresvaram - the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; ambikavanatah - from Ambikavana; sighram - quickly; ayayuh - came;
vraja-mandalam - to the circle of Vraja.

Astonished, and now acutely aware of Krsna's divinity, Nanda and the gopas left
Ambikavana and quickly returned to the circle of Vraja.

Text 11

idam maya te kathitam


sri-krsna-caritam subham sarva-papa-haram punyam
kim bhuyah srotum icchasi
idam - thus; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; sri-krsna-caritam - sri
Krsna's pastimes;{.fn 2} subham - beautiful; sarva-papa - all sins; haram -
removing; punyam - sacred; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; srotum - to hear; icchasi
- you wish.

Now I have described to you sri Krsna's beautiful and sacred pastimes, which
remove all sins. What more do you wish to hear?

Text 12

sri-bahulasva uvaca

aho sri-krsnacandrasya
caritam paramadbhutam srutva mano me tac chrotum
atrptam punar icchati

sri-bahulasva uvaca - sri Bahulasva said; ahah - - Oh; sri-krsnacandrasya - of Lorr


Krsnacandra; caritam - the pastimes; paramadbhutam - very wonderful; srutva -
heasring; manah - the heart; me - of me; tat - that; chrotum - to hear; atrptam -
unsatiated; punah - again; icchati - desires.

sri Bahulasva said: My heart never tires of hearing Lord Krsnacandra's very
wonderful pastimes. It yearns to hear them again and again.

Text 13

agre cakara kam lilam


lilaya vraja-mandale harir vrajesah paramo
vada devarsi-sattama

agre - before; cakara - did; kam - what?; lilam - pastime; lilaya - playfully; vraja-
mandale - in the circle of Vraja; harih - Lord Krsna; vrajesah - the king of Vraja;
paramah - supreme; vada - please tell; devarsi-sattama - O best of the divine
sages.
Before that what pastime did Lord Krsna, the king of Vraja, enjoy in the circle of
Vraja? O best of the divine sages, please tell me that pastime. .pa

Chapter Twenty-four

Vyomasuraristasura-vadha The Killing of Vyomasura and Aristasura

Text 1

sri-narada uvaca

ekada saila-desesu
sa-balo bhagavan harih krtva vilapana-kridam
caura-palaka-laksanam

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; ekada - one day; saila-desesu - on the hill; sa-
balah - with Balarama; bhagavan - Lord; harih - Krsna; krtva - doing; vilapana-
kridam - the pastime of disappearing; caura - thieves; palaka - police; laksanam -
characterized by.

sri Narada said: One day on Govardhana Hill Krsna, Balarama, and the boys
played a game of theives and police.

Text 2

tatra vyomasuro daityo


balan mesayitan bahun nitva nitvadri-daryam ca
viniksipya punah punah

tatra - there; vyomasurah - Vyomasura; daityah - demon; balan - the boys;


mesayitan - pretending to be lambs; bahun - many; nitva - stealing; nitva - raking;
adri-daryam - to a mountain cave; ca - and; viniksipya - placing; punah - again;
punah - and again.

The demon Vyomasura came there and, one by one, took away the boys
pretending to be lambs and imprisoned them in a mountain cave.
Text 3

silaya pidadhe dvaram


maya-putro maha-balah satya-cauram ca tam jnatva
bhagavan madhusudanah

silaya - with a rock; pidadhe - covered; dvaram - the entrance; maya-putrah -


teh son of Maya; maha- balah - very powerful; satya-cauram - a real thief; ca -
and; tam - him; jnatva - understanding; bhagavan madhusudanah - Lord Krsna.

Then Vyoma, the son of Mayasura, blocked the cave's entrance with a giant
boulder. The Lord Krsna could understand that Vyomasura was not pretending,
but he had actually stolen the boys.

Text 4

grhitva patayam asa


bhujabhyam bhumi-mandale

grhitva - grabbing; patayam asa - threw; bhujabhyam - with both arms; bhumi-
mandale - to the ground.

Krsna grabbed him in both arms and threw him to the gorund.

Text 5

tada mrtyum gato daityas


taj-jyotir nirgatam sphurat dasa-diksu bhramad rajan
sri-krsne linatam gatam

tada - then; mrtyum - death; gatah - attained; daityah - the demon; taj-jyotih -
his light; nirgatam - left; sphurat - glistening; dasa-diksu - in the ten directions;
bhramat - wandered; rajan - O king;{.fn 2} sri-krsne - into sri Krsna; linatam -
merged; gatam - attained.
When the demon died an effulgence left his body and wandered in the ten
directions until it finally merged into Lord Krsna.

Text 6

tada jaya-jayaravo
divi bhumau babhuva ha puspani vavrsur devah
paramananda-samvrtah

tada - then; jaya-jayaravah - sounds of Victory! Victory!; divi - in the sky;


bhumau - on the earth;{.fn 2} babhuva - were; ha - indeed; puspani - flowers;
vavrsuh - showered; devah - the demigods; paramananda- samvrtah - filled with
bliss.

Sounds of "Victory! Victory!" filled the sky and the earth. The happy demigods
showered flowers.

Text 7

sri-bahulasva uvaca
ko 'yam purvam kusala-krd
vyomo namatha tad vada yena krsne ghana-syame
lino 'bhud damini yatha

sri-bahulasva uvaca - sri Bahulasva said; kah - who?;{.fn 2} ayam - he; purvam -
previously; kusala-krt - performed pious deeds; vyomah - Vyoma; nama - named;
atha - then; tat - that; vada - please tell; yena - by which; krsne - into Lord Krsna;
ghana-syame - dark as a monsoon cloud; linah - merged; abhut - was; damini -
lightning flash; yatha - like.

sri Bahulasva said: What pious deeds had Vyomasura done in his previous birth
that he was able to merge into Lord Krsna as a lightning flash merges into a dark
raincloud?

Text 8

sri-narada uvaca
asit kasyam bhimaratho
raja dana-parayanah yajna-krn mana-do dhanvi
visnu-bhakti-parayanah

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; asit - was; kasyam - in Varanasi; bhimarathah
- Bhimaratha; raja - King; dana - to charity; parayanah - devoted; yajna-krt - a
performer of yajnas; mana-dah - respectful top others; dhanvi - an expert archer;
visnu-bhakti- parayanah - a great devotee of Lord Visnu.

sri Narada said: He was a great king named Bhimaratha, who lived in the city of
Varanasi. He was charitable, a performer of many yajnas, respectful, an expert
archer, and a great devotee of Lord Visnu.

Text 9

rajye putram sannivesya


jagama malayacalam tapas tatra samarebhe
varsanam laksam eva hi

rajye - in the kingdom; putram - his son; sannivesya - placing; jagama - went;
malayacalam - to the Malaya hills; tapah - austerities; tatra - there; samarebhe -
performed; varsanam - of years; laksam - a hundred thousand; eva - indeed; hi -
indeed.

After some time he gave his kingdom to his son and went to the Malaya Hills,
where he performed austerities for a hundred thousand years.
Text 10

tasyasrame pulastyo 'sau


sisya-vrndaih samagatah tam drstva notthito mani
rajarsir na nato 'bhavat

tasya - of him; asrame - in the asrama; pulastyah - Pulastya Muni; asau - he;
sisya-vrndaih - with many disciples; samagatah - came; tam - him; drstva - seeing;
na - not; utthitah - stood up; mani - proud; rajarsih - the royal sage; na - not;
natah - bowed down; abhavat - did.
One day the great sage Pulastya Muni, accompanied by many disciples, came to
the king-sage's asrama. The king-sage, filled with pride, neither stood up nor
bowed down to greet his guest.

Text 11

sapam dadau pulastyo 'pi


daityo bhava maha-khala tatas tam caranopante
patitam saranagatam

sapam - a curse; dadau - gave; pulastyah - Pulastya; api - also; daityah - a


demon; bhava - become; maha-khala - rascal; tatah - then; tam - to him;
caranopante - at the feet; patitam - fallen; saranagatam - taking shelter.

Pulastya cursed him, "Wretch! Now become a demon!" The king then fell at the
sage's feet and surrendered to him.

Text 12

uvaca muni-sardulah
pulastyo dina-vatsalah dvaparante mathure ca
punye sri-vraja-mandale

yadu-vamsa-pateh saksac
chri-krsnasya bhujaujasa ipsita yogibhir muktir
bhavisyati na samsayah

uvaca - spoke; muni-sardulah - the tiger of sages; pulastyah - Pulastya; dina-


vatsalah - compassionate on the suffering; dvaparante - at the end of Dvapara-
yuga; mathure - in Mathura; ca - and; punye - sacred; sri- vraja-mandale - in the
circle of Vraja; yadu-vamsa-pateh - from the king of the Yadu dynasty; saksac -
directly; sri- krsnasya - of zKrsna; bhuja - of the arms; ojasa - by the strength;
ipsita - desired; yogibhih - by the yogis;{.fn 2} muktih - lberation; bhavisyati - will
be; na - no; samsayah - doubt.
Then Pulastya, the tiger among the sages, who is kind to the suffering, said: At
the end of Dvapara-yuga, in the district of Mathura, in the circle of Vraja, the
strength of the arms of sri Krsna, the king of the Yadu dynasty, will give you the
liberation desired by the yogis. Of this there is no doubt.

Text 14

sri-narada uvaca

so 'yam bhimaratho raja


maya-daitya-suto 'bhavat sri-krsna-bhuja-vegena
muktim prapa videha-rat

sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; sah - he; ayam - he; bhimarathah -
Bhimaratha; raja - King; maya-daitya-sutah - the son of Mayasura; abhavat -
became;{.fn 2} sri-krsna-bhuja-vegena - by the power of Lord Krsna's arm; muktim
- liberation; prapa - attained; videha-rat - O king of Videha.

sri Narada said: O king of Videha, then King Bhimaratha became the son of the
demon Mayasura, and the power of Lord Krsna's arms gave him liberation.

Text 15

ekada gopa-balesu
daityo 'risto maha-balah agato nadayan kham gam
tatac chrggair vidarayan

ekada - one day; gopa-balesu - among the gopa boys; daityah - a demon; aristah
- Arista; maha-balah - very powerful; agatah - came; nadayan - filling with sound;
kham - the sky; gam - the earth; tatat - from the sides; srggaih - with horns;
vidarayan - tearing up.

One day a demon bull named Arista, his bellowing filling the earth and sky with
sound and his horns tearing up great mountains, charged the gopa boys.

Text 16
gopyo gopa go-ganas ca
viksya tam dudruvur bhayat bhagavan daitya-ha devo
ma bhaistety abhayam dadau

gopyah - the gopis; gopa - gopas; go-ganas - cows;{.fn 2} ca - and; viksya -


seeing; tam - him; dudruvuh - fled; bhayat - out of fear; bhagavan - the Lord;
daitya - of demons; ha - the slayer; devah - the Lord; ma - don't; bhaista - fear' iti -
thus;{.fn 2} abhayam - fearlessness; dadau - gave.

Seeing the demon-bull, the gopas, gopis, and cows all fled in fear. Then Lord
Krsna, the slayer of demons, reassured them, saying, "Don't be afraid."

Text 17

grhitva tam tu srggesu


nodayam asa madhavah so pi tam nodayam asa
sri-krsnam yojana-dvayam

grhitva - taking; tam - it; tu - indeed; srggesu - by the horns; nodayam asa -
threw; madhavah - Lord Krsna; sah - he; api - also; tam - Him; nodayam asa -
threw; sri-krsnam - sri Krsna; yojana- dvayam - sixteen miles.

Grabbing its horns, Lord Krsna threw the demon sixteen miles. Then the demon
also threw sri Krsna sixteen miles.

Text 18

pucche grhitva tam krsno


bhramayitva bhujaujasa bhu-prsthe pothayam asa
kamandalum ivarbhakah

pucche - the tail; grhitva - grabbing; tam - him;{.fn 2} krsnah - sri Krsna;
bhramayitva - whirling around; bhujaujasa - by the power of His arms; bhu-prsthe
- to the ground; pothayam asa - threw; kamandalum - a kamandalu; iva - like;
arbhakah - a child.
Grabbing its tail, and whirling it around and around, with the power of His arms
Lord Krsna threw the demon to the ground as a child throws a kamandalu.

Text 19

aristah punar utthaya


krodha-samrakta-locanah srggais ca rohitam sailam
samutpatya maha-khalah

aristah - Arista; punah - again; utthaya - rising;{.fn 2} krodha-samrakta-locanah -


its eyes red with anger; srggais - with horns; ca - and; rohitam - tall; sailam -
mountain; samutpatya - uprooting; maha- khalah - great demon.

Its eyes red with anger, Arista stood up again. Then with its horns it uprooted a
great mountain.

Text 20

garjayan ghanavad virah


krsnopari samaksipat krsnah sailam saggrhitva
tasyopari samaksipat

garjayan - roaring; ghanavat - like thunder; virah - the warrior; krsnopari - on


Lord Krsna; samaksipat - threw; krsnah - Krsna; sailam - the mountain; saggrhitva -
catching; tasyopari - on the demon; samaksipat - threw.

Roaring like thunder, the demon threw the mountain at Lord Krsna. Krsna
caught it and threw it back at the demon.

Text 21

sailasyapi praharena
kincid vyakula-manasah bhumau tatada srggagran
nirgatam tair jalam bhuvah

sailasya - of the mountain; api - also; praharena - by the blow; kincit -


somewhat; vyakula- manasah - disturbed at heart; bhumau - on the ground;
tatada - struck; srggagran - horns; nirgatam - gone; taih - by them; jalam - water;
bhuvah - on the gorund.

Hit by the mountain, the demon became a little agitated. It struck the ground.
With its horns it tore the earth and splashed the water.

Text 22

sri-krsnas tam ca srggesu


grhitva bhramayan muhuh bhu-prsthe pothayam asa
vatah padmam ivoddhrtam

sri-krsnah - sri Krsna; tam - it; ca - and; srggesu - horns; grhitva - grabbing;
bhramayan - whirling around; muhuh - again and again; bhu-prsthe - to the
ground; pothayam asa - threw; vatah - a great wind;{.fn 2} padmam - a lotus; iva -
like; uddhrtam - uproots.

Grabbing its horns, and whirling it around and around, sri Krsna threw the
demon to the ground as a great wind picks up and throws a lotus flower.

Text 23

tadaiva vrsa-rupatvam
tyaktva vipra-vapur-dharah natva sri-krsna-padabjam
praha gadgadaya gira

tada - then; eva - indeed; vrsa-rupatvam - the form of a bull; tyaktva -


banadoning; vipra-vapur- dharah - manifesting the form of a brahmana; natva -
bowing down; sri-krsna-padabjam - to Lord Krsna's lotus feet; praha - spoke;
gadgadaya - choked with emotion; gira - with words.

Leaving the form of a demon-bull, that soul assumed the form of a brahmana.
Bowing before Lord Krsna's lotus feet, he spoke words choked with emotion.

Text 24

sri-dvija uvaca
brhaspates ca sisyo 'ham
varatantur dvijottamah brhaspati-samipe ca
pathitum gatavan aham

sri-dvija uvaca - the brahmana said; brhaspates - of Brhaspati; ca - and; sisyah -


the dsiciple; aham - I am; varatantuh - Varatantu; dvijottamah - a great brahmana;
brhaspati-samipe - near Brhaspati; ca - and; pathitum - to study; gatavan - went;
aham - I.

The brahmana said: I am a brahmana. I am a student of Brhaspati. My name is


Varatantu. I approached Brhaspati to study under him.

Text 25

padau krtva sthito 'bhuvam


pasyatas tasya sammukhe tada rusaha sa munir
vrsavat tvam sthitah purah

padau - feet; krtva - doing; sthitah - situated; abhuvam - I was; pasyatah -


seeing; tasya - of him; sammukhe - in the presence; tada - then; rusa - angrily;{.fn
2} aha - said; sa - he; munih - the sage; vrsavat - like a bull; tvam - you; sthitah -
stand; purah - in my presence.

One day I sat with my feet facing him. Angry, the sage said, "You sit as a bull sits.

Text 26

guru-helena-krt tasmat
tvam vrso bhava durmate
tasya sapad vrso 'bhuvam
bagga-desesu madhava

guru - your guru; helena-krt - an offender; tasmat - therefore; tvam - you; vrsah
- a bull; bhava - become; durmate - fool; tasya - of you; sapat - from the curse;
vrsah - a bull; abhuvam - I became; bagga-desesu - in East Bengal; madhava - O
Krsna.
"You have offended your guru. Fool, now become a bull!" O Krsna, by his curse I
became a bull in East Bengal.

Text 27

asuranam prasaggena-
suratvam gatavan aham tvat-prasadad vimukto 'ham
sapato 'sura-bhavatah

asuranam - of the demons; prasaggena - by the association; asuratvam - the


state of being a demon; gatavan - attained; aham - I; tvat-prasadat - by Your
mercy; vimuktah - freed; aham - I am; sapatah - from the curse; asura-bhavatah -
of being a demon.

By associating with demons, I became a demon also. By Your mercy I am now


freed from that curse of being a demon.

Text 28

sri-krsnaya namas tubhyam


vasudevaya te namah pranata-klesa-nasaya
govindaya namo namah

sri-krsnaya - to sri Krsna; namah - obeisances; tubhyam - to You; vasudevaya - to


the son fo Vasudeva; te - to Youi; namah - obeisances; pranata - of the surrndered
souls; klesa - the sufferings; nasaya - to the destroyer; govindaya - to Lord Krsna;
namah - obeisances; namah - obeisances.

Obeisances to You, sri Krsna! Obeisances to You, the son of Vasudeva!


Obeisances to You, Lord Govinda, who destroys the sufferings of the surrendered
devotees!

Text 29

sri-narada uvaca
ity uktva sri-harim natva
saksac chisyo brhaspateh dyotayan bhuvanam rajan
vimanena divam yayau
sri-narada uvaca - sri Narada said; ity - thus; uktva - saying; sri-harim - to Lord
Krsna; natva - bowing; saksac - directly; chisyah - the student; brhaspateh - of
Brhaspati; dyotayan - spreading light; bhuvanam - on the worlds; rajan - O king;
vimanena - by airplane; divam - to heaven; yayau - went.

sri Narada said: O king, after speaking these words, the student of Brhaspati
bowed before Lord Krsna. His effulgence filling the worlds with light, he went by
heavenly airplane to the higher worlds.

Text 30

idam maya te kathitam


khandam madhuryam adbhutam sarva-papa-haram punyam
krsna-prapti-karam param

idam - this; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; khandam - canto;


madhuryam - sweet;{.fn 2} adbhutam - wonderful; sarva-papa-haram - removing
all sins; punyam - sacred; krsna-prapti-karam - granting the attainment of Lord
Krsna; param - transcendental.

Thus I have spoken to you the wonderful Madhura-khanda, which removes all
sins and gives one the association of Lord Krsna.

Text 31

kamadam pathatam sasvat


kim bhuyah srotum icchasi

kamadam - granting desires; pathatam - toi they who read; sasvat - always; kim -
what?; bhuyah - more; srotum - to hear; icchasi - you wish.

This khanda fulfills the desires of they who read it. What more do you wish to
hear?

You might also like